owner’s manual...this manual was prepared to help you understand theoperation and maintenanceof...

INF

INIT

I Q3

0/Q

X3

0H

15-E

N

Printing : February 2018Publication No.: OM18EN-0H15E1EUR

Printed in France H15-EN

OWNER’S MANUAL/

H15

EN

Foreword

This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many kilometres (miles) of driving plea-sure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance Booklet explains in detail the warranty coverage that applies to your vehicle.

Your INFINITI Centre knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, your INFINITI Centre will be glad to assist you with their exten-sive resources available for you.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS!Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip foryou and your passengers!

• NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for condi-tions.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.

• ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions that could distract you.

• ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner's Manual for important safety information.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for all options available on this model. Fea-tures and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim level,options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features or equipment that are not included orinstalled on your vehicle.

Throughout this manual, some illustrations may only show the layout for Left-Hand Drive (LHD) models. For Right-Hand Drive (RHD) models, the illustratedshape and location of some components may differ.

All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in ef-fect at the time of printing. INFINITI reserves the right to change specificationsor designs at any time without notice and without obligation.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified. Modifications could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may notbe covered under INFINITI warranties.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read this Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in thesafe operation of your vehicle.

Throughout this manual the following symbols and words are used:

WARNING

Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personalinjury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures described must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

Indicates the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate per-sonal injury, or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the proce-dures described must be followed carefully.

NOTE

Indicates additional helpful information.

H15

H15

EN EN

This symbol means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these point to the front of thevehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in theillustration.

[ ]:

Square brackets are used to indicate messages, keys, or items displayed on ascreen.

< >:

Chevrons or angle brackets are used to indicate texts on controls like buttonsor switches inside or on the vehicle.

Air bag warning labels:

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an AC-TIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD canoccur.”

Be sure to read the “Airbag warning labels” description in the Safety section ofthis manual; and the “Airbag label” description at the end of this manual.

BATTERY DISPOSALCAUTION

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains:

• Vehicle battery

• Remote controller battery (for Intelligent Key and/or Remote keyless entrysystem)

• Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sensor battery

If in doubt, contact your local authority, or INFINITI Centre, or a qualifiedworkshop for advice on disposal.

TRADEMARKSINFINITI Genuine Parts and Accessories might be branded either INFINITI orNISSAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced orstored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, elec-tronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

Contents Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audiosystem 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical information 9

Index 10

0 Illustrated table of contentsIllustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ........................................................................ 0-2Exterior front ....................................................................... 0-3Exterior rear.......................................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment................................................... 0-5Cockpit ................................................................................... 0-6

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ................................... 0-6Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model ................................ 0-7

Instrument panel ................................................................. 0-8Left-Hand Drive (LHD) model ................................... 0-8Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model ................................ 0-9

Meters and gauges............................................................. 0-10Engine compartment.......................................................... 0-11

1.6L and 2.0L Petrol engine ...................................... 0-111.5L diesel engine.......................................................... 0-122.2L diesel engine ......................................................... 0-13

1. Rear seat belts (P. 1-9)

2. Rear armrest* (P. 1-5)

3. Window air bags/Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags (P. 1-30)

4. Front seat belts (P. 1-9)

5. Front pre-tensioner seat belt system (P. 1-31)

6. Air bag warning label (P. 1-32)

7. Supplemental front-impact air bag (P. 1-29)

8. Passenger supplemental front-impact air bag(P. 1-35)

9 Rear centre seat belt system (P. 1-9)

10. Rear outer seat belt system (P. 1-9)

11. Child restraint anchorage (P. 1-19)

12. ISOFIX child restraint system (P. 1-19)

13. Rear seats (P. 1-4)— Child restraints (P. 1-13)

14. Supplemental side-impact air bags (P. 1-29)

15. Front seats (P. 1-2)

16. Front passenger air bag status light (P. 1-33)

17. Driver's knee air bag (P. 1-29)

*: where fitted

NIC2700

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Power windows (P. 2-64)

2. Windscreen wipers and washers— Switch operation (P. 2-61)— Blade replacement (P. 8-14)— Window washer fluid (P. 8-16)— Windscreen de-icer* (P. 2-63)

3. Recovery hook (P. 6-15)

4. Front fog lights (P. 2-60)

5. Headlight cleaner* (P. 2-63)

6. Headlights— Switch operation (P. 2-56)— Maintenance (P. 8-24)

7. Turn signal lights (P. 2-57)— Maintenance (P. 8-26)Mirrors— Adjustment (P. 3-16)

*: where fitted

NIC2943

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. High-mounted stop light (Bulb replacement)(P. 8-24)

2. Rear window defogger (P. 2-63)

3. Rear window wiper and washer— Operation (P. 2-62)— Wiper blade replacement (P. 8-14)

4. Recovery hook (P. 6-16)

5. Back door (P. 3-10)— Intelligent Key system (P. 3-2)— Emergency tyre puncture repair kit*(P. 6-5)

6. Rear view camera* (P. 4-3)

7. Rear reflector

8. Rear combination lights (P. 8-25)

9. Fuel-filler lid— Operation (P. 3-15)— Fuel information (P. 8-2)

*: where fitted

NIC3048

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Rear armrest* (P. 1-5)

2. Rear personal lights (P. 2-77)

3. Overhead control panel (P. 2-67)

4. Sunshade switch* (P. 2-67)

5. Sun visor (P. 2-76)

6. Security system buttons (P. 3-12)

7. Interior rear-view mirror (P. 3-16)

8. Door handle (P. 3-9)

9. Door armrest— Power windows controls (P. 2-65)— Exterior rear view mirror remote controlswitch (P. 2-16)

10. Front cup holders (P. 2-72)

11. Air conditioner controls (P. 4-24)

12. Glove box/storage (P. 2-72)

*: where fitted

NIC2701

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL1. Turn signal, wiper, washer, and high beam

switch (P. 2-57, 2-61)

2. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)(P. 2-12)

3. Ignition switch (P. 5-7)— Push button ignition switch* (P. 5-8)

4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)(P. 4-2**)

5. Light switch— Headlight (P. 2-56)— Fog light (P. 2-60)

6. Parking brake (P. 3-19)

7. Cruise Control/Speed Limiter switch— Cruise Control (P. 5-39)— Intelligent Cruise Control (P. 2-43)– Speed Limiter (P. 5-41)

8. USB connection ports (P. 4-2**)

9. Shift lever (P. 5-12)— Automatic Transmission (AT) (P. 5-15)— Manual Transmission (MT) (P. 5-13)


11. INFINITI controller (P. 4-2**)

*: where fitted

**: refer to the INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual

NIC2649

COCKPIT


RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL1. Cruise Control/Speed Limiter switch

— Cruise Control (P. 5-39)— Intelligent Cruise Control (P. 2-43)– Speed Limiter (P. 5-41)

2. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)(P. 2-12)

3. Turn signal, wiper, washer, and high beamswitch (P. 2-57, 2-61, 2-58)

4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)(P. 4-2**)

5. INFINITI controller (P. 4-2**)


7. Shift lever (P. 5-12)— Automatic Transmission (AT) (P. 5-15)— Manual Transmission (MT) (P. 5-13)

8. USB connection ports (P. 4-2**)


10. Light switch— Headlight (P. 2-56)— Fog light (P. 3-60)

*: where fitted

** refer to the INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual

NIC2650


LEFT-HAND DRIVE (LHD) MODEL1. Vents (P. 4-23)

2. Centre display* (P. 4-2**)

3. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)

4. Light switch (P. 2-56)


6. Steering wheel— Power steering (P. 5-78)— Horn (P. 2-64)— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag(P. 1-29)

7. Audio system (P. 4-2**)


9. Heater and air conditioner (P. 4-24)

10. Switch panel— Seat heater switches* (P. 2-68)— Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)— ECO stop/start system on/off switch(P. 5-25)

11. Vehicle Information Display (P. 2-12)

12. Glove box (P. 2-72)

*: where fitted


NIC2662

INSTRUMENT PANEL


RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (RHD) MODEL1. Vents (P. 4-23)

2. Centre display* (P. 4-2**)

3. Meters and gauges (P. 2-2)

4. Glove box (P. 2-72)

5. Vehicle Information Display (P. 2-12)

6. Switch panel— Seat heater switches* (P. 2-68)— Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)— ECO stop/start system on/off switch(P. 5-25)

7. Heater and air conditioner (P. 4-24)

8. Audio system (P. 4-2**)

9. Steering wheel— Power steering (P. 5-78)— Horn (P. 2-64)— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag(P. 1-29)



12. Light switch (P. 2-56)

*: where fitted


NIC2661


1. Speedometer (P. 2-2)

2. Vehicle information display (P. 2-12)— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-12)

3. Upper information display (P. 2-12)

4. Tachometer (P. 2-3)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 2-3)

6. Fuel gauge (P. 2-3)

NIC2651

METERS AND GAUGES


1.6L AND 2.0L PETROL ENGINE1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

2. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8)

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir* (P. 8-13)

5. Engine air cleaner filter (P. 8-14)

6. Battery (P. 8-17)

7. Fuse box (P. 8-20)

8. Window washer fluid reservoir (P. 8-16)

* The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand Drive(LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive (RHD)model, these components are located on the op-posite side.

NIC2833

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


1.5L DIESEL ENGINE1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

2. Engine oil filler cap/Dipstick (P. 8-8)




6. Fuse box (P. 8-20)


* The layout illustrated is for the Left-Hand Drive(LHD) model. On the Right-Hand Drive (RHD)model, these components are located on the op-posite side.

NIC2658


2.2L DIESEL ENGINE1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-6)

2. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8)

3. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8)




7. Fuse box (P. 8-20)


*: The layout illustrated is for the Left- Hand Drive(LHD) model. On the Right- Hand Drive (RHD)model, these components are located on the op-posite side.

NIC2660


NOTE


1 Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint systemSafety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats....................................................................................... 1-2Front seats ..................................................................... 1-2Seat heater (where fitted) .......................................... 1-4Rear seats ....................................................................... 1-4Armrest (where fitted)................................................. 1-5

Head restraints .................................................................... 1-5Adjustable head restraint components ................... 1-6Adjusting head restraints............................................ 1-6Front seat head restraints.......................................... 1-7Rear seat head restraints............................................ 1-8

Seat belts............................................................................... 1-9Precautions on seat belt usage ................................. 1-9Child safety..................................................................... 1-10Pregnant women .......................................................... 1-10Injured persons .............................................................. 1-11Seat belt warnings........................................................ 1-11Three-point type seat belt.......................................... 1-11Seat belt maintenance................................................. 1-13

Child restraints..................................................................... 1-13Precautions on child restraints.................................. 1-13

Child restraint and ISOFIX information .................. 1-15ISOFIX child restraint system .................................... 1-19Child restraint anchorage............................................ 1-19Child restraint installation using ISOFIX................. 1-20Child restraint installation using three-pointtype seat belt ................................................................. 1-22Booster seats ................................................................. 1-26

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........................... 1-29Precautions on Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).................................................................. 1-29Supplemental air bag systems................................... 1-34Repair and replacement procedure.......................... 1-42

Pop-up engine bonnet (where fitted) ............................ 1-43Resetting the pop-up engine bonnet....................... 1-43

ERA-GLONASS (where fitted)........................................ 1-44Automatic emergency call .......................................... 1-44Making an emergency call manually ........................ 1-45Indicator light................................................................. 1-45Testing the system ....................................................... 1-46

WARNING

• Do not drive and/or ride in the vehicle with theseatback reclined. This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be properly against thebody. In an accident, you and your passengerscould be thrown into the shoulder belt and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries. You andyour passengers could also slide under the lapbelt and receive serious injuries.

• For the most effective protection while the ve-hicle is in motion, the seatback should be up-right. Always sit well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor and adjust theseat properly. (See “Seat belts” later in this sec-tion.)

• To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children, people who re-quire the assistance of others, or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death to people andpets.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not tocontact any moving parts to avoid possible injuriesand/or damage.

FRONT SEATS

WARNING

Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

When moving the seats forward or backward, orreturning a reclined seatback to its upright posi-tion, make sure you hold onto the seatback whileoperating. If the seatback is not held, the seat orseatback may move suddenly and could cause in-jury.

Manual seat adjustment

Forward and backward:

Pull the lever ➀ up and hold it while sliding the seatforward or backward to the preferred position. Re-lease the lever to lock the seat in position.

SSS0133AZ

NIC2605

SEATS

1-2 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seat cushion angle (where fitted:

Adjust the angles so that your thighs are lightlysupported. Turn handwheel ➁ forwards or back-wards.

Seat lifter (where fitted):

Repeatedly pull up or push down the adjusting le-ver ➂, to adjust the seat height to the desired posi-tion.

Seatback angle:

Relievethepressureon theseatback and turn hand-wheel ➃ forwards or backwards.

Lumbar support (where fitted):

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push each side of the adjusting switch to adjust theseat lumbar area until the desired position isachieved.

➀ To raise the seatback contour

➁ To soften the seatback contour

➂ To lower the seatback contour

➃ To harden the seatback contour

Power seat adjustment

WARNING

Never leave children or adults who would normallyrequire the support of others alone in the vehicle.Pets should not be left alone either. They could un-knowingly activate switches or controls and inad-vertently become involved in a serious accidentand injure themselves.

Operating tips:

• The power seat motor has an auto-reset over-load protection circuit. If the motor stops duringthe seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then re-activate the switch.

• If the seat motor stops during seat adjustment,check for obstructions. Remove the obstructionbefore continuing.

• To avoid discharge of the battery, do not oper-ate the power seats for a long period of timewhen the engine is not running.

NOTE

You can store the seat settings using the memoryfunction (see “Memory function (where fitted)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section).

Forward and backward:

Move the adjusting switch ➀ forward or backwardas shown to move the seat to the desired position.

Reclining:

Move the adjusting switch ➁ forward or backwardas shown to move the seatback to the desired posi-tion.

The reclining feature allows the adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes to helpobtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts”later in this section.)

The seatback may be reclined to allow occupantsto rest when the vehicle is parked.

NIC2607

NIC2606

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

WARNING

The seatback should not be reclined any more thanneeded for comfort. Seat belts are most effectivewhen the passenger sits well back and straight upin the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk ofsliding under the lap belt and being injured is in-creased.

Seat lifter (where fitted):

1. Pull up or push down the adjusting switch ➂ asshown to adjust the seat height until the desiredposition is achieved.

2. Tilt up or down the adjusting switch ➃ as shownto adjust the front angle of the seat until thedesired position is achieved.

Lumbar support (where fitted):

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push each side of the adjusting switch to adjust theseat lumbar area until the desired position isachieved.

➀ To raise the seatback contour

➁ To soften the seatback contour

➂ To lower the seatback contour

➃ To harden the seatback contour

SEAT HEATER (where fitted)

The seats can be warmed by built-in heaters. Theswitches are located on the centre console (forfront seats) and can be operated independently ofeach other. For more information on the seatheater, see “Seat heating (where fitted)” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.

REAR SEATS

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area oron the rear seat when it is in the fold-down po-sition. Use of these areas by passengers with-out proper restraints could result in serious in-jury or death in an accident or sudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or strapsto help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Donot place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

• When folding or returning the seatback(s) tothe upright position, to avoid injury to yourselfand others, make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

• When returning the seatbacks to the uprightposition, be certain they are completely securedin the latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

Folding

The luggage compartment loading capacity can beincreased by folding the rear seats forward.

NIC2607

NPA1293


To fold the seat:

1. Ensure head restraints are properly stowed, see“Head restraints” later in this section.

2. Move the front driver or passenger seat forwardif necessary.

3. Release the seatback lock by pulling the releasehandle as shown.

4. Fold the seat forward as shown.

5. Insert the seat belt into the seat belt holder asshown.

6. Move the front driver or passenger seat back ifnecessary. Avoid contact between the rear seatand the front seat.

To return the seat to an upright position:

1. Move the front driver or passenger seat forwardif necessary.

2. Make sure the seat belts are clear of the seatlatch mechanism.

3. Lift the seatback up and push firmly to lock.

4. If the red marker is visible then the seat has notlatched properly — release and then re-latch theseat.

5. Adjust the head restraints from the stowed po-sition to a position in which they lock securely inplace, see “Head restraints” later in this section.

CAUTION

Always ensure that the seat belt is not trapped inthe release lever or any other vehicle part.

ARMREST (where fitted)

Rear

Pull the tab and draw the armrest ➀ forward asshown until it is horizontal.

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the other vehiclesafety systems. They may provide additional pro-tection against injury in certain rear end collisions.Adjust the head restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach anything to thehead restraint stalks or remove the head restraint.Do not use the seat if the head restraint has beenremoved. If the head restraint was removed, rein-stall and properly adjust the head restraint beforean occupant uses the seating position. Failure tofollow these instructions can reduce the effective-ness of the head restraints. This may increase therisk of serious injury or death in a collision.

• Your vehicle is equipped with head restraintsthat may be integrated, adjustable or non-ad-justable.

• Adjustable head restraints have multiplenotches along the stalk to lock them in a desiredadjustment position.

• Thenon-adjustablehead restraints havea singlelocking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

NIC2669

NIC2611

HEAD RESTRAINTS


• Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the head re-straint so the centre of your ear is approxi-mately level with the centre of the head re-straint.

– If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the head re-straint at the highest position.

– For the adjustable rear head restraints, pullup to raise to the proper position and makesure the head restraint is securely locked be-fore using the seating position. The rear headrestraint will not function properly if it isused in the stowed position.

• If the head restraint has been removed, ensurethat it is reinstalled and locked in place beforeriding in that designated seating position.

NOTE

For vehicles with sports seats you cannot adjustthe front head restraints or the outer rear headrestraints.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

ADJUSTING HEAD RESTRAINTS

For adjustable head restraint

Adjust the head restraint so the centre is level withthe centre of your ears. If your ear position is stillhigher than the recommended alignment, place thehead restraint at the highest position.

SSS0992Z

SSS0997Z


FRONT SEAT HEAD RESTRAINTS

Raise

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

Make sure the head restraint is positioned so thelock knob is engaged in the notch before riding inthat designated seating position.

Lower

To lower, push and hold the lock knob ➀ and pushthe head restraint down.

Make sure the head restraint is positioned so thelock knob is engaged in the notch before riding inthat designated seating position.

Fore-aft

This function allows you to adjust the distance be-tween the head restraint and the back of the head.

• To move forwards: pull the head restraint for-wards in the direction of the arrow until it en-gages. There are a number of detents.

• To move backwards: press and hold button ➀and push the head restraint backwards.

• When the head restraint is in the desired posi-tion, release the button and make sure that thehead restraint is engaged in position.

It is recommended to move the head restraint asfar forward as possible to minimise the distancebetween the head restraint and the back of thehead.

Remove

Use the following procedure to remove the headrestraint.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest posi-tion.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating position.

NIC2608

NIC2610 SSS1037Z


Install

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes inthe seat. Make sure that the head restraint isfacing the correct direction. The stalk with theadjustment notch ➀ must be installed in the holewith the lock knob ➁.

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrestraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an oc-cupant uses the seating position.

REAR SEAT HEAD RESTRAINTS

Adjusting the rear seat head restraintheight

Use the head restraint in the notched stem posi-tions after pulling it up from the stowed position toa position in which it locks securely in place.

• To raise: pull the head restraint up to the de-sired height.

• To lower: press release catch ➀and push thehead restraint down until it is in the desired po-sition.

Removing and fitting the rear seat headrestraints

The rear head restraints on the outer seats can beremoved and refitted. The centre head restraintcannot be removed. For vehicles with sports seatsnone of the rear head restraints can be removed.

Fold the seatback slightly forward in order to re-move the head restraint.

• To remove: pull the head restraint up to the stop.

Press release catch ➀ and pull the head re-straint out of the guides.

• To refit: insert the head restraint so that thenotches on the bar are on the left when viewedin the direction of travel.

Push the head restraint down until you hear itengage in position.

SSS1038Z

NIC2609


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted,and you are sitting upright and well back in yourseat, your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encourages youand all of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, regardless of whether or not your seat-ing position includes a supplemental air bag.

WARNING

Be sure to observe the following warnings whenusing seat belts. Failure to do so could increase thechance and/or severity of injury in an accident.

• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicleshould use a seat belt at all times. Childrenshould be in the rear seats and in an appropri-ate restraint.

• The seat belt should be properly adjusted to asnug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of injury in an ac-cident. Serious injury or death can occur if theseat belt is not worn properly.

• Always route the shoulder belt over your shoul-der and across your chest. Never put the beltbehind your back, under your arm or across yourneck. The belt should be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

• Position the lap belt as low and snug as pos-sible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. Alap belt worn too high could increase the risk ofinternal injuries in an accident.

• Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bonystructure of the body, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis, chest and shoul-ders; wearing the lap section of the belt acrossthe abdominal area must be avoided.

• No modifications or additions should be madeby the user which will either prevent the seatbelt adjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seat belt assemblyfrom being adjusted to remove slack.

• Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as pos-sible, consistent with comfort, to provide theprotection for which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce the protectionafforded to the wearer.

• Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastenedto the proper buckle.

• Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted.Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.

• Do not allow more than one person to use thesame seat belt.

• Never carry more people in the vehicle thanthere are seat belts.

• Each belt assembly must only be used by oneoccupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occupant's lap.

• If the seat belt warning light illuminates con-tinuously while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, with all doors closed, and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunction in thesystem. Have the system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

SSS0136Z

Sit upright and well back

SSS0134Z

Sit upright and well back

SEAT BELTS


• No changes should be made to the seat belt sys-tem. For example, do not modify the seat belt,add material, or install devices that may changethe seat belt routing or tension. Doing so mayaffect the operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seat belt sys-tem may result in serious personal injury.

• Once a seat belt pre-tensioner has been acti-vated, it cannot be reused and must be replacedtogether with the retractor. See an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

• Removal and installation of the pre-tensionerseat belt system components should be doneby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• All seat belt assemblies, including retractorsand attaching hardware, should be inspectedby an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop af-ter any collision. INFINITI recommends that allseat belt assemblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be inspected and replacedif either damage or improper operation is noted.

• All child restraints and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any collision. Alwaysfollow the restraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement recommenda-tions. The child restraints should be replaced ifthey are damaged.

• It is essential to replace the entire assembly af-ter it has been worn in a severe impact even ifdamage to the assembly is not obvious.

• Care should be taken to avoid contamination ofthe webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals,and particularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mild soap and water.The belt should be replaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Infants or small children

INFINITI recommends that infants or small childrenshould beseated in a child restraint on therear seatsif available. According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat. See “Child restraints”later in this section. You should choose a child re-straint system which fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer's instructions for installa-tion and use.

Children

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seat beltsthat are provided.

The use of a booster seat (commercially available)may help to avoid the shoulder belt coming acrossthe face or neck area of a child's seating position.The booster seat should raise the child so that theshoulder belt is properly positioned across the top,middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt islow on the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle's seat. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the face andneck, use the shoulder belt without the boosterseat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and donot allow a child in the cargo areas while the ve-hicle is moving.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, andalways position the lap belt as low as possiblearound the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulderbelt over your shoulder and across your chest.Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdomi-nal area. Contact your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

SSS0099Z


INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured persons use seatbelts, depending on the injury. Check with your doc-tor for specific recommendations.

SEAT BELT WARNINGS

Driver and front passenger

The seat belt warning light, located in the instru-ment panel, will alert the driver if the driver and/orfront passenger seat belts is not securely fastened.See “Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion for further details.

Rear passengers

The rear passenger seat belt indicator is displayedin the vehicle information display. In the example,the seat belts on the left and centre rear seats,when viewed in the direction of travel, are not fas-tened.

For approximately 30 seconds, the rear seat beltstatus indicator informs you which rear seat belt isnot fastened.

The rear seat belt status indicator appears if:

• You drive off.

• The rear passengers fasten or unfasten theirseat belts while the vehicle is in motion.

• Someone gets in or out of the vehicle and youpull away again.

You can hide the rear seat belt status indicator im-mediately by pressing the <OK> or m button onthe steering wheel (see “Hiding display messages”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section).

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicleshould use a seat belt at all times.

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seat-back is reclined. This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be against your body. Inan accident, you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

• For the most effective protection when the ve-hicle is in motion, the seat should be upright.Always sit well back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor and adjust the seatbelt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this sec-tion.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor andinsert the tongue into the buckle until you hearand feel the latch engage.

NIC2743

NIC2742

Rear passenger seat belt indicator


• The retractor is designed to lock during asudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling mo-tion permits the belt to move and allows yousome freedom of movement in the seat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fullyretracted position, firmly pull the belt andrelease it. Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug onthe hips as shown

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retrac-tor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is routed over your shoulder and across yourchest.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle and guide the seat belt as it automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat beltmovement by two separate methods:

• When the belt is pulled quickly from the retrac-tor.

• When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts, checkthe operation as follows:

• Grasp theshoulder belt and pull forward quickly.The retractor should lock and restrict furtherbelt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check or ifyou have any questions about seat belt operation,see an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(where fitted)

SSS0292Z SSS0290Z

SSS0326Z

SSS0896Z


The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjustedto the position that is best for you. (See “Fasteningthe seat belts ” earlier in this section). The beltshould be away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

• To adjust upward, push the height adjuster up-ward to the preferred position. You will hear aclick after the adjuster passes each available po-sition.

• To adjust downward, squeeze the adjustmentbutton jA as shown, and then move the heightadjuster to the preferred position. Release the ad-justment button to prevent the height adjuster low-ering.

WARNING

• After adjustment, release the adjustment but-ton and then try to move the shoulder beltdown to make sure that it is securely fixed inposition.

• The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-justed to the position that is best for you. Fail-ure to do so may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in an accident.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mildsoap solution or any solution recommended forcleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe witha cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in theshade. Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of theseat belt anchors, the seat belts may retractslowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with aclean, dry cloth.

• Periodically check to see that the seat belt andthe metal components, such as buckles,tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors,work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cutsor other damage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

• Infants and small children should always beplaced in an appropriate child restraint systemwhile riding in the vehicle. Failure to use a childrestraint system can result in serious injury ordeath.

• Infants and small children should never be car-ried on your lap. It is not possible for even thestrongest adult to resist the forces of a severeaccident. The child could be crushed betweenthe adult and parts of the vehicle. Also, do notput the same seat belt around a child and your-self.

SSS0099Z

CHILD RESTRAINTS


• Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle's seat belts may not fit them prop-erly. The shoulder belt may come too close tothe face or neck. The lap belt may not fit overtheir small hip bones. In an accident, an improp-erly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury.

• INFINITI recommends that the child restraintsystem be installed in the rear seat. Accordingto accident statistics, children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat rather thanin the front seat.

• Child restraint systems specially designed forinfants and small children are available fromseveral manufacturers. When selecting anychild restraint systems, place your child in thechild restraint system and check the various ad-justments to be sure that the child restraintsystem is compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow the manufacturer's instructions for in-stallation and use.

• Follow all of the child restraint system manu-facturer's instructions for installation and use.When purchasing a child restraint system, besure to select one which will fit your child andvehicle. It may not be possible to properly in-stall some types of child restraint system inyour vehicle.

• Check the child restraint system in your vehicleto be sure that it is compatible with the vehi-cle's seat belt system.

• For a front-facing child restraint system, checkto make sure the shoulder belt does not fit closeto child's face or neck.

• Never install a rear-facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat without en-suring that the front passenger air bag is deac-tivated. The vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic front-passenger front air bagdeactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp m must be lit. In afrontal collision, supplemental front-impact airbags inflate with great force. An inflatingsupplemental front-impact air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child.

• Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned tofit the child restraint system, but as upright aspossible.

• If the seat belt in the position where a child re-straint system is installed requires a locking de-vice and if it is not used, injuries could resultfrom a child restraint system tipping over dur-ing normal vehicle braking or cornering.

• After attaching a child restraint system, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it from sideto side and tug it forward to make sure that itis held securely in place. The child restraint sys-tem should not move more than 25 mm (1 in). Ifthe restraint is not secure, tighten the belt asnecessary, or install the restraint in anotherseat and test it again.

• If a child restraint system is not anchored prop-erly, the risk of a child being injured in a collisionor a sudden stop greatly increases.

• Improper use of a child restraint system can in-crease the risk or severity of injury for both thechild and other occupants in the vehicle.

• When the child restraint system is not in use,keep it secured with the ISOFIX child restraintsystem or a seat belt to prevent it from beingthrown around in case of a sudden stop or acci-dent.

• In vehicles equipped with a side air bag system,do not let any infants or small children sit in thefront passenger seat as the air bag may causeserious injury in case of deployment during acollision.

INFINITI recommends that infants and small chil-dren be seated in a child restraint system. Youshould choose a child restraint system that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer's in-structions for installation and use. In addition, thereare many types of child restraint systems availablefor larger children that should be used for maxi-mum protection.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in a closed ve-hicle can become very hot. Check the seating sur-face and buckles before placing your child in a childrestraint.


CHILD RESTRAINT AND ISOFIXINFORMATIONWhen selecting any child restraint, keep the fol-lowing points in mind:

• (For Europe) Choose a child restraint that com-plies with the latest European safety standard,ECE Regulation 44.04.

• (Except Europe) Choose a child restraint thatcomplies with UN Regulation No. 44.

• Place your child in the child restraint and checkthe various adjustments to be sure the child re-straint is compatible with your child. Always fol-low all of the recommended procedures.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with vehicle's seat belt sys-tem.

• Refer to the tables later in this section for a listof the recommended fitment positions and theapproved child restraints for your vehicle.

NOTE

Child restraints approved to ECE Regulation NO.44.04 or UN regulation no. 44 are clearly markedwith the categories such as Universal, Semi-uni-versal, or ISOFIX.

Approved universal child restraint positions

This is a regulatory table, indicating seat belt and universally approved child restraints for variousapproved seating positions.

Mass group

Seating position

Front passengerseat

Air bag ON *1*2

Front passengerseat

Air bag OFF*1*3Rear outer seat Rear centre seat

0 <10 kg X U/L U/L U

0+ <13 kg X U/L U/L U

I 9 to 18 kg UF/L U/L U/L*4 U*4

II 15 to 25 kg UF/L U/L U/L*4 U*4

III 22 to 36 kg UF/L U/L U/L*4 U*4

U: Suitable for universal category child restraint system, forward and rearward facing, approved for use inthis mass group.

UF: Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category child restraint system approved for use in this mass group.L : Suitable for particular child restraints given in the CRS manufacturer's website, or “semi-universal”

categories.For Europe: INFINITI's recommendations, if any, are given in the following table.

X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.*1: Always move the front passenger seat appropriately to accommodate enough space for the child restraint.

INFINITI recommends as far back as possible and highest position.*2: Please move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.*3: The vehicle is equipped with an automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation system. The PAS-

SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp m indicator lamp must be lit continuously.*4: Remove and securely stow the head restraint of the passenger seat when a forward facing child restraint

system is fitted.Where a head restraint cannot be removed, adjust the height of the head restraint so that there is no inter-ference with the child restraint system.Note that head restraints on some vehicles are fixed. These head restraints do not interfere with the childrestraint system installation.


List of suitable universal Child Restraint Systems (CRS) (for Europe)

Please read carefully the installation manual of your child restraint.

Mass group Child Restraint Features

0 <10 kg — —

0+ <13 kg Römer BabySafeBelted

Rearward facing

I 9 to 18 kg Römer King plusBelted

Forward facing

II 15 to 25 kg Römer KidFixBelted

Forward facing

III 22 to 36 kg Römer KidFixBelted

Forward facing


Approved ISOFIX child restraint positions

This is a regulatory table, indicating ISOFIX universal and ISOFIX semi-universal approved child restraints for various approved seating positions.

Mass groupSize

ClassFixture

Seating position*1

Front passenger seatAir bag ON

Front passenger seatAir bag OFF

Rear outer seat*2 Rear centre seat

Carry-cotF ISO/L1 X X X X

G ISO/L2 X X X X

0 (< 10 kg) E ISO/R1 X X IL*3 X

0+ (< 13 kg)

E ISO/R1 X X IL*3 X

D ISO/R2 X X IL*3 X

C ISO/R3 X X IL*3 X

I (9 to 18 kg)

D ISO/R2 X X IL*3 X

C ISO/R3 X X IL*3 X

B ISO/F2 X X IL/IUF X

B1 ISO/F2X X X IL/IUF X

A ISO/F3 X X IL/IUF X

II (15 to 25 kg) - - X X IL X

III (22 to 36 kg) - - X X IL X

X: ISOFIX position not suitable for installation of ISOFIX child restraint systems (CRS) in these seating positions.IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX forward facing CRS of universal category approved for use in the mass group.IL: Suitable for ISOFIX CRS, given in the CRS manufacturer's website, or “semi-universal” categories.

For Europe: INFINITI's recommendations, if any, are given in the following table.*1 Remove and securely stow the head restraint of the passenger seat when a forward facing child restraint is fitted.*2 If you use a forward facing child restraint, move the front passenger seat forward enough, ensuring that there is enough space for the child restraint and the child's

legs.*3 If you are using a child restraint system of size category C, D or E, make sure that the front seatback does not rest against the child restraint system. Move the front

seat forward and adjust height and/or seatback angle as appropriate.


List of suitable ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) (for Europe)

Please read carefully the installation manual of your child restraint.

Mass group Child Restraint Features

0 <10 kg — —

0+ <13 kg Römer BabySafe & ISOFIX BaseISOFIX & Support Leg

Rearward facing

I 9 to 18 kg Römer Duo+ISOFIX & Top Tether

Forward facing

II 15 to 25 kg Römer KidFixISOFIX & Belt

Forward facing

III 22 to 36 kg Römer KidFixISOFIX & Belt

Forward facing


ISOFIX CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special anchor pointsthat are used with ISOFIX child restraint systems.

ISOFIX lower anchor point locations

The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outer seating positionsonly. Do not attempt to install a child restraint inthe centre position using the ISOFIX anchors.

The ISOFIX anchor points are located, labelledISOFIX, at the bottom of the rear seat cushions.

ISOFIX child restraint anchorattachments

ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attach-ments that can be connected to two anchors lo-cated in the seat. Check your child restraint for alabel stating that it is compatible with the ISOFIXchild restraints. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraint manu-facturer.ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use ofa top tether strap or other anti-rotation devicessuch as support legs. When installing ISOFIX childrestraints, carefully read and follow the instructionsin this manual and those supplied with the childrestraints. See “Child restraint and ISOFIXinformation” later in this section.

CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGEYour vehicle is designed to accommodate a childrestraint system on the rear seat. When installing achild restraint system, carefully read and follow theinstructions in this manual and those supplied withthe child restraint system.

WARNING

• Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-cumstances are they to be used for adult seatbelts, harnesses or for attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so could dam-age the child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed using thedamaged anchorage, and a child could be seri-ously injured or killed in a collision.

• Thechild restraint top tether strap may bedam-aged by contact with the parcel shelf or itemsin the luggage area. Remove the parcel shelffrom the vehicle or secure it in the luggage area.Also secure any items in the luggage area see“Parcel shelf” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if the top tetherstrap is damaged.

NIC2612

ISOFIX anchor point locations

SSS0644Z

Anchor attachment


Top tether anchor locations

The anchor points are located on the seatback be-hind the rear outer seating positions and shouldonly be used for child restraints in the rear outerpositions.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING ISOFIX

WARNING

• Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the speci-fied locations. For the ISOFIX lower anchor lo-cations, see “ISOFIX lower anchor pointlocations” earlier in this section. If a child re-straint is not secured properly, your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in an accident.

• Do not install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap to seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

• Do not secure a child restraint in the centre rearseating position using the ISOFIX loweranchors. The child restraint will not be securedproperly.

• Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fin-gers into the lower anchor area and feeling tomake sure there are no obstructions over theISOFIX anchors, such as seat belt webbing orseat cushion material. The child restraint willnot be secured properly if the ISOFIX anchorsare obstructed.

• Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under no cir-cumstance are they to be used for adult seatbelts, harnesses or for attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

Installation on rear outer seats

Front-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer's instructionsfor the proper use of your child restraint. Followthese steps to install a front-facing child restrainton the rear outer seats using ISOFIX

1. Position the child restraint on the seat ➀.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments tothe ISOFIX lower anchors ➁.

3. The back of the child restraint should be securedagainst the vehicle seatback. If necessary, adjustor remove the head restraint to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. (See“Head restraints” ear-lier in this section.) If the head restraint is re-moved, store it in a secureplace.Besureto installthe head restraint when the child restraint is re-moved. If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.

NIC2613

SSS0646AZ

Steps 1 and 2


4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the childrestraint firmly tightened; press downward ➂and rearward ➃ firmly in the centre of the childrestraint with your knee to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback.

5. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tetherstrap, route the top tether strap and secure thetether strap to thetether anchor point. (See“Toptether anchor locations” earlier in this section.)

6. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use theminstead of the top tether strap following thechild restraint manufacturer's instructions.

7. Test the child restraint before you place the childin it ➄. Push the child restraint from side to sideand tug it forward to make sure that it is heldsecurely in place.

8. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the childrestraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 7.

Rear-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer's instructionsfor the proper use of your child restraint. Followthese steps to install a rear-facing child restraint onthe rear outer seats using ISOFIX:


2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments tothe ISOFIX lower anchors ➁.

SSS0754AZ

Step 4SSS0755AZ

Step 7

SSS0649AZ

Steps 1 and 2

SSS0756AZ

Step 3


3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the childrestraint firmly tightened; press downward ➂and rearward ➃ firmly in the centre of the childrestraint with your hand to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback. If any contact occursbetween the child restraint and the front seat,slide the front seat forward until contact nolonger occurs.

4. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tetherstrap, route the top tether strap and secure thetether strap to the tether anchor point. (See“Top tether anchor locations” earlier in this sec-tion.)

5. If the child restraint is equipped with other anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use theminstead of the top tether strap following thechild restraint manufacturer's instructions.



CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THREE-POINT TYPE SEATBELT

Installation on rear seats

Front-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor the proper use of your child restraint. Followthese steps to install a front-facing child restrainton the rear seats using 3-point type seat belt with-out automatic locking mode:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat ➀. If anycontact occurs between the child restraint andthe front seat, slide the front seat forward untilcontact no longer occurs.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child re-straint and insert it into the buckle ➁ until youhear and feel the latch engage.

3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it isnecessary to secure the seat belt in place withlocking devices attached to the child restraint.

SSS0757AZ

Step 6

SSS0758AZ

Step 1

SSS0493AZ

Step 2

SSS0647AZ

Step 4


4. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt;press downward ➂ and rearward ➃ firmly inthe centre of the child restraint with your kneeto compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while pulling up on the seat belt.



Rear-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor the proper use of your child restraint. Followthese steps to install a rear-facing child restraint onthe rear seats using 3-point type seat belt withoutautomatic locking mode:


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child re-straint and insert it into the buckle ➁ until youhear and feel the latch engage.


4. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt;press downward ➂ and rearward ➃ firmly inthe centre of the child restraint with your handto compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while pulling up on the seat belt.

SSS0638AZ

Step 5

SSS0759AZ

Step 1

SSS0654AZ

Step 2

SSS0639AZ

Step 4

SSS0658AZ

Step 5




Installation on front passenger’s seat

WARNING

• Never install a rear-facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat without en-suring that the front passenger air bag is deac-tivated. The vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic front-passenger front air bagdeactivation system. The PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp m must be lit. In afrontal collision, supplemental front-impact airbags inflate with great force. An inflatingsupplemental front-impact air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child.

• Never install a child restraint with a top tetherstrap on the front seat.

• INFINITI recommends that a child restraint beinstalled on the rear seat. However, if you mustinstall a child restraint on the front passenger’sseat, move the passenger’s seat to the rearmostposition.

• Child restraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and therefore must not beused on the front passenger’s seat when thefront passenger’s air bag has not been deacti-vated.

SSS0300AZ


Front-facing:

Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor the proper use of your child restraint. Followthese steps to install a front-facing child restrainton the front passenger’s seat using a 3-point typeseat belt without automatic locking mode:

1. Ensure that the front passenger air bag is deac-tivated. The vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic front-passenger front air bag deactiva-tion system. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lampm must be lit. Turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and make sure thatthe front air bag status light m illuminates.

2. Move the seat to the rearmost position ➀.

3. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position➁. Remove it if it interferes with the child re-straint installation. In such situations, securelystore the head restraint in the luggage compart-ment so that it does not become a dangerousprojectile during a sudden stop or in an accident.

4. Position the child restraint in the seat.

5. Route the seat belt tongue through the child re-straint and insert it into the buckle ➂ until youhear and feel the latch engage.


7. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt;press downward ➃ and rearward ➄ firmly in

the centre of the child restraint with your kneeto compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while pulling up on the seat belt.

8. Test the child restraint before you place the childin it ➅. Push the child restraint from side to sideand tug it forward to make sure that it is heldsecurely in place.


Rear facing:

If you must install a child restraint system in thefront seat, follow these steps:

1. Ensure that the front passenger air bag is deac-tivated. The vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic front-passenger front air bag deactiva-tion system. The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFFindicator lampm must be lit. Turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position and make sure thatthe front air bag status light m illuminates.

SSS0627Z

Steps 2 and 3

SSS0360CZ

Step 5

SSS0647BZ

Step 7

SSS0302GZ

Step 8


2. Move the seat to the rearmost position.

3. Adjust the head restraint to its highest position.Remove it if it interferes with the child restraintinstallation. In such situations, securely store thehead restraint in the luggage compartment sothat it does not become a dangerous projectileduring a sudden stop or in an accident.

4. Position the child restraint system in the frontpassenger seat.Always follow the child restraint system manu-facturer's instructions for installation and use.

5. Route the seat belt tongue through the child re-straint system and insert it into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.To prevent slack in the lap belt, secure the shoul-der belt in place with a locking clipjA . Use a lock-ing clip attached to the child restraint system, orone which is equivalent in dimensions and strength.Be sure to follow the child restraint system manu-facturer's instructions for belt routing.

6. Slide the seat forwards so that the seat belt fullytightens the child restraint system and the childrestraint reaches the vehicle dashboard.

7. Test the child restraint system before you placethe child in it. Check that it does not tilt too farfrom side to side. Try to tug it forwards andcheck if it is held securely in place.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used prop-erly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in asudden stop or collision greatly increases:

• Infants and small children should always beplaced in an appropriate child restraint whileriding in the vehicle. Failure to use a child re-straint or booster seat can result in serious in-jury or death.

• Infants and small children should never be car-ried on your lap. It is not possible for even thestrongest adult to resist the forces of a severeaccident. The child could be crushed betweenthe adult and parts of the vehicle. Also, do notput the same seat belt around both your childand yourself.

SSS0627Z

Steps 2 and 3SSS0513Z

ARS1098Z


• INFINITI recommends that the booster seat beinstalled in the rear seat. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in the front seat.If you must install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation” later in thissection.

• A booster seat must only be installed in a seat-ing position that has a lap/shoulder belt. Fail-ure to use a three-point type seat belt with abooster seat can result in a serious injury in sud-den stop or collision.

• Improper use or improper installation of abooster seat can increase the risk or severity ofinjury for both the child and other occupants ofthe vehicle and can lead to serious injury ordeath in an accident.

• Do not use towels, books, pillows or other itemsin place of a booster seat. Items such as thesemay move during normal driving or a collisionand result in serious injury or death. Boosterseats are designed to be used with a lap/shoul-der belt. Booster seats are designed to properlyroute the lap and shoulder portions of the seatbelt over the strongest portions of a child’sbody to provide the maximum protection dur-ing a collision.

• Follow all of the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use. When pur-chasing a booster seat, be sure to select onewhich will fit your child and vehicle. It may notbe possible to properly install some types ofbooster seats in your vehicle.

• If the booster seat and seat belt is not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured in acollision or a sudden stop greatly increases.

• Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned tofit the booster seat, but as upright as possible.

• After placing the child in the booster seat andfastening the seat belt, make sure the shoulderportion of the belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of the belt doesnot cross the abdomen.

• Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child orunder the child’s arm. If you must install abooster seat in the front seat, see “Booster seatinstallation on front passenger seat” later inthis section.

• When your booster seat is not in use, keep itsecured with a seat belt to prevent it from be-ing thrown around in case of a sudden stop oraccident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in a closed ve-hicle can become very hot. Check the seating sur-face and buckles before placing your child in thebooster seat.

LRS0501Z

LRS0464Z


Booster seats of various sizes are offered by sev-eral manufacturers. When selecting any boosterseat, keep the following points in mind:

• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sureit is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seatbelt system.

• Make sure the child’s head will be properly sup-ported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. Theseatback must be at or above the centre of thechild’s ears. For example, if a low back boosterseat ➀ is chosen, the vehicle seatback must beat or above the centre of the child’s ears. If theseatback is lower than the centre of the child’sears, a high back booster seat➁ should be used.

• If the booster seat is compatible with your ve-hicle, place your child in the booster seat andcheck the various adjustments to be sure thebooster seat is compatible with your child. Al-ways follow all recommended procedures.

Some states, provinces or territories require thatinfants and small children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times while the vehicleis being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the front pas-senger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

INFINITI recommends that booster seats beinstalled in the rear seat. However, if you must in-stall a booster seat in the front passenger seat,move the passenger’s seat to the rearmost posi-tion.

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoul-der belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor modewhen using a booster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “ChildSafety”, “Child Restraint” and “Booster Seats” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in the frontseat, move the seat to the rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only placeit in a front-facing direction. Always follow thebooster seat manufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0455Z

WRS0699Z

LRS0451Z

Rear centre position


3. The booster seat should be positioned on thevehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraintto obtain the correct booster seat fit. See “Ad-justable head restraint components” earlier inthis section. If the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the booster seat isremoved.

If the seating position does not have an adjust-able head restraint and it is interfering with theproper booster seat fit, try another seating po-sition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low andsnug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow thebooster seat manufacturer’s instructions foradjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is positioned across thetop, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Besure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructionsfor properly fastening a seat belt shown in “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this sec-tion.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front pas-senger seat, turn the ignition switch to the ACCor ON position. The <PASSENGER AIR BAGON> m ➀ indicator light or <PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF> m ➁ indicator light will illumi-nate depending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. See “SRS air bagwarning light” later in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sectioncontains important information concerning thedriver's and passenger’s supplemental front impactair bags, front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags, roof-mounted curtain side-impactair bags, and pre-tensioner seat belts.

Supplemental front-impact air bagsystem

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest area of the driver and/or frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions. The supple-mental front-impact air bags are designed to in-flate when the front of the vehicle is impacted.

Driver's knee air bag

The driver's knee air bag deploys under the steeringcolumn. The driver's knee air bag is triggered to-gether with the front air bag.

The driver's knee air bag offers additional thigh,knee and lower leg protection for the occupant inthe driver's seat.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe chest and pelvis areas of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side-impact collisions. Thefront seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag is designed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

LRS0452Z

Rear outboard position

NIC2740

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)


Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force tothe head of the driver and passengers in front andrear outer seating positions in certain side-impactcollisions. The roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag is designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crash pro-tection provided by the driver and front passengerseat belts and is not designed to substitute them.Seat belts should always be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated a suitable dis-tance away from the steering wheel, instrumentpanel and front door finishers. For additional infor-mation, see “Seat belts” earlier in this section.

After placing the ignition switch in the ON orSTART position, the air bag warning light will illu-minate. The air bag warning light will turn offwithin a few seconds after the engine is started ifthe system is operational. See “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section for further details.

The air bag will operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON or START position.

Driver and front passenger air bags:

WARNING

• The supplemental front-impact air bags ordi-narily will not inflate in the event of a side im-pact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wear the seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injury in acci-dents.

• The seat belts and the supplemental front-im-pact air bags are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in the seat. Thefront-impact air bags inflate with great force.If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways, or out of position in any way, you areat greater risk of injury or death in an accident.You may also receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the supplemental front-impact air bag ifyou are up against it when it inflates. Always

sit back against the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheel. Alwaysuse the seat belts.

WARNING

• NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an ACTIVEAIR BAG in frontof it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to theCHILDcan occur. See “Automatic front-passenger airbag deactivation system” later in this section.

• INFINITI recommends that infants or small chil-dren should be seated in a child restraint on therear seats if available. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in the front seat.See “Child restraints” earlier in this section. Youshould choose a child restraint system whichfits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

NPA926Z

Correct (rear) seating positions

SSS0100Z


• If you secure a child on the front passenger seatin a rearward-facing child restraint system, al-ways ensure that the passenger’s air bag is dis-abled. The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indi-cator lamp must light up. If the <PASSENGERAIR BAG ON> indicator lamp lights up, the pas-senger’s air bag could be deployed in the eventof an accident. The child could be struck by theair bag. There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal. See “Child restraints” earlier inthis section.

• Children may be severely injured or killed whenthe air bags inflate if they are not properly re-strained. See “Child restraints” earlier in thissection.

• Never let children ride unrestrained or extendtheir hands or face out of the window. Do notattempt to hold them in your lap or arms.

Side and curtain air bags:

WARNING

• The front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a front impact, rear im-pact, rollover, or lower severity side collision.Always wear the seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in accidents.

• The seat belts, the front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental airbags are most effective when you are sitting

well back and upright in the seat. The frontseat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags inflate with great force.If you and your passengers are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways, or out of po-sition in any way, you and your passengers areat greater risk of injury or death in an accident.

• Do not allow anyone to place their hands, legs,or face near the front seat-mounted side-im-pact supplemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental air bags onthe sides of the seatback of the front seats ornear the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sit-ting in the front seats or rear outer seats toextend their hands out of the windows or leanagainst the doors.

• When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold ontothe seatback of the front seats. If the frontseat-mounted side impact supplemental airbags and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags inflate, you may be seri-ously injured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properly re-strained.

• Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks.They may interfere with the front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag in-flations.

NOTE

For an overview see “Precautions on Supplemen-tal Restraint System (SRS)” in the “0. Safety —seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system

WARNING

• The pre-tensioners cannot be reused after acti-vation. They must be replaced together withthe retractor and buckle as a unit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision buta pre-tensioner is not activated, be sure to havethe pre-tensioner system checked and, if nec-essary, replaced by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components or wiring of the pre-tensionersystem. This is to prevent damage to or acci-dental activation of the pre-tensioners. Tam-pering with the pre-tensioner system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

• Work around and on the pre-tensioner systemshould be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop. Unauthorised electricaltest equipment and probing devices should notbe used on the pre-tensioner system.

• If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner orscrap the vehicle, contact an INFINITI Centre or


qualified workshop. Correct pre-tensioner dis-posal procedures are set forth in the appropri-ate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal injury.

The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions.

Working with the seat belt retractor and anchor, ithelps tighten the seat belt the instant the vehiclebecomes involved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt re-tractor. These seat belts are used the same way asconventional seat belts.

When a pre-tensioner activates, smoke is releasedand a loud noise may be heard. The smoke is notharmful, and it does not indicate a fire. Care shouldbe taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

After pre-tensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light is used toindicate malfunctions in the pre-tensioner system.(See “SRS air bag warning light” later in this sec-tion.) If the operation of the supplemental air bagwarning light indicates there is a malfunction, havethe system checked by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you in-form the buyer about the pre-tensioner system andguide the buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

Air bag warning labels

➀ SRS air bag warning label: The warning labelis located on the surface of the front pas-senger sun visor.

➁ SRS side air bag warning label: The warninglabel is located on the side of the passengerside centre pillar. Tags are also sewn into thefront seat covers.

SRS front-impact passenger air bag:

The pictogram warning label ➀ is located on thesun visor. It's meaning is:

“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on aseat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front ofit, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD canoccur.”

The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for childrenaged 12 and under. Always use seat belts and childrestraints. For maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, you must always wear yoursafety belt. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily closeto the air bag. Do not place any objects over the airbag or between the air bag and yourself. If the airbag warning light stays on or is flashing when theignition switch is placed in the ON position, go toan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Air bagscan only be removed or disposed of by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Be sure to read the “AIRBAG LABEL” descriptionat the end of this manual.

WARNING

• INFINITI recommends that infants or small chil-dren should be seated in a child restraint on therear seats if available. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in the front seat.See “Child restraints” earlier in this section. Youshould choose a child restraint system whichfits your vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation and use.

NPA1488


• If you secure a child on the front passenger seatin a rearward-facing child restraint system, al-ways ensure that the passenger’s air bag is dis-abled. The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indi-cator lamp must light up. If the <PASSENGERAIR BAG ON> indicator lamp lights up, the pas-senger’s air bag could be deployed in the eventof an accident. The child could be struck by theair bag. There is an increased risk of injury, pos-sibly even fatal. See “Child restraints” earlier inthis section.

• NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an ACTIVEAIRBAG in frontof it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to theCHILDcan occur. See “Automatic front-passenger airbag deactivation system” later in this section.

SRS air bag warning light

The SRS air bag warning light, displaying m inthe instrument panel, monitors the circuits of thesupplemental front-impact air bag, front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag, supple-

mental curtain side-impact air bags, driver's kneeair bag, and pre-tensioner seat belt systems. It alsomonitors the air bag control unit, crash zone sen-sor, satellite sensors, front door pressure sensors,automatic front-passenger air bag deactivationsystem and all related wiring.

After placing the ignition switch in the ON orSTART position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning light will turnoff within a few seconds after the engine is started,if the system is operational.

Havetheair bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seatbelt systems serviced at the nearest INFINITICentre or qualified workshop if any of the follow-ing conditions occur:

• The SRS air bag warning light remains on forlonger than a few seconds once the engine isrunning.

• The SRS air bag warning light flashes intermit-tently.

• The SRS air bag warning light does not illumi-nate at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag systems and/orpre-tensioner seat belt systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked and repaired. Con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop im-mediately.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, itcould mean that the front air bag, side air bag, cur-tain air bag, driver's knee air bag, and/or preten-sioner systems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop as soon as possible.

SPA1097Z


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags inflators

5. Window air bag/Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag modules

6. Driver's knee air bag

7. Front door pressure sensors

8. Front seat belt with pre-tensioners

9. Satellite sensors

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

11. Rear seat belt with pre-tensioners

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on the steering wheelpad. Do not place any objects between thedriver and steering wheel pad. Such objectsmay become dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if a supplemental air bag inflates.

• Do not place objects with sharp edges on theseat. Also, do not place heavy objects on theseat that will leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damage the seat orautomatic front-passenger air bag detectionsystem. This can affect the operation of the airbag system and result in serious personal in-jury.

• Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steamcleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seator automatic front-passenger air bag detectionsystem. This can also affect the operation ofthe air bag system and result in serious personalinjury.

• Immediately after inflation, several supple-mental air bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them: you may severely burnyourself.

NIC2868


• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components or wiring of the supplementalair bag systems. This is to prevent accidentalinflation of the supplemental air bags or dam-age to the supplemental air bag systems.

• Do not make unauthorised changes to your ve-hicle's electrical system, suspension system orfront end structure. This could affect properoperation of the supplemental air bag systems.

• Tampering with the supplemental air bag sys-tems may result in serious personal injury. Tam-pering includes changes to the steering wheelby placing materials over the steering wheelpad and above, and by installing additional trimmaterials around the supplemental air bag sys-tems.

• Modifying or tampering with the front passen-ger seat may result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushion or by in-stalling additional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that is not specifically de-signed to assure proper air bag operation. Ad-ditionally, do not stow any objects under thefront passenger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the automatic front-pas-senger air bag detection system.

• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components or wiring of the seat belt sys-tem. This may affect the air bag system. Tam-pering with the seat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

• Work around and on the supplemental air bagsystems should be done by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop. The SRS wiring shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Unauthorisedelectrical test equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the supplemental air bagsystems.

• The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellowand/or orange for easy identification.

• Never install a rear-facing child restraint sys-tem on the front passenger seat without firstchecking that the front passenger air bag is de-activated. See “Automatic front-passenger airbag deactivation system” later in this section.In a frontal collision, supplemental front-im-pact air bags inflate with great force. An inflat-ing supplemental front-impact air bag could se-riously injure or kill your child.

When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may beheard, followed by the release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire.However, care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Occupants with ahistory of breathing difficulties, such as asthma,should get fresh air promptly.

If a crash occurs in which the vehicle's air bags de-ploy, by design the vehicle may not restart. If thisoccurs, it is recommended that you visit an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop for repair.

Supplemental air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on the chestof the front occupants. Curtain air bags help tocushion the impact force to the head of occupantsin the front and rear outer seating positions. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag and curtain airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries. Supple-mental side air bags and curtain air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

Supplemental front-impact air bagsystem

The driver's supplemental front-impact air bag islocated at the centre of the steering wheel. Thedriver's knee air bag is located under the steeringcolumn. The passenger's supplemental front-im-pact air bag is located at the instrument panelabove the glove box.

The supplemental front-impact air bag system isdesigned to inflate in higher severity frontal colli-sions, although it may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate incertain frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack ofit) is not always an indication of proper supplemen-tal front-impact air bag system operation.


WARNING

Never install a rear-facing child restraint systemon the front passenger seat without ensuring thatthe front passenger air bag is deactivated. The ve-hicle is equipped with an automatic front-passen-ger front air bag deactivation system. The <PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamp m mustbe lit. In a frontal collision, supplemental front-im-pact air bags inflate with great force. An inflatingsupplemental front-impact air bag could seriouslyinjure or kill your child.

Automatic front-passenger air bagdeactivation system

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-matically turn OFF under some conditions. Readthis section carefully to learn how it operates.Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraintsis necessary for most effective protection. Failureto follow all instructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury in an acci-dent.

In order to recognise a child restraint system on thefront-passenger seat, the automatic front-passen-ger front air bag deactivation system categorisesthe person in the front passenger seat using an oc-cupant classification sensor (weight sensor). De-pending on that result, the front-passenger frontair bag is either enabled or disabled. If a rearward-

facing child restraint system is fitted to the frontpassenger seat, the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF>indicator lamp must light up after the system self-test and remain lit. The front passenger front airbag is disabled.

The system does not disable:

• The front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags.

• The roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bags.

• The seat belt pre-tensioner.

INFINITI recommends that infants or small childrenshould beseated in a child restraint on therear seatsif available. According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat. (See “Child restraints”earlier in this section).

If it is absolutely necessary to install a child restraintsystem on the front-passenger seat, be sure to ob-serve the correct positioning of the child restraintsystem. Never place objects under or behind thechild restraint system, e.g. a cushion. The entirebase of the child restraint system must always reston the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat.The seatback of the forward-facing child restraintsystem must, as far as possible, be resting on theseatback of the front-passenger seat. The child re-straint system must not touch the roof or be putunder strain by the head restraint Adjust the angleof the seatback and the head restraint position ac-cordingly. Only then is the correct function of the

automatic front passenger front air bag deactiva-tion system guaranteed. Always observe the infor-mation on suitable positioning of the child restraintsystem (see “Child restraints” earlier in this section)in addition to the child restraint system manufac-turer's installation instructions.

Operation of automatic front-passenger air bagdeactivation:

SSS0676Z

NIC2740


➀ <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> m indicatorlamp

➁ <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> m indicatorlamp

The indicator lamps inform you whether the front-passenger front air bag is disabled or enabled.

Turn the key to the ACC or ON position in the igni-tion switch. The system carries out a self-diagno-sis.

The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> and <PASSEN-GER AIR BAG ON> indicator lamps must light upsimultaneously for approximately six seconds.

The indicator lamps display the status of the front-passenger front air bag:

• <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is enabled. If, inthe event of an accident, all deployment criteriaare met, the front-passenger front air bag is de-ployed.

• <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> lights up: thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willthen not be deployed in the event of an acci-dent.

If the status of the front-passenger front air bagchanges while the vehicle is in motion, an air bagdisplay message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay (see “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)air bag warning light” earlier in this section). Whenthe front passenger seat is occupied, always payattention to the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> and

<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamps. Beaware of the status of the front-passenger frontair bag both before and during the journey.

If there is no child restraint system fitted to thefront-passenger seat, the front passenger must sit

• With the seat belt fastened correctly.

• In an almost upright position with their backagainst the seatback.

• With their feet resting on the floor, if possible.

If the front passenger does not observe these con-ditions, the automatic front-passenger front airbag deactivation system may be influenced, e.g.because the front passenger:

• Transfers their weight by supporting them-selves on a vehicle armrest.

• Sits in such a way that their weight is raisedfrom the seat cushion.

The front-passenger front air bag may be disabledby mistake as a result of these or similar actions. Inthis case, the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indica-tor lamp lights up permanently. The front-passen-ger front air bag does not then deploy during anaccident.

WARNING

If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lampis lit, the front-passenger front air bag is disabled.It will not be deployed in the event of an accidentand cannot perform its intended protective func-tion. A person in the front passenger seat could

then, for example, come into contact with the ve-hicle's interior, especially if the person is sitting tooclose to the dashboard. This poses an increased riskof injury or even fatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occupied,always make sure that:

• The classification of the person in the front pas-senger seat is correct and that the front pas-senger front air bag is enabled or disabled inaccordance with the person in the front pas-senger seat.

• The front-passenger seat has been moved backas far back as possible.

• The person is seated correctly.

If you secure a child on the front passenger seat ina rearward-facing child restraint system and the<PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator lamp lightsup, the passenger's air bag could be deployed inthe event of an accident. The child could be struckby the air bag. There is an increased risk of injury,possibly even fatal. In this case, always ensure thatthe passenger's air bag is disabled. The <PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamp must light up.

If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lampremains off and/or the <PASSENGER AIR BAGON> indicator lamp lights up, do not install a rear-ward-facing child restraint system on the front-passenger seat. For further information see “Prob-lems with automatic front-passenger air bagdeactivation” later in this section.


WARNING

If you secure a child in a forward-facing child re-straint system on the front-passenger seat andyou position the front-passenger seat too close tothe dashboard, in the event of an accident, the childcould:

• Come into contact with the vehicle's interior ifthe <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicatorlamp is lit, for example.

• Be struck by the air bag if the <PASSENGERAIR BAG ON> lamp is lit up.

This poses an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

Move the front-passenger seat as far back as pos-sible. Always make sure that the shoulder beltstrap is correctly routed from the vehicle belt out-let to the shoulder belt guide on the child restraintsystem. The shoulder belt strap must be routedforwards and downwards from the vehicle beltoutlet. If necessary, adjust the vehicle belt outletand the front passenger seat accordingly. Alwaysobserve the information in this Owner's Manual onsuitable positioning of the child restraint system inaddition to the child restraint system manufactur-er's installation instructions.

If the automatic front-passenger air bag deactiva-tion system detects that:

• The front-passenger seat is unoccupied, the<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamplights up after the system self-test and remainslit. This indicates that the front passenger frontair bag is disabled.

• The front-passenger seat is occupied by a childin a rearward-facing child restraint system, the<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamplights up after the system self test and remainslit. This indicates that the front-passenger frontair bag is disabled.

If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicatorlamp remains off and/or the <PASSENGER AIRBAG ON> indicator lamp lights up, do not installa rearward facing child restraint system on thefront passenger seat. For further informationsee “Problems with automatic front-passengerair bag deactivation” later in this section.

• The front-passenger seat is occupied by a childin a forward-facing child restraint system, ei-ther the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> or <PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamp lightsup and remains lit after the system self-test de-pending on the result of the classification. Theresult of the classification is dependent on,among other factors, the child restraint systemand the child's build.

Move the front-passenger seat as far back aspossible. See “Child restraints” earlier in this sec-tion.

• The front-passenger seat is occupied by a per-son with a smaller build (e.g. a teenager or smalladult), either the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON>or <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamplights up and remains lit after the system selftest depending on the result of the classifica-tion.

– If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicatorlamp lights up, move the front-passengerseat as far back as possible. Alternatively, aperson with a small build can sit on a rearseat.

– If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indica-tor lamp is lit, a person with a smaller buildshould not use the front-passenger seat.

• The front-passenger seat is occupied by anadult or a person with a build corresponding tothat of an adult, the <PASSENGER AIR BAGON> indicator lamp lights up after the systemself-test and remains lit. This indicates that thefront-passenger front air bag is enabled.

If the automatic front-passenger front air bag de-activation system is malfunctioning, the red mrestraint system warning lamp in the combinationmeter and the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indi-cator lamp light up simultaneously. The front-pas-senger front air bag is disabled in this case and doesnot deploy during an accident. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible by qualified techni-cians. Consult an INFINITI Centre. The front-pas-senger seat should only be repaired at an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.


If the front-passenger seat, the seat cover or theseat cushion is damaged, have the necessary repairwork carried out at an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop. For safety reasons, INFINITI recom-mends that you only use a child restraint systemwhich has been tested and approved by INFINITI incombination with the automatic front-passengerfront air bag deactivation system.

System self-test:

WARNING

• If both the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> and<PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator lamps donot light up during the system self-test, thesystem is malfunctioning. The front passengerfront air bag might be triggered unintention-ally or might not be triggered at all in the eventof an accident with high deceleration. Thisposes an increased risk of injury or even fatalinjury.

In this case the front passenger seat may not beused. Do not install a child restraint system onthe front-passenger seat. Have the automaticfront-passenger front air bag deactivation sys-tem checked and repaired immediately at aqualified specialist workshop.

• If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicatorlamp remains lit after the system self-test, thefront-passenger front air bag is disabled. It willnot be deployed in the event of an accident. Inthis case, the front-passenger front air bag

cannot perform its intended protective func-tion, e.g. when a person is seated in the frontpassenger seat.

That person could, for example, come into con-tact with the vehicle's interior, especially if theperson is sitting too close to the dashboard.This poses an increased risk of injury or evenfatal injury.

When the front-passenger seat is occupied, al-ways ensure that:

– The classification of the person in the frontpassenger seat is correct and the front pas-senger front air bag is enabled or disabled inaccordance with the person in the front-passenger seat.

– The person is seated properly with a cor-rectly fastened seat belt.

– The front-passenger seat has been movedas far back as possible.

• If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicatorlamp remains lit when it should not, the frontpassenger seat may not be used. Do not installa child restraint system on the front passengerseat. Have the automatic front passenger frontair bag deactivation system checked and re-paired immediately at a qualified specialistworkshop.

• Objects between the seat surface and the childrestraint system could affect the function ofthe automatic front-passenger front air bagdeactivation system. This could result in the

front-passenger front air bag not functioningas intended during an accident. This poses anincreased risk of injury or even fatal injury.

Do not place any objects between the seat sur-face and the child restraint system. The entirebase of the child restraint system must alwaysrest on the seat cushion of the front passengerseat. The seatback of the forwards facing childrestraint system must, as far as possible, beresting on the seatback of the front passengerseat. Always comply with the child restraintsystem manufacturer's installation instruc-tions.

Turn the key to the ACC or ON position in the igni-tion switch. The system carries out a self-diagno-sis.

After the system self-test, the <PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF> or <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indica-tor lamp display the status of the front passengerfront air bag.


Problems with automatic front-passenger air bag deactivation:

Problem Possible causes/consequences and solutionsThe <PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF> indicator lamplights up and remains lit,even though the front pas-senger seat is occupied byan adult or a person with abuild corresponding to thatof an adult

The classification of the person on the front-passenger seat is incorrect.• Make sure the conditions for a correct classification of the person on the front-passenger seat are met (see “System self-test” earlier in this sec-

tion).• If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamp remains lit, the front-passenger seat may not be used.• Have the automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation system checked as soon as possible at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

The <PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF> indicator lampdoes not light up and/ordoes not stay on.The front passenger seat isempty, or occupied by arearward-facing childrestraint system.

The automatic front-passenger air bag deactivation system is malfunctioning.• Make sure there is nothing between the seat and the child restraint system.• Make sure that the entire base of the child restraint system rests on the seat cushion of the front-passenger seat.• When installing the child restraint system, make sure that the seat belt is tight. Do not pull the seat belt tight with the front passenger seat adjust-

ment. This could result in the seat belt and the child restraint system being pulled too tightly.• Check that the child restraint system is installed correctly.• Make sure that no objects are applying additional weight to the seat.• If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lamp remains off and/or the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator lamp lights up, do not install a

rearward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. It is recommended that you fit the child restraint system to a suitable rear seat.• Have the automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation system checked as soon as possible at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


Supplemental side–impact air bag system

The supplemental side air bags are located in theoutside of the seatback of the front seats.

The supplemental side-impact air bag system is de-signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions,although it may inflate if the forces in another typeof collision are similar to those of a higher severityside impact. It may not inflate in certain side colli-sions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side-impact airbag system operation.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright, and as far asis practical, away from the side air bag. The side airbags inflatequickly in order to help protect thefrontoccupants. Because of this, the force of the side airbags inflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, these air bagmodules during inflation. The side air bag will de-flate quickly after the collision is over.

WARNING

• Do not place any objects near the seatback ofthe front seats. Also, do not place any objects(an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles and cause injuryif a side air bag inflates.

• Right after inflation, several side air bag andcurtain air bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severely burnyourself.

• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components or wiring of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

• Do not make unauthorised changes to your ve-hicle’s electrical system, suspension system orside panel. This could affect proper operationof the curtain air bag systems.

• Tampering with the side air bag system may re-sult in serious personal injury. For example, donot change the front seats by placing materialnear the seatbacks or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers, around theside air bag.

• Work around and on the side air bag and cur-tain air bag systems should be done by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Instal-lation of electrical equipment should also bedone by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-

shop. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthorised elec-trical test equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side air bag or curtainair bag systems.

Window bag/Supplemental side–impactcurtain air bag system

The supplemental side–impact curtain air bag is lo-cated in the roof side trims.

The supplemental side–impact curtain air bag sys-tem is designed to inflate in higher severity sidecollisions, although it may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity side impact. It may not inflate incertain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it)is not always an indication of proper supplementalcurtain side–impact air bag system operation.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and therear seat passengers should be seated as far awayas practical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The curtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the front and rear occupants. Becauseof this, the force of the curtain air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, these air bag modules during infla-tion. The curtain air bag will deflate quickly afterthe collision is over.

NPA849Z


WARNING

• Do not place any objects near the seatback ofthe front seats. Also, do not place any objects(an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles and cause injuryif a side air bag inflates.

• Directly after inflation, several air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components or wiring of the air bag sys-tem. This is to prevent accidental inflation ofthe air bag or damage to the air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorised changes to your ve-hicle’s electrical system, suspension system orside panel. This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

• Tampering with the air bag system may resultin serious personal injury. Tampering includesmaking changes to the steering wheel and theinstrument panel assembly by placing materialover the steering pad and above the dashboard,or by installing additional trim material aroundthe air bag system.

• Do not attach any objects to the steering wheelpad or to the instrument panel. Objectsattached to the steering wheel pad and instru-ment panel may become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the air bag inflates.

• Work on and around the air bag system shouldbe done by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop. Installation of electrical equipmentshould be done by an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. The SRS wiring harnessesshould not be modified or disconnected. Unau-thorised electrical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on the air bag sys-tem.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

WARNING

• Once the air bags have been inflated, the air bagmodules will not function and must be replaced.The air bag modules must be replaced by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. The in-flated air bag modules cannot be repaired.

• The air bag systems should be inspected by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop if thereis any damage to the front end or side portionof the vehicle.

• When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the air bag system andguide the buyer to the appropriate sections inthis Owner's Manual.

• If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap thevehicle, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop. Correct disposal procedures are set

forth in the appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

• If there is an impact to your vehicle from anydirection, your automatic front-passenger airbag detection system should be checked by anINFINITICentre or qualified workshop to verifyit is still functioning correctly. The automaticfront-passenger air bag detection systemshould be checked even if no air bags deploy asa result of the impact. Failure to verify properautomatic front-passenger air bag detectionsystem function may result in an improper airbag deployment resulting in injury or death.

The air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts are de-signed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless the SRS air bag warning light isdamaged, the SRS air bag warning light remainsilluminated after inflation has occurred. The repairand replacement of the SRS should be done only byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle,information about the air bags, pre-tensioner seatbelts and related parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the OFF position whenworking under the bonnet or inside the vehicle.


In certain frontal collisions with pedestrian, thepop-up engine bonnet system can help reduce im-pact to the head of a pedestrian. This system isdesigned to pop up the rear end of the bonnet incertain frontal collisions to provide specified clear-ance between the bonnet and the engine compart-ment to reduce impact to pedestrian.

The pop-up engine bonnet system activates in cer-tain frontal collisions with pedestrians or objectswhen the vehicle is driven between about 20 and60km/h. While driving, the pop-up engine bonnetmay activate in the event of an impact collision in-volving the bottom of the vehicle or bumper. Thesystem activates when the collision impact reachesa certain level even though the collision does notcause damage to the bumper.

The pop-up engine bonnet operates only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

WARNING

• The pop-up engine bonnet will not activate inthe event of a side impact, rear impact or roll-over collision.

• The pop-up engine bonnet may not activate inthe event of a corner impact collision of thefront bumper.

• No unauthorised changes should be made toany components including bonnet and frontbumper, or wiring of the pop-up engine bonnetsystem. This is to prevent accidental orimproper activation, or damage to the pop-upengine bonnet system.

• Work around or on the pop-up engine bonnetsystem should be done by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop. The wiring of the pop-upengine bonnet system should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorised electrical testequipment and probing devices should not beused on the pop-up engine bonnet system. Thiscould affect proper operation of the pop-up en-gine bonnet and cause accidental and improperactivation.

• If you need to dispose of the pop-up enginebonnet system, or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. Correctpop-up engine bonnet system disposal proce-dures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

• The pop-up engine bonnet cannot be reused af-ter activation. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop for replacement. If the ve-hicle becomes involved in a frontal collision butthe pop-up engine bonnet system is not acti-vated, be sure to have the pop-up engine bon-net system checked and, if necessary, replacedby an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

• For the drive to the INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop, reset the triggered pop-up enginebonnet yourself. Do not drive faster than20km/h.

RESETTING THE POP-UP ENGINEBONNET

WARNING

Certain components in the engine compartmentcould be very hot, e.g. the engine, the radiator andparts of the exhaust system. There is a risk of in-jury when accessing the engine compartment.

As far as possible, allow the engine to cool downand only touch the components described in thefollowing instructions.

With your hand flat, push down the pop-up enginebonnet ➀ in the area around the hinges on bothsides (arrows) until you feel it engage.

If you can raise the pop-up engine bonnet slightly inthe area around the hinges, it is not engaged cor-rectly. Repeat the step.

NDI1628

POP-UP ENGINE BONNET(where fitted)


If the bonnet can then still be raised, contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop. The vehicleshould not be driven. If you have to drive the vehicleyourself, do not drive faster than 20 km/h (12MPH).

As required by Russian regulations your vehicle hasan emergency call system that can be operated au-tomatically or manually in the event of a road acci-dent to alert and dispatch emergency services.

The emergency call system is operated and con-trolled by GLONASS JSC. INFINITI is responsibleonly for the emergency communication system’stechnical performance in the event of an accidentwithin the warranty period.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY CALLIf the air bag control unit detects a frontal collision,side collision, or vehicle rollover, the system auto-matically sends an emergency call to the emergencycall centre. At the same time, the vehicle informa-tion (location of the vehicle, vehicle speed and thedirection of travel) is also transferred. Once youremergency call is received by the emergency callcentre, the operator tries to talk to the vehicle'soccupant.

NOTE

• During the emergency call, the volume of thevoice of the operator cannot be adjusted.

• During the emergency call, the volume of thevehicle audio will be muted.

The ERA-GLONASS system is always enabled bydefault.

The following information will be sent to the emer-gency call centre by ERA-GLONASS system whena collision occurs.

• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

• Engine type.

• The time stamp (when the collision or event oc-curred).

• Vehicle location, vehicle speed, and vehicle di-rection.

This data will be deleted as soon as it is no longerrequired.

CAUTION

• The automatic emergency call will only be trig-gered if the vehicle air bag system is activatedduring the collision.

• Connection to emergency services is theresponsibility of GLONASS JCS who managethe call centre for emergency calls.

• The GSM network provider that manages theconnection from the vehicle to the emergencycall centre is specified by GLONASS JSC andcontrolled outside of the vehicle emergency callsystem.

• Within the first minute of any emergency callthe operator will determine if the call is genu-ine. Should the operator determine it is a non-genuine call they will stop the call, making nofurther attempts to call the vehicle back. Thisaction does not prevent the occupant(s) of thevehicle from making a further manual emer-gency call.

ERA-GLONASS (where fitted)


The emergency call function cannot be used in thefollowing conditions:

• The vehicle is outside the area where cellularnetwork service is receivable.

• The vehicle is in a location with poor signal re-ception such as tunnels, underground parkinggarages, between buildings or in mountainousareas.

• TheTCU (TelematicsControl Unit) or other sys-tems of your vehicle are not working properly.

• The available mobile network provider at thelocation of the vehicle is not specified for emer-gency call usage by the GLONASS JSC author-ity.

• The communication line of the GLONASS JSCauthority emergency call centre is busy.

MAKING AN EMERGENCY CALLMANUALLYYou can also make an emergency call manually bypushing the <SOS> call button located on the over-head control panel.

CAUTION

• Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply theparking brake before operating the <SOS> but-ton.

• Use this service only in case of an emergency.There may be a penalty for inappropriate use ofthe service.

1. Push the cover ➀ and open the <SOS> cover ➁.

2. Push the <SOS> button ➂. An emergency call issent to the emergency call centre. At the sametime, the vehicle information (location of the ve-hicle, vehicle speed and the direction of travel) isalso transferred.

3. When the call is connected, speak to the emer-gency support staff.

If you want to cancel the emergency call, push andhold the <SOS> button for a few seconds beforeconnection with the emergency call centre is es-tablished. The call cannot be cancelled after con-nection.

NOTE

• During the emergency call, the volume of thevoice of the operator cannot be adjusted.

• If the vehicle is fitted with original audio equip-ment the volume will be muted during the emer-gency call.

• After the <SOS> button is pushed, it may takesome time until the system initiates connection,depending on the technical environment andwhether the TCU is being used by other ser-vices.

• To avoid disconnecting the call, do not turn offthe engine.

• During the emergency call or communicationwith operators, the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone connection will be disabled and thephone operation will only be available on themobile phone.

• If the emergency call is disconnected for somereason the emergency call centre may call back.This action does not prevent the occupant(s) ofthe vehicle from making a further manual emer-gency call.

INDICATOR LIGHT

The indicator light ➃ near the <SOS> switch showsthe status of the ERA-GLONASS.

NIC2842

NIC2843


If the indicator light is illuminated green, the ERA-GLONASS is available and working.

If the indicator light is illuminated in red or no lightis illuminated the emergency call may not connectyour vehicle to the emergency call centre when the<SOS> button is pressed. Also, an automatic emer-gency call may not be sent when a collision occurs.

If the indicator light is illuminated red, a malfunc-tion has been detected in the ERA-GLONASS sys-tem. Pushing the <SOS> button may not connectyour vehicle to the emergency call center. Also, anautomatic emergency call may not be made when acollision occurs. If the red indicator light is illumi-nated, contact an INFINITI centre or qualifiedworkshop for assistance.

* During vehicle start up the system operates selfdiagnostics and the red indicator light is illumi-nated for up to 15 seconds.

* At any other time if the indicator light is redcontact a INFINITI centre or qualified workshopfor assistance.

NOTE

If the red light is illuminated or no light is illumi-nated emergency services (such as the police orother agencies) should be contacted using othernormal communication devices (phone) in theevent of an accident.

TESTING THE SYSTEMCAUTION

Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply theparking brake to conduct the test mode.

The test mode is designed to verify that the com-ponents of the ERA-GLONASS system are work-ing correctly. Test mode checks the status of themicrophone, speaker, battery backup, and other in-ternal components.

To start the test:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position be-fore initiating the test mode.

2. Push the cover ➀ and open ➁ the <SOS> but-ton cover.

3. After the green indicator light is turned on, pushand hold the <SOS> button ➂ for at least 3 sec-onds.

4. Release the button and then push and hold itagain within 10 seconds.

5. When the test mode is activated, the red indica-tor light ➃ blinks.

6. Speak in a loud voice after you hear the tone.

7. The tone will sound again and the system willplay the recorded voice.

8. Operate the <SOS> button within 20 secondsto report the test results to the emergency callcentre.

• Voice can be heard clearly: Push and hold.

• Voice cannot be heard clearly: Push twicebriefly.

9. After 20 seconds, the green indicator light blinkswhile the system sends the test results to theemergency call centre.

10. The red indicator light turns off (stops blink-ing) if the test completes successfully.

11. If the recorded voice could not be heard clearlyin the voice test or the test does not completesuccessfully (the red indicator light keeps blink-ing), contact your INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for assistance and to have the ve-hicle inspected.

12. After the test is completed, or in order to stopthe test, place the ignition switch in the OFFposition. Test mode will be cancelled.

CAUTION

Actual automatic and manual emergency calls donot work when the test mode is activated.


NOTE


2 Instruments and controlsInstruments and controls

Meters and gauges............................................................. 2-2Speedometer.................................................................. 2-2Outside temperature display...................................... 2-2Tachometer .................................................................... 2-3Engine coolant temperature gauge.......................... 2-3Fuel gauge ...................................................................... 2-3Instrument brightness control ................................... 2-4

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders............................................................................... 2-5

Warning lights ............................................................... 2-6Indicator lights ............................................................... 2-10Audible reminders ......................................................... 2-11

Vehicle information display .............................................. 2-12Menus and submenus.................................................. 2-12Display Messages ......................................................... 2-23

Headlight and turn signal switches ................................ 2-56Headlight switch ........................................................... 2-56Combination switch ..................................................... 2-57Adaptive front lighting system (LED headlightonly) (where fitted) ....................................................... 2-58High beam assist (LED headlight only) ................... 2-59Headlights misted up on the inside .......................... 2-60

Fog light switch ................................................................... 2-60Front fog lights.............................................................. 2-60Rear fog light ................................................................. 2-61

Wiper and washer switch ................................................. 2-61Switching the windscreen wipers on/off ............... 2-61Switching the rear window wiper on/off............... 2-62

Headlight cleaner (where fitted) ..................................... 2-63Defogger switch .................................................................. 2-63

Windscreen de-icer switch (where fitted) .................... 2-63Horn........................................................................................ 2-64Windows ............................................................................... 2-64

Power windows ............................................................ 2-64Fixed glass roof (where fitted) ........................................ 2-67

Sunshade operation ..................................................... 2-67Clock ....................................................................................... 2-68

Adjusting time................................................................ 2-68Seat heating (where fitted) .............................................. 2-68Memory function (where fitted)...................................... 2-69

Storing settings ............................................................. 2-70Calling up a stored setting.......................................... 2-70

Power outlet......................................................................... 2-70Storage .................................................................................. 2-71

Glove box ........................................................................ 2-72Front console compartment ...................................... 2-72Console box .................................................................... 2-72Card holder ..................................................................... 2-72Cup holders..................................................................... 2-72Coat hooks ..................................................................... 2-73Lashing eyelets.............................................................. 2-73Luggage hooks .............................................................. 2-73Front seat storage boxes (where fitted)................. 2-74Map pocket (where fitted).......................................... 2-74Luggage nets (where fitted)....................................... 2-74Parcel shelf ..................................................................... 2-74Roof rack (where fitted).............................................. 2-75Ski hatch (where fitted) ............................................... 2-75Compartment under boot floor ................................ 2-76

Sun visors .............................................................................. 2-76

Interior lights ........................................................................ 2-76Front overhead control panel.................................... 2-76Rear reading lights (where fitted)............................. 2-77Rear room light (where fitted)................................... 2-77

Vanity mirror lights....................................................... 2-77Luggage compartment light....................................... 2-77Battery saver system ................................................... 2-77

NOTE

For an overview see “Cockpit” in the “0. Illustratedtable of contents” section, “Instrument panel” inthe “0. Illustrated table of contents” section, and“Meters and gauges” in the “0. Illustrated table ofcontents” section

NOTE

The needle indicators may move slightly after theignition switch is put in the OFF position. This isnot a malfunction.

CAUTION

• For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened withwater. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, ben-zine, thinner or any kind of solvent or papertowel with a chemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to the lens.

• Do not spray any liquid such as water on themeter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the sys-tem to malfunction.

SPEEDOMETER

The speedometer is divided into segments ➀, ➁and ➂ only on vehicles with Intelligent Cruise Con-trol.

The segments in the speedometer indicate whichspeed range is available (see “Displays in thespeedometer” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion).

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

You should pay special attention to road conditionswhen temperatures are around freezing point.

Bear in mind that the outside temperature displayindicates the measured air temperature and not theroad surface temperature

Depending on the vehicle specification, the outsidetemperature display is in either the upper display orthe main screen of the vehicle information display.See “Vehicle information display” later in this sec-tion.

NIC2824Z

Without segments

NIC2824AZ

With segments

NSD619

METERS AND GAUGES

2-2 Instruments and controls

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the engine speed in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev the engine inthe red zone. Doing so will damage the engine.

The red band in the tachometer indicates the en-gine's red zone.

The engine is limited within a range to protect theengine when the red band is reached.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the red zone, shiftto a higher gear or reduce engine speed. Operatingthe engine in the red zone may cause serious en-gine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

Under normal operating conditions and with thespecified coolant level, the coolant temperaturemay rise to 120 oC (250 oF).

At high outside temperatures and when driving up-hill, the coolant temperature may rise to the end ofthe scale

WARNING

• If you open the bonnet while the engine is over-heating or while there is a fire in the enginecompartment, you could come into contactwith hot gases or other leaking service prod-ucts. There is a danger of injury.

• Allow an overheating engine to cool down be-fore opening the bonnet.

• If there is a fire in the engine compartment,leave the bonnet closed and notify the fire bri-gade.

FUEL GAUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

The gauge may move slightly during braking, turn-ing, accelerating, or going up and down hills due tomovement of fuel in the tank.

The low fuel warning m appears on the vehicleinformation display when the fuel level in the tankis getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the gauge reads the empty posi-tion.

The arrow, m , indicates that the fuel-filler lid islocated on the left side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

Refuel before the gauge reads the empty position.

There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank when thefuel gauge reads the empty position.

NIC2656

NIC2830

NIC2653

Instruments and controls 2-3

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The light sensor in the combination meter auto-matically controls the brightness of the instrumentpanel

In daylight, the displays in the combination meterare not illuminated

The lighting in the combination meter, displays andcontrols in the vehicle interior can be adjusted us-ing the brightness control knob.

The brightness control knob ➀ is located behindthe steering wheel.

Turn the brightness control knob clockwise or anti-clockwise. If the light switch is set to m orm the brightness is dependent upon the bright-ness of the ambient light.

NIC2615


mAnti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight m

Seat belt (driver and front passenger)warning light m

Glow plug indicator light* (Dieselengine)

m Brake warning light (red) mSupplemental Restraint System (SRS)air bag warning light m High beam indicator light

m Low tyre pressure warning light m Low fuel warning light m Rear fog light indicator light

m Malfunction indicator light (yellow) mTurn signal/hazard warning indicatorlights m Side light indicator light

m Distance warning light m Dipped beam indicator light m Slip indicator light

m Parking brake warning light (red) mFor Europe: Electronic StabilityProgramme (ESP) OFF indicator lightExcept Europe: Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFF indicator light

mFront passenger air bag status light**

m Parking brake warning light (yellow) m Front fog light indicator light m

m Coolant warning light m High beam assist indicator light*: where fitted

**: located above heater and air conditioner controls

Some indicators and warnings are also displayed inthe vehicle information display between the speed-ometer and tachometer see “Vehicle informationdisplay” later in this section.

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


WARNING LIGHTSAlso see “Vehicle information display” later in thissection.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, theAnti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light illu-minates to indicate that theABS is operational. Thelight then tuns off within a few seconds after theengine is started.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the en-gine is running, or while driving, it may indicate theABS is not functioning properly. Observe the addi-tional display messages (if any) in the vehicle infor-mation display. Have the system checked by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func-tion is turned off. The brake system then operatesnormally, but without anti-lock assistance (see“Brake system” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion). BAS, Forward Emergency Braking,ESP/VDC,ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation, EBD (ElectronicBrake force Distribution), Hill Start Assist, for ex-ample, are also deactivated.

WARNING

The brake system continues to function normally,but without the functions listed above. The frontand rear wheels could therefore lock, for example,if you brake hard.

The steering and braking characteristics may beseverely affected. The braking distance may in-crease in an emergency braking situation.

If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unableto stabilise the vehicle. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

If the ABS control unit is faulty, there is also a pos-sibility that other systems, such as the navigationsystem or the automatic transmission, will be un-available.

BRAKE warning light (red)

WARNING

• Your brake system may not be working prop-erly if the warning light is on. Driving could bedangerous. Even if you judge the brake systemto be safe, drive carefully to the nearest servicestation for repairs. Otherwise, have your ve-hicle towed because driving it could be danger-ous.

• Pressing the brake pedal when the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position and/or whenthe brake fluid level is low may increase thestopping distance and braking will requiregreater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

• If the brake fluid level is below the minimum orMIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do notdrive until the brake system has been checkedat an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion, the light remains illuminated and turns offwhen the engine is started. If the light illuminates atany other time, it may indicate that the brake sys-tem is not functioning properly. If theBRAKE warn-ing light illuminates, stop the vehicle immediatelyand contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

Low tyre pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tyre PressureMoni-toring System (TPMS) that monitors the tyre pres-sure of all tyres.

The low tyre pressure warning light warns of lowtyre pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, theLow tyre pressure warming light illuminates to in-dicate that the system is operational. The light thentuns off within a few seconds after the engine isstarted.

Low tyre pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pressure,the warning light will illuminate. A tyre pressurewarning message also appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

When the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-nates, you should stop and adjust the tyre pressureof all 4 tyres to the recommended COLD tyre pres-sure shown on the tyre placard located on the driverside centre pillar see “Tyre placard” in the “9. Tech-nical information” section. The low tyre pressure


warning light does not automatically turn off whenthe tyre pressure is adjusted. After the tyre is in-flated to the recommended pressure, the vehiclemust be driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tyrepressure warning light. Use a tyre pressure gaugeto check the tyre pressure.

The low tyre pressure warning message appearseach time the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tyre pressure warninglight remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” later in this section and “Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

TPMS resetting must be also performed after a tyreor a wheel is replaced, or the tyres are rotated.

Depending on a change in the outside temperature,the low tyre pressure warning light may illuminateeven if the tyre pressure has been adjusted prop-erly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the recommendedCOLD tyre pressure again when the tyres are cold,and reset the TPMS.

For additional information, see “Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section and “Vehicle information display”later in this section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtyre pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed

in the ON position. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have the system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop. The low tyre pres-sure warning does not appear if the low tyre pres-sure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

For additional information, see “Tyre PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electricmedical equipment. Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influences beforeuse.

• If the light does not illuminate with the ignitionswitch pushed ON, have the vehicle checked byan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop assoon as possible.

• If the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-nates while driving, avoid sudden steering ma-noeuvres or abrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible. Drivingwith under-inflated tyres may permanentlydamage the tyres and increase the likelihood oftyre failure. Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tyre pressurefor all four tyres. Adjust the tyre pressure tothe recommended COLD tyre pressure shown

on the tyre placard, located on the driver sidecentre pillar, to turn the low tyre pressurewarning light off. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tyre pressure,a tyre may be flat. If you have a flat tyre, repairit with the emergency tyre puncture repair kit(where fitted) or replace it as soon as possible.

• After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure to re-set the TPMS. Unless the resetting isperformed, the TPMS will not warn of the lowtyre pressure correctly.

• If a replacement tyre is mounted or a wheel isreplaced without a TPMS sensor, the TPMS willnot function and the low tyre pressure warninglight will flash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop as soonas possible for tyre replacement and/or systemresetting.

• Replacing tyres with those not originally speci-fied by INFINITI could affect the proper opera-tion of the TPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for the regulartyre pressure check. Be sure to check the tyrepressure regularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of lessthan 25 km/h (16 MPH), the TPMS may notoperate correctly.

• Be sure to install the specified size of tyres to allfour wheels correctly.


Malfunction Indicator light(yellow)

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, the yellow Malfunction Indicator light illumi-nates. This means that the system is operational.

If the yellow engine malfunction indicator lightlights up while the engine is running, there may bea fault, for example:

• In the engine management

• In the fuel injection system

• In the exhaust system

• In the ignition system (for vehicles with petrolengines)

• In the fuel system (including the case that thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing)

• In other monitored items, for example the DCTautomatic transmission.

The emission limit values may be exceeded and theengine may be running in emergency mode.

Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Vehicles with a diesel engine: the fuel tank has beenrun dry.

Start the engine three to four times after refuelling.If the engine malfunction indicator light goes out,emergency running mode is cancelled. The vehicleneed not be checked.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without having theenginecontrol system checked and repaired as nec-essary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fueleconomy and possible damage to the engine con-trol system, which may affect your warranty cov-erage.

Incorrect setting of the engine control system maylead to non-compliance with local and nationalemission laws and regulations.

Distance warning light

This light illuminates if the distance to the vehicle infront is too small for the speed selected.

If a warning tone also sounds, you are approachinga vehicle or stationary obstacle in your line of travelat too high a speed. For additional information see“Security system (where fitted)” later in this sec-tion.

Parking brake warning light (redor yellow)

The red indicator illuminates when the electricparking brake is engaged.

If the red indicator light for the electric parkingbrake flashes or is lit and/or the yellow warninglight for the electric parking brake is lit, observe theadditional messages displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display.

For further parking brake operation informationsee “Parking brake” in the “3. Pre-driving checksand adjustments” section.

Seat belt (driver and frontpassenger) warning light

The seat belt warning light reminds you to fastenyour seat belts. The light illuminates if the engine isstarted, all doors are closed and the driver’s and/orfront passenger’s seat belt is unfastened. It will re-main illuminated until the driver and/or front pas-senger fastens their seat belt. A chime will soundonce the vehicle is in motion, see “Seat belt reminderchime” later in this section. See “Seat belts” in the“1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section for precautions on seat beltusage.

The seat belt warning light may also illuminate ifthere are objects on the front passenger seat. Re-move the objects and stow them in a safe place.

If the seat belt warning light flashes, together withan intermittent warning tone, this means that thedriver or passenger has not fastened their seat belt,and the speed of the vehicle is exceeding 25 km/h(15 MPH).

Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) air bag warning light

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, itcould mean that the front air bag, driver's knee airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pre-ten-


sioner systems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop as soon as possible.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, theSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag warn-ing light illuminates to indicate that the system isoperational. The light then turns off within a fewseconds after the engine is started.

If any of the following conditions occur, the air bagsystems and pre-tensioner systems need servicingand the vehicle must be taken to an INFINITICentreor qualified workshop:

• The supplemental air bag warning light remainson for longer than a few seconds once the en-gine is running.

• The supplemental air bag warning light flashesintermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning light does notcome on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag sys-tem and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt system maynot function properly.

For additional details see “Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS)” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat beltsand supplemental restraint system” section.

Coolant warning light

WARNING

If the coolant warning light is lit, the engine maynot be being cooled sufficiently and may be dam-aged.

Never drive with an overheated engine. Drivingwhen your engine is overheated can cause somefluids which may have leaked into the engine com-partment to catch fire.

In addition, steam from an overheated engine cancause serious burns, which can occur just by open-ing the bonnet.

There is a risk of injury

If the red coolant warning light lights up while theengine is running and the coolant temperaturegauge is at the start of the scale, the temperaturesensor for the coolant temperature gauge is faulty.The coolant temperature is no longer being moni-tored. There is a risk of engine damage if the cool-ant temperature is too high.

Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions, and switch off the en-gine. Do not continue driving under any circum-stances.

Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

If the red coolant warning light comes on while theengine is running, with or without an accompany-ing warning tone, it could mean that:

• The coolant level is too low.

• If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to theengine radiator may be blocked or the electricengine radiator fan may be malfunctioning.

• Thecoolant is too hot and theengine is no longerbeing cooled sufficiently.

Observe the additional display messages in the ve-hicle information display.

Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention toroad and traffic conditions, and switch off the en-gine.

Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

Leave the vehicle and keep a safe distance from thevehicle until the engine has cooled down.

Check the coolant level and top up the coolant, ob-serving the warning notes (see “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emergency” sec-tion).

If you have to top up the coolant frequently, havethe engine cooling system checked.

Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiatoris not blocked, e. g. by frozen slush.

Do not start the engine again until the coolant tem-perature is below 120oC. The engine may other-wise be damaged.


Low fuel warning light

If the yellow reserve fuel warning light is on whilethe engine is running, the fuel level has droppedinto the reserve range.

Refuel at the nearest filling station.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Turn signal/hazard warningindicator lights

The direction indicator lights will flash when theturn signal switch or hazard warning flasher switchis turned on. See “Headlight and turn signalswitches” later in this section and see “Hazardwarning flasher switch” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for further details.

Dipped beam indicator light

This light comes on when the switch is turned tothe position: m The headlights will come on andfront side, tail, number plate and instrument lightsremain on.

For Europe: Electronic StabilityProgramme (ESP) OFF indicatorlightExcept Europe: Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFF indicatorlight

The light comes on when the Electronic StabilityProgramme (ESP)/Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system has been disabled. This indicates that theESP/VDC system is not operating.

Disabling theESP/VDCsystem causes theForwardEmergency Braking system to become unavailable.See “Forward emergency braking (FEB) system(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion for more details.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, thislight illuminates to indicate that the system is op-erational. The light then tuns off within a few sec-onds after the engine is started.

When the ESP/VDC OFF indicator light and SLIPindicator light (see “SLIP indicator light” later in thissection) come on with the ESP/VDC system turnedon, it alerts the driver to the fact that the system'sfail-safe mode is operating. This means that thesystem may not be functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, the ESP/VDC system function will be cancelled, but the ve-hicle is still driveable. For additional information,see “Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system(for Europe) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem (except Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

Front fog light indicator light

The light comes on when the front fog lights areswitched on (see “Fog light switch” later in this sec-tion).

Glow plug indicator light (Dieselengines)

This light comes on when the ignition switch is inthe ON position and goes out when the glow plugshave been pre-heated. When the engine is cold, theglow plug warm-up time will be longer.

High beam assist indicator light(where fitted)

The indicator light illuminates when the headlightscome on while the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition with the high beam selected. This indicatesthat the high beam assist system is operational.(See “Headlight and turn signal switches” later inthis section.)

High beam indicator light

This light comes on when the headlight high beamis on and goes out when the low beam is selected.

Rear fog light indicator light

The light comes on when the rear fog light isswitched on (see “Fog light switch” later in this sec-tion).

Side light and headlight indicatorlight

This light comes on when the side light or headlightposition is selected, see “Headlight and turn signalswitches” later in this section for further details.


SLIP indicator light

The SLIP indicator blinks when the Electronic Sta-bility Programme (ESP/Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC)) system is operating, thus alerting the driverto the fact that the road surface is slippery and thevehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working, this isnormal.

The light will continue to blink for a few secondsafter the ESP/VDC system stops limiting wheelspin.

Cruise control or Intelligent Cruise Control is deac-tivated.

For additional information see “For Europe: Elec-tronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF indicatorlight Except Europe: Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” earlier in this section and“Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system (forEurope) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system(except Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

/ Front passenger airbag status light

The front passenger air bag status light (m ) lo-cated on the centre console above the shift leverwill illuminate when the front passenger air bag isturned OFF. When the front passenger air bag isturned on, the front passenger air bag status lightON (m ) will illuminate.

For more details, see “Automatic front-passengerair bag deactivation system” in the “1. Safety —seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Parking brake reminder buzzer

A buzzer will sound when driving away if the park-ing brake has not been released. Stop the vehicleand release the parking brake.

Light reminder chime

A chime will sound for 10 seconds if the driver'sdoor is opened while side lights are turned on andthe ignition switch is in the OFF position.

See “Headlight and turn signal switches” later inthis section for further details on the headlight op-eration.

Seat belt reminder chime

A chime will sound for approximately 120 secondsif the vehicle's speed exceeds 25 km/h (15 MPH)and the driver's seat belt or front passenger's seatbelt, if occupied is not securely fastened. See “Seatbelt warnings” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat beltsand supplemental restraint system” section.

Stop/Start System reminder buzzer(where fitted)

The engine will shift to the normal stopped state ifany of the following operations is made duringStop/Start System activation, and the Stop/StartSystem buzzer will sound if:

– The driver’s seat belt is unfastened and the driv-er’s door is open (MT models)

– The vehicle engine bonnet is open.

When any of the above conditions continues forover 3 minutes the Stop/Start System buzzer willsound in 5-minute intervals as a reminder to pre-vent the possibility of a dead battery. Use the igni-tion switch to turn off the engine.

Close the bonnet or the driver’s door, or fasten theseat belt then restart the engine using the ignitionswitch.

For more information, see “ECO Stop/Start Sys-tem (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.


The vehicle information display ➀ is located be-tween the tachometer and the speedometer.

➀ Permanent display: depending on vehiclespecification: outside temperature or speed

➁ Time

➂ Text field

➃ Menu bar

➄ Drive program

➅ Shift lever position

Vehicles with manual transmission: the indicatorsin the lower part of the vehicle information displaydiffer from those shown here

Text field ➂ shows the selected menu or submenuas well as display messages.

NOTE

Set the time using the INFINITI controller and the[Settings] menu available in the central display(see your INFINITI InTouch Owner's Manual).

MENUS AND SUBMENUSTo call up the menu bar ➃ and select a menu, pressthe m or m button on the steering wheel.Menu bar ➃ disappears after a few seconds.

Depending on the equipment fitted in the vehicle,you can call up the following menus:

• [Trip] menu

• [Navi] menu (navigation instructions)

• [Audio] menu

• [Assist.] menu

• [Serv.] menu

• [Settings] menu

The [Audio] and [Navi] menus differ slightly in ve-hicles with an audio system and in vehicles with anavigation system. The examples given in thisOwner's Manual apply to vehicles equipped withnavigation.

[Trip] menu

Standard display:

Press and hold the m button on the steeringwheel until the [Trip] menu with trip meter ➀ andtotal distance recorder ➁ is shown.

Trip computer [From start] or [From reset]:

➀ Distance

➁ Driving time

NIC2751

NIC2752

NIC2753

NIC2711

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


➂ Average speed

➃ Average fuel consumption

Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Trip] menu.

Press the m or m button to select [Fromstart] or [From reset].

The values in the [From start] submenu are calcu-lated from the start of a journey whilst the valuesin the [From reset] submenu are calculated fromthe last time the submenu was reset.

The [From start] trip computer is automatically re-set when:

• The ignition has been switched off for morethanfour hours.

• 999 hours have been exceeded.

• 9999 kilometres have been exceeded.

The [From reset] trip computer is automatically re-set if the value exceeds 9999 hours or 99999 kilo-metres.

Displaying the range and current fuel consump-tion:


Press the m or m button to select approxi-mate range ➀ and current fuel consumption ➁.

Approximate range ➀ that can be covered is calcu-lated according to your current driving style andthe amount of fuel in the tank. If there is only asmall amount of fuel left in the fuel tank, the dis-play shows a vehicle being refuelled instead of ap-proximate range ➀.

Digital speedometer:


Press the m or m button to select digitalspeedometer ➁.

A gearshift recommendation ➀ can also be dis-played.

Observe the information on gearshift recommen-dation ➀ for manual transmission (see “Drivingwith manual transmission” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section) or for automatic transmission(shifting manually) (see “Driving with AutomaticTransmission” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion).

NIC2713 NIC2714


Resetting values:


Press the m or m button to select the func-tion that you wish to reset.

Press the <OK> button.

Select m [Yes] and press <OK> to confirm.

You can reset the values of the following functions:

• Trip meter

• [From start] trip computer

• [From reset] trip computer

Navigation menu ([Navi])

Displaying navigation instructions:

In the [Navi] menu, the vehicle information displayshows navigation instructions.

You can find further information on navigation inthe audio system or navigation system operatinginstructions.

Switch on the audio system or navigation system.

Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Navi] menu.

Route guidance not active:

➀ Direction of travel

➁ Current road

Route guidance active — No change of directionannounced:

➀ Distance to the destination

➁ Distance to the next change of direction

➂ Symbol indicating “follow the road's course”.

➃ Current road

NIC2718

NIC2719

NIC2720

NIC2721


Route guidance active — Change of directionwithout lane recommendation:

➀ Road to which the change of direction leads

➁ Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

➂ Change of direction symbol

When a change of direction is to be made, you willsee symbol ➂ for the change of direction and dis-tance graphic ➁. This shortens towards the top ofthe display as you approach the point of the an-nounced change of direction. The change of direc-tion starts once the distance display reaches zero.

Route guidance active — Change of directionannounced with a lane recommendation:

➀ Road to which the change of direction leads

➁ Distance to change of direction and visualdistance display

➂ Recommended lane and new lane during achange of direction

➃ Recommended lane

➄ Lanes not recommended

➅ Change of direction symbol

On multi-lane roads, new lane recommendationscan be displayed for the next change of direction ifthe digital map supports this data. During thechange of direction, new lanes may be added.

Lane not recommended ➄: you will not be able tocomplete the next change of direction if you stay inthis lane.

Recommended lane and new lane during a changeof direction ➂: in this lane you will be able to com-plete the next two changes of direction withoutchanging lane.

Recommended lane ➃: in this lane you will be onlyable to complete the next change of direction with-out changing lane.

Other status indicators of the navigation system:

The navigation system displays additional informa-tion and the vehicle status. Possible displays:

• [New route...] or [Calculating route...]

A new route is calculated.

• [Off map] or [Off road]

The vehicle position is outside of the area of thedigital map (off-map position).

• [No route]

No route could be calculated to the selecteddestination.

• m

You have reached the destination or an inter-mediate destination.

Audio menu

NIC2838

NIC2723 NIC2724


Selecting a radio station:

➀ Frequency range

➁ Station frequency/name with memory posi-tion

The memory position is only displayed along withstation ➁ if this has been stored.

1. Switch on the audio system or navigation sys-tem and select Radio.

2. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Audio] menu.

3. To select a stored station, briefly press m orm .

4. To select a station from the station list, pressand briefly hold the m or m button.

If no station list is received:

5. To elect a station using the station search: pressand briefly hold the m or m button.

NOTE

DAB radio mode (Digital Audio Broadcasting) is anoptimised digital transmission standard designedfor the mobile reception of radio transmissions.

Audio player or audio media operation:

➀ Current track

Audio files from various audio players or media canbe played, depending on the equipment fitted inthe vehicle.

1. Switch on the audio system or navigation sys-tem and select audio CD or MP3 mode.


3. To select the next/previous track, briefly pressm or m .

4. To select a track from the track list (rapid scroll-ing): press and hold the m or m . buttonuntil the desired track has been reached.

If you press and hold the m or m button,the rapid scrolling speed is increased. Not all au-dio players or media support this function.

If track information is stored on the audio player ormedia, the vehicle information display will show thenumber and title of the track.

The current track does not appear in audio AUXmode (Auxiliary audio mode: external audio sourceconnected).

Video DVD operation (outside Europe only):

It is only possible to use the [Audio] menu to oper-ate video DVDs on vehicles with navigation sys-tem.

1. Switch on the audio system or navigation sys-tem and select video DVD.


3. To select thenext or previous scene, briefly pressm or m .

4. To select a scene from the scene list (rapid scroll-ing): press and hold the m or m buttonuntil the desired scene ➀ has been reached.

NIC2839

NIC2726


Assistance menu

Depending on the equipment fitted in the vehicle,you have the following options in the [Assist.]menu:

• Showing the assistance graphic

• Activating/deactivating the Traffic Sign Rec-ognition (TSR) message function

• Activating/deactivating ESP/VDC

• Activating/deactivating Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB)

• Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Warning(BSW)

• Activating/deactivating Lane Departure Warn-ing (LDW)

Showing the distance display:

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Assist.] menu.

2. Press them or m button to select [Dis-tance display].

3. Press the <OK> button.

The vehicle information display shows the Intel-ligent CruiseControl (ICC) distance display in theassistance graphic.

The distance display also shows you the statusof and/or information from the following driv-ing systems or driving safety systems:

• Traffic Sign Recognition

• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Rear window wiper

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR):

To activate/deactivate the TSR message function


2. Press them or m button to select [TrafficSign Recognition].


The current selection is displayed.

4. To activate or deactivate: press <OK>.

If the TSR message function is activated, a de-tected speed limit is automatically displayed forfive seconds. Other items in the vehicle informa-tion display are not shown during this time.

For further information about Traffic Sign Recog-nition (TSR), see “Traffic sign recognition (TSR)(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion.

Deactivating/activating ESP/VDC:

Observe the important safety notes on ESP/VDC(see “Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system(for Europe) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem (except Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.)

WARNING

If you deactivate ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC no longerstabilises the vehicle. There is an increased risk ofskidding and an accident.

NIC2728 NIC2729


Only deactivate ESP/VDC in the situationsdescribed in the following.

It may be best to deactivate ESP/VDC in the fol-lowing situations:

• When using snow chains.

• In deep snow.

• On sand or gravel.

For further information about ESP/VDC, see“Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system (forEurope) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system(except Europe)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

1. Start the engine.


3. Press them or m button to select [ESP].



5. To activate/deactivate: press the <OK> buttonagain.

ESP/VDC is deactivated if the m warninglight in the combination meter lights up continu-ously when the engine is running.

If both the m warning light and m warninglight are lit continuously, ESP/VDC is not availabledue to a malfunction.

Activating/deactivating Forward EmergencyBraking:


2. Press them or m button to select [Emer-gency Brake].




When Forward Emergency Braking is deacti-vated, the m symbol appears in the vehicleinformation display in the assistance graphicdisplay.

For further information about Forward EmergencyBraking, see “Forward emergency braking (FEB)system (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

Activating/deactivating Blind Spot Warning(BSW):


2. Press them or m button to select [BlindSpot Warning].




For further information about Blind Spot Warning,see “Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system (wherefitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Activating/deactivating Lane DepartureWarning (LDW):

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Assist.] menu on the Menubar.

2. Press the m or m button to select [LaneDeparture Warning].

3. Press the <OK> button on the steering wheel.The current selection is displayed.

4. Press the <OK> button to confirm.

5. Press the m or m button to set [Off],[Standard] or [Adaptive].

6. Press the <OK> button to save the setting.

For further information about Lane DepartureWarning, see “Lane departure warning (LDW) sys-tem (where fitted) ” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.


Service menu ([Serv.])

Depending on the equipment fitted in the vehicle,you have the following options in the [Serv.] menu:

• Calling up display messages in the messagememory (see “Message memory” later in thissection).

• Restarting the tyre pressure monitoring system(TPMS) (see “Restarting TPMS” in the “5. Start-ing and driving” section.

• Checking the tyre pressure electronically (see“Checking the tyre pressure electronically” in the“5. Starting and driving” section).

• Calling up the service due date (see “Mainte-nance service messages” in the “5. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section).

Settings menu

Depending on the equipment fitted in the vehicle, inthe [Settings] menu you have the following options:

• Changing the instrument cluster settings.

• Changing the light setting.

• Changing the vehicle setting.

• Changing the convenience setting.

• Restoring the factory setting.

Instrument cluster:

Unit of measurement for distance: The Display unitSpeed-/odometer function allows you to choosewhether certain displays appear in kilometres ormiles in the vehicle information display.

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Settings] menu.

2. Press them or m button to select [Instru-ment cluster] submenu.

3. Press <OK> to confirm.

4. Press them orm button to select the [Dis-play unit Speed-/odometer] function.

You will see the selected setting: [km] or [miles].

5. Press the <OK> button to change the setting.

The selected unit of measurement for distance ap-plies to:

• Digital speedometer in the [Trip] menu.

• Total distance recorder and the trip meter.

• Trip computer.

• Current fuel consumption and approximaterange.

• Navigation instructions in the [Navi] menu.

• Cruise control.

• Speed limiter.

• Intelligent cruise control (ICC).

• Maintenance service interval display.

Switching the additional speedometer on/off; (Notavailable in the United Kingdom).

The [Dig. speedo (mph)] or [Dig. speedo (km/h)]function allows you to choose whether the vehicleinformation display in the status area shows thespeed in km/h or in mph instead of the outside tem-perature.


NIC2730 NIC2731




4. Press them orm button to select the [Dig.speedo (mph)] or [Dig. speedo (km/h)] function.

You will see the selected setting: [on] or [off].

5. Press the <OK> button to change the setting.

Selecting the permanent display function; (Notavailable in the United Kingdom)

You can determine whether the vehicle informationdisplay permanently shows the outside tempera-ture or the speed in mph.




4. Press them orm button to select the [Per-manent display:] function.

You will see the selected setting: [outside tem-perature] or [Dig. speedo (mph)].


Lights

Switching the Adaptive Front Lighting Systemon/off:


2. Press them or m button to select [Light]submenu.


4. Press them or m button to select the[Adaptive front lighting system] function.

If the [Adaptive front lighting system] functionhas been switched on, the cone of light and them symbol in the vehicle information displayare shown in orange.


When you switch the [Adaptive front lighting sys-tem] function on, you activate the following func-tions:

• Motorway mode

• Active light function

• Cornering light function

If you set the dipped-beam headlights for drivingon the right/left, the vehicle information displayshows the [Adaptive front lighting system: inop-erative Inactive for left-side traffic] or [Adaptivefront lighting system: system inoperative Inactivefor right-side traffic] display message instead ofthe [Adaptive front lighting] function in the [Light]submenu.

For further information about the Adaptive FrontLighting system, see “Adaptive front lighting sys-tem (LED headlight only) (where fitted)” later in thissection

Setting the dipped-beam headlights for drivingon the left/right:

This function is only available on vehicles with theAdaptive Front Lighting System (see “Adaptivefront lighting system (LED headlight only) (wherefitted)” later in this section).




4. Press them or m button to select the[Dipped beams Setting for] function.

You will see the selected setting: [Right-sidetraffic] or [Left-side traffic].


If you change the setting, conversion does nottake place until the next time the vehicle is sta-tionary.

If you set the dipped-beam headlights for drivingon the right/left, then motorway mode is unavail-able. This is only deactivated if the setting for driv-ing on the left/right is set opposite to your vehicle'scountry version.


An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop can setthe dipped-beam headlights for driving on the left/right.

Setting the brightness of the ambient lighting:




4. Press them orm button to select the [Am-bient light Brightness] function.

You will see the selected setting.

5. Change the setting with <OK>.

If you change the setting, conversion does nottake place until the next time the vehicle is sta-tionary.

6. Press them or m button to adjust thebrightness to a level from [Off] to [Level 5](bright).

7. Press the <OK> or m button to save the set-ting.

Activating/deactivating the surround lightingand exterior lighting delayed switch-off:

If you have activated the Surround lighting func-tion and the light switch is set to <AUTO>, the fol-lowing functions are activated when it is dark:

• Surround lighting: the exterior lighting remainslit for 40 seconds after unlocking with the key.

If you start the engine, the surround lighting isswitched off and automatic headlight mode isactivated.

• Exterior lighting delayed switch-off: the exte-rior lighting remains lit for 60 seconds after theengine is switched off. If you close all the doorsand the back door, the exterior lighting goes offafter 15 seconds.




4. Press them orm button to select the [Sur-round lighting] function.


When the [Surround lighting] function is acti-vated, the light cone and the area around thevehicle are displayed in orange in the vehicle in-formation display

6. Press the <OK> button to confirm the setting.

Deactivating delayed switch-off of the exteriorlighting temporarily:

1. Before leaving the vehicle, switch the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

2. Switch the ignition switch to the ON position.

The exterior lighting delayed switch-off is deac-tivated.

Delayed switch-off of the exterior lighting is reac-tivated the next time you start the engine.

Depending on your vehicle's equipment, when thesurround lighting and delayed switch-off exteriorlighting are on, the following light up:

• Side lights

• Fog lights

• Dipped-beam headlights

• Daytime driving lights

• Surround lighting in the exterior mirrors

Activating/deactivating the interior lightingdelayed switch-off:

If you activate the [Interior lighting delayed switch-off] function, the interior lighting remains on for20 seconds after you remove the key from the igni-tion lock.




4. Press them or m button to select the [In-terior lighting delayed switch-off] function. Ifthe [Interior lighting delayed switch-off] func-tion has been switched on, the vehicle interior isdisplayed in orange in the vehicle informationdisplay



Vehicle

Setting permanent speed limiter:

You can set permanent speed limiter using the[Limit speed (winter tyres)] function.


2. Press them orm button to select [Vehicle]submenu.


4. Press them or m button to select the[Limit speed (winter tyres)] function.

You will see the selected setting.


6. Press them or m button to adjust perma-nent speed limiter in increments of ten ([240km/h] to [160 km/h]). The [Off] settingswitches permanent speed limiter off).

7. Press the <OK> or m button to store the en-try.

For further information about the speed limiter, see“Speed limiter (where fitted)” later in this section.

Activating/deactivating the automatic lockingfeature:




4. Press them or m button to select the [Au-tomatic door locks] function.

When the [Automatic door locks] function isswitched on, the vehicle doors are displayed inorange in the vehicle information display.


If you activate the [Automatic door locks] function,the vehicle is centrally locked above a speed ofaround 15 km/h.

For further information on the automatic lockingfeature, see“Automatic locking feature” later in thissection

Activating/deactivating the acoustic lockingconfirmation:

If you switch on the [Acoustic Lock feedback] func-tion, an acoustic signal sounds when you lock thevehicle.




4. Press them or m button to select the[Acoustic Lock feedback] function.

If the [Acoustic Lock feedback] function is acti-vated, the m symbol in the vehicle informa-tion display lights up orange.


Convenience

Switching the [Fold mirrors in when locking]function on/off:

This function is only available when the vehicle isequipped with the electrical fold-in function.

When you activate the [Fold mirrors in when lock-ing] function, the exterior mirrors are folded inwhen the vehicle is locked. If you unlock the vehicleand then open the driver's or front passenger door,the exterior mirrors fold out again.

If you have switched on the [Fold mirrors in whenlocking] function and you fold in the exterior mir-rors using the button on the door (see “Folding” inthe “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion), they will not fold out automatically. The exte-rior mirrors can then only be folded out using thebutton on the door.


2. Press them or m button to select [Conve-nience] submenu.


4. Press them orm button to select the [Foldmirrors in when locking] function.

If the [Fold mirrors in when locking] function isactivated, the vehicle's exterior mirror is shownin orange in the vehicle information display.



Resetting to factory settings


2. Press them orm button to select [Factorysetting] submenu.


The [Reset all settings?] message appears.

4. Press them or m button to select [No] or[Yes].

5. Press the <OK> button to confirm the selection.

If you have selected [Yes], the vehicle informa-tion display shows a confirmation message.

For safety reasons, not all functions are reset: the[Limit speed (winter tyres):] function in permanentspeed limiter can only be set in the [Vehicle] sub-menu.

If you want to reset theDaytime driving lights func-tion in the Lights submenu, you must switch theignition switch to the ACC position.

DISPLAY MESSAGESDisplay messages appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Display messages with graphic symbols are simpli-fied in the Owner's Manual and may differ from thesymbols in the vehicle information display.

Certain display messages are accompanied by anaudible warning tone or a continuous tone.

When the ignition is switched off, all display mes-sages are deleted apart from some high-prioritydisplay messages. Once the causes of the high-pri-ority display messages have been rectified, thesedisplay messages are deleted as well.

When you stop and park the vehicle, please ob-serve the notes on parking (see “Parking” in the“5. Starting and driving” section).

Hiding display messages

Press the <OK> or m button to hide the displaymessage. The display message is hidden.

The vehicle information display shows high-prior-ity display messages in red. Some high-priority dis-play messages cannot be hidden.

The vehicle information display shows these mes-sages continuously until the causes for the mes-sages have been remedied.

Message memory

The vehicle information display saves certain mes-sages in the message memory. You can call up thesedisplay messages:

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Service] menu.

If there are display messages, the vehicle infor-mation display shows [2 messages], forexample.

2. Press them or m button to select the en-try, e.g. [2 messages].


4. Press them or m button to scroll throughthe display messages.


Safety systems

Problem Possible causes/consequences and solutions

m m[currently unavailable SeeOwner's Manual]

ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System), BAS (Brake Assist System), ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation, and hill start assist are temporarily unavail-able.Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) may also have failed.

In addition, them , m andm warning lights may light up in the combination meter.Possible causes:• Self-diagnosis is not yet complete.• The on-board voltage may be insufficient.

WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock ifyou brake hard, for example.The steering and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance may increase in an emergency brakingsituation.If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unable to stabilise the vehicle. There is an increased danger of skidding and risk ofan accident.Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements, at a speed above 20 km/h. If the display mes-sage disappears, the functions mentioned above are available again.If the display message continues to be displayed, drive on carefully and visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m m[inoperative See Owner'sManual]

ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System), BAS (Brake Assist System), ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation, and hill start assist are not available due toa malfunction.Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) may also have failed.

In addition, them , m ,m andm warning lights may light up in the combination meter.

WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The wheels could therefore lock ifyou brake hard, for example.The steering and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance may increase in an emergency brakingsituation.If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unable to stabilise the vehicle. There is an increased danger of skidding and risk ofan accident.Drive on carefully and visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.

m[currently unavailable SeeOwner's Manual]

BAS (Brake Assist System), ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation, and hill start assist are temporarily unavailable.Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) may also have failed.

In addition, the m andm warning lights may light up in the combination meter.The self-diagnosis function, for example, may not be complete.

WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above.The braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unable to stabilise the vehicle. There is an increased danger of skidding and risk ofan accident.Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements, at a speed above 20 km/h. If the display mes-sage disappears, the functions mentioned above are available again.If the display message continues to be displayed, drive on carefully and visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m[inoperative See Owner'sManual]

BAS (Brake Assist System), ESP/VDC (Electronic Stability Program), ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation, and hill start assist are not available due to amalfunction.Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) may also have failed.

In addition, the m andm warning lights may light up in the combination meter.

WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above.The braking distance may increase in an emergency braking situation.If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unable to stabilise the vehicle. There is an increased danger of skidding and risk ofan accident.Drive on carefully and visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m m m[inoperative See Owner'sManual]

EBD (electronic brake force distribution) ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System), BAS (Brake Assist System), ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation,and hill start assist are not available due to a malfunction.Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) may also have failed.A warning tone sounds.

In addition, them , m andm warning lights may light up in the combination meter.

WARNINGThe brake system continues to function normally, but without the functions listed above. The front and rear wheels couldtherefore lock if you brake hard, for example.The steering and braking characteristics may be severely affected. The braking distance may increase in an emergency brakingsituation.If ESP/VDC is not operational, ESP/VDC is unable to stabilise the vehicle. There is an increased danger of skidding and risk ofan accident.Drive on carefully and visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.

m[Turn on the ignition to releasethe parking brake]

The red m indicator light lights up.You attempted to release the electric parking brake while the ignition was switched off.Key: turn the key to the ON position in the ignition switch.Intelligent key: switch on the ignition.



m[Release parking brake]

The red m indicator light flashes and a warning tone sounds. A condition for automatic release of the electric parking brake is not fulfilled (see“Releasing automatically” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section).You are driving with the electric parking brake applied.Release the electric parking brake manually.

The red m indicator light flashes and a warning tone sounds.You are making an emergency stop using the electric parking brake (see “Emergency braking” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion).

m[Parking brake See Owner'sManual]

The yellow m warning light lights up.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To apply:

1. Switch the ignition off.2. Press the electric parking brake handle for at least ten seconds.3. Vehicles with manual transmission: engage first gear.4. Vehicles with automatic transmission: press the P (Park) button.5. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

The yellow m warning light and the red m indicator light are lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:

1. Switch the ignition off and turn it back on.2. Release the electric parking brake manually.

or3. Vehicles with manual transmission (automatic emergency release): insert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightly

more when pulling away.4. Vehicles with automatic transmission: release the electric parking brake automatically (see “Releasing automatically” in the

“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section).If the electric parking brake still cannot be released: DO NOT drive on. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



The yellow m warning light is lit. The red m indicator light flashes.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To release:

1. Switch the ignition off and turn it back on.2. Release the electric parking brake manually.

orTo apply:1. Switch the ignition off and turn it back on.2. Apply the electric parking brake manually.

If the red m . indicator light continues to flash:1 DO NOT drive on.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away3. Vehicles with manual transmission: engage first gear.4. Vehicles with automatic transmission: press the P (Park) button.5. Turn the front wheels towards the kerb.Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



The yellow m warning light is lit. The red m indicator light flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied orreleased. It then goes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning.To apply:

1. Switch the ignition off and turn it back on.2. Apply the electric parking brake manually.

If it is not possible to apply the electric parking brake:3. Vehicles with manual transmission: engage first gear.4. Vehicles with automatic transmission: press the P (Park) button.Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.If it is not possible to release the electric parking brake:

1. Vehicles with manual transmission (automatic emergency release): insert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightlymore when pulling away.

2. Vehicles with automatic transmission: release the electric parking brake automatically (see “Releasing automatically” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section).

If the electric parking: brake still cannot be released, consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

The yellow m warning light is lit. If you manually apply or release the electric parking brake, the red m indicator light flashes.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning. It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually.Vehicles with manual transmission: switch off the ignition. The electric parking brake is applied automatically.orInsert the seat belt in the belt buckle and accelerate slightly more when pulling away.Vehicles with automatic transmission: press the P (Park) button, as the electric parking brake is not applied automatically.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.If you do not wish the electric parking brake to be applied, leave the ignition switched on, e. g. when washing the vehicle in an automatic car washor when having the vehicle towed.



m[Parking brake inoperative]

The yellow m warning light is lit. The red m indicator light flashes for about ten seconds after the electric parking brake has been applied orreleased. It then goes out or remains lit.The electric parking brake is malfunctioning, e.g. because of overvoltage or undervoltage.

1. Rectify the cause of the overvoltage or undervoltage, e.g. by charging the battery or restarting the engine.2. Apply or release the electric parking brake.If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied or released:1. Switch the ignition off and turn it back on.2. Apply or release the electric parking brake manually.If the electric parking brake still cannot be applied or released, consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

The yellow m warning light is lit. The red m indicator light flashes.It is not possible to apply the electric parking brake manually.

1. Vehicles with manual transmission: engage first gear.2. Vehicles with automatic transmission: press the P (Park) button.Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Brake immediately]

A tone may also sound at regular intervals. If you attempt to lock the vehicle, the tone becomes louder.You cannot start the engine.

1. Paying attention to the traffic situation, immediately depress the brake pedal firmly and hold until the display message disap-pears.

2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.You can restart the engine.



m[Check brake fluid level]

There is insufficient brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir.

In addition, the red m warning light lights up in the combination meter and a warning tone sounds.

WARNINGBraking efficiency may be impaired.There is a risk of an accident.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions. Do not continue driv-

ing under any circumstances.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.4. Do not top up the brake fluid. This does not correct the fault.

m[Check brake pad wear]

The brake pads/linings have reached their wear limit.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Emergency Brake currentlyunavailable See Owner'sManual]

Forward Emergency Braking is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes:• The radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other

sources of electromagnetic radiation.• The system is outside the operating temperature range.• The on-board voltage is too low.Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out.Forward Emergency Braking is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Restart the engine.

[Emergency Brake inoperative]Forward Emergency Braking is temporarily inoperative due to a malfunction.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



[Radar sensor (See Owner'sMan.):]

At least one of the following driving systems or driving safety systems is temporarily restricted or inoperative:• Forward Emergency Braking.• Intelligent Cruise Control.Possible causes:• The sensors in the radiator trim and/or in the bumpers are dirty.• The function of the driving system and/or driving safety system is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.A warning tone also sounds.Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out. All driving systems/driving safety systems are operative again.If the display message does not disappear:

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Switch off the engine.4. Clean the sensors (see “Camera Aiding Parking Sensor (sonar) function (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section)

in the following locations:- In the radiator trim.- In the front bumper.- In the rear bumper, particularly in the middle of the rear bumper.

5. Restart the engine.The display message disappears.

mIf this symbol appears in the vehicle information display, a seat belt tongue has been inserted into a rear seat belt buckle.For further information on the status indicator for the rear seat belts see “Seat belt warnings” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section.

m

If this symbol appears in the vehicle information display, a seat belt tongue has not been inserted in a rear seat belt buckle.

WARNINGA seat belt which is not worn correctly or which has not been engaged in the seat belt buckle correctly, cannot provide theintended level of protection.This poses an increased risk of injury.If necessary, ask the occupants in the rear to fasten their seat belts.For further information on the status indicator for the rear seat belts see “Seat belt warnings” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section.



m[Restraint sys. malfunctionConsult workshop]

The restraint system is faulty. Them warning light also lights up in the combination meter.

WARNINGThe air bags or belt tensioners may either be triggered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not be triggered.This poses an increased risk of injury.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.For further information about the restraint system, see “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section.



[Front-passenger airbagdisabled See Owner's Manual]

The front-passenger front air bag is disabled during the journey although an adult or person of corresponding stature is on the front passengerseat.If additional forces are applied to the seat, the weight the system detects may be too low.

WARNINGThe front-passenger front air bag does not deploy during an accident.This poses an increased risk of injury.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Switch the ignition off.4. Have the occupant on the front-passenger seat step out of the vehicle.5. Make sure that the seat is unoccupied, close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition.6. Observe the <PASSENGER AIR BAG> indicator lights in the centre console and the vehicle information display and check the

following. Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:- The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> and <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator lights must light up simultaneously forapproximately six seconds.- The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator lights must then light up and remain lit. If the indicator light is on, the automaticfront-passenger front air bag deactivation system has disabled the front-passenger front air bag (see “Automatic front-pas-senger air bag deactivation system” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section).- the [Front-passenger airbag enabled See Owner's Manual] or [Front-passenger airbag disabled See Owner's Manual] dis-play messages must not be shown in the vehicle information display.

7. Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed.8. Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the vehicle information display.If these conditions are met, the front-passenger seat can be occupied again. Whether the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> or <ON>indicator light remains lit or goes out depends on how the automatic front passenger front air bag deactivation system classifiesthe occupant.If the conditions are not met, the system is not operating correctly.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.For further information on the automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation feature (see “Automatic front-passenger air bag deactivationsystem” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section).



[Front-passenger airbagenabled See Owner's Manual]

The front-passenger front air bag is enabled during the journey although:• A child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the system weight threshold is located on the front-passenger seat.

or• The front-passenger seat is not occupied.The system may detect objects or forces that are adding to the weight applied to the seat.

WARNINGThe air bag may deploy unintentionally. This poses an increased risk of injury.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Switch the ignition off.4. Open the front-passenger door.5. Remove the child and the child restraint system from the front passenger seat.6. Make sure there are no objects applying additional force to the seat. The system may otherwise detect the additional force

and interpret the seat occupant's weight as greater than it actually is.7. Make sure that the seat is unoccupied, close the front passenger door and switch on the ignition.8. Observe the <PASSENGER AIR BAG> indicator lights in the centre console and the vehicle information display and check the

following. Seat unoccupied and ignition switched on:- The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> and <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator lights must light up simultaneously forapproximately six seconds.- The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator light must then light up and remain lit. If the indicator light is on, the automaticfront-passenger front air bag deactivation system has disabled the front-passenger front air bag (see “Automatic front-pas-senger air bag deactivation system” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section).- the [Front-passenger airbag enabled See Owner's Manual] or [Front-passenger airbag disabled See Owner's Manual] dis-play messages must not be shown in the vehicle information display.

7. Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed.8. Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the vehicle information display.If these conditions are met, the front-passenger seat can be occupied again. Whether the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> or <ON>indicator light remains lit or goes out depends on how the automatic front passenger front air bag deactivation system classifiesthe occupant.If the conditions are not met, the system is not operating correctly.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.For further information on the automatic front-passenger front air bag deactivation feature (see “Automatic front-passenger air bag deactivationsystem” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section).


Lights

NOTE

Vehicles with LEDs in the light clusters: The display message for the corresponding light will only appear if all the LEDs have failed.


m[Left cornering light] or [Rightcornering light]

The left or right-hand cornering light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left dipped beam] or [Rightdipped beam]

The left or right-hand dipped beam headlight is faulty.• Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself (see “Lights” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).

or:• Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Trailer left tail lamp] or [Trailerright tail lamp]

The left or right hand trailer tail light is faulty.Observe the manufacturer's operating instructions.

m[Trailer left indicator] or [Trailerright indicator]

The left or right hand trailer turn signal light is faulty.Observe the manufacturer's operating instructions.

m[Trailer brake lamp]

The trailer brake light is faulty.Observe the manufacturer's operating instructions.

m[Rear left indicator] or [Rearright indicator]

The rear left or right-hand turn signal is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m[Front left indicator] or [Frontright indicator]

The front left or right-hand turn signal is faulty.• Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself (see “Lights” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).


m[Third brake lamp]

The third brake light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left brake lamp] or [Right brakelamp]

The left-hand or right-hand brake light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left main beam] or [Right mainbeam]

The left or right-hand high beam headlight is faulty.• Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself (see “Lights” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).


m[Number plate lamp]

The left or right-hand number plate light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left fog lamp] or [Right foglamp]

The left or right-hand fog light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Rear fog lamp]

The rear fog light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m[Front left side marker lamp] or[Front right side marker lamp]

The front left or front right parking light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Reversing lamp]

The reversing light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left tail lamp] or [Right taillamp]

The left or right-hand tail light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Left daytime driving lamp] or[Right daytime driving lamp]

The left or right-hand daytime driving light is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Adaptive front lighting systeminoperative]

The Adaptive Front Lighting System is faulty. The lights remain available without the Adaptive Front Lighting System.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Malfunction See Owner'sManual]

The exterior lighting is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


Problem Possible causes/consequences and solutionsVehicles with trailer tow hitch: a fuse may have blown.

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Check the fuses (see “Fuses” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)4. If necessary, replace the blown fuse. Observe the warning notes as you do so.If the display message continues to be displayed, visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[AUTO lights inoperative]

The light sensor is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Switch off lights]

The side lights are still switched on when you leave the vehicle. A warning tone also sounds.

Turn the light switch tom .

[High beam assist currentlyunavailable See Owner'sManual]

High beam assist is deactivated and temporarily inoperative. Possible causes:• The windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.• Visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.Clean the windscreen.If the system detects that the camera is fully operational again, the [High beam assist available again] message is displayed.

[High beam assist inoperative] High beam assist is faulty.


Engine


m[Top up coolant See Owner'sManual]

The coolant level is too low.

CAUTIONAvoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the engine cooling system. The engine will otherwise be damaged.Top up the coolant, observing the warning notes before doing so (see “If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section).If the coolant needs topping up more often than usual. have the engine coolant system checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

mThe fan motor is faulty.If the coolant temperature is below 120oC, you can continue driving to the nearest INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.Avoid putting the engine under heavy load as you do so, e.g. driving in mountainous terrain and stop-start traffic.

m[Coolant Stop vehicle Switchengine off]

The coolant is too hot.A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGNever drive with an overheated engine. Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leakedinto the engine compartment to catch fire.In addition, steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns, which can occur just by opening the bonnet.There is a risk of injury.1. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Wait until the engine has cooled down.4. Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by frozen slush.5. Do not start the engine again until the display message goes out and the coolant temperature is below 120oC. The engine

may otherwise be damaged.6. Pay attention to the coolant temperature display.7. If the temperature increases again, visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.Under normal operating conditions and with the specified coolant level, the coolant temperature may rise to 120oC.



m[See Owner's Manual]

The battery is not being charged.A warning tone also sounds.Possible causes:• Faulty alternator.• Torn poly-V-belt.• A malfunction in the electronics.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving. The engine could otherwise overheat.1. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Stop vehicle See Owner'sManual]

The battery is no longer being charged and the battery charge level is too low.A warning tone also sounds.

1. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Observe the instructions in the display message.4. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Check eng. oil lev. when nextrefuelling]

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.A warning tone also sounds.

CAUTIONAvoid long journeys when there is too little engine oil in the engine. Otherwise the engine will be damaged.1. Check the oil level when next refuelling, at the latest (see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).2. If necessary, top up the engine oil.3. Have the engine checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified specialist workshop if the engine oil needs topping up more often

than usual.



m[Add 1 litre engine oil when nextrefuelling]

The engine oil level has dropped to the minimum level.A warning tone also sounds.

CAUTIONAvoid long journeys when there is too little engine oil in the engine. Otherwise the engine will be damaged.1. Check the oil level when next refuelling, at the latest (see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).2. If necessary, top up the engine oil.3. Have the engine checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified specialist workshop if the engine oil needs topping up more often

than usual.

m[Engine oil level Stop vehicleSwitch engine off]

The engine oil level is too low. There is risk of engine damage.

1. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Check the engine oil level (see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.4. If necessary, top up the engine oil.

m[Engine oil pressure Stop vehicleSwitch engine off]

The engine oil pressure is too low. There is a serious risk of engine damage.

1. Stop the vehicle immediately, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

CAUTIONRunning the engine while the engine oil pressure warning is displayed could cause serious damage to the engine.

m[Petrol: reserve fuel RefuelImmediately]

The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range.Operation of the auxiliary heating is deactivated if the fuel level drops into the reserve range.Refuel at the nearest filling station.

mThere is very little fuel in the fuel tank.Refuel at the nearest filling station without fail.

m[Replace air cleaner]

Vehicles with a diesel engine: the engine air filter is dirty and must be replaced.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m[Clean the fuel filter]

Vehicles with a diesel engine: there is water in the fuel filter. The water must be drained off.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


Driving systems


[Lane Departure Warning cur-rently unavailable See Owner'sManual]

Lane Departure Warning is deactivated and temporarily inoperative.Possible causes:• The windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.• Visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.• There have been no lane markings for an extended period.• The lane markings are worn, dark or covered, e.g. by dirt or snow.Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out.Lane Departure Warning is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off theengine.

2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Clean the windscreen

[Lane Departure Warninginoperative]

Lane Departure Warning is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Blind Spot Warning currentlyunavailable See Owner'sManual]

Blind Spot Warning is temporarily inoperative. Possible causes:• The function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.• The radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other

sources of electromagnetic radiation.• The radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature range.The yellow indicator lights also light up in the exterior mirrors.Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out.Blind Spot Warning is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:


2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Restart the engine.

[Blind Spot Warning not avail-able when towing a trailer SeeOwner's Manual]

Blind Spot Warning is deactivated while towing a trailer.You have established the electrical connection between the trailer and your vehicle.Press <OK> on the steering wheel to confirm the display message.

[Blind Spot Warning inoperative]Blind Spot Warning (BSW) is faulty.The BSW indicator lights also light up.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



[Park Assist cancelled]The driver's door is open and the driver's seat belt has not been fastened.Repeat the parking process with the seat belt fastened and the driver's door closed.You inadvertently touched the steering wheel while steering intervention was active.While steering intervention is active, make sure not to touch the steering wheel.The vehicle has started to skid and ESP/VDC has intervened.Use Intelligent Park Assist again later.

[Park Assist inoperative]

You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking manoeuvres.Intelligent Park Assist will become available again after approximately ten minutes.


2. Restart the engine.If the display message continues to be displayed, visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.The sonar function system is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Park Assist switched off]The vehicle is parked. A warning tone also sounds.The display message disappears automatically.

[Traffic Sign Recognition cur-rently unavailable See Owner'sManual]

Traffic Sign Recognition is deactivated and temporarily inoperativePossible causes:• The windscreen is dirty in the camera's field of vision.• Visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.Clean the windscreen.If the system detects that the camera is fully operational, the display message disappears.Traffic Sign Recognition is operational again.

[Traffic Sign Recognition:System inoperative]

Traffic Sign Recognition is faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[ICC off] Intelligent Cruise Control has been deactivated (see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (Full speed range) (where fitted)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section).If it was not deactivated by the driver, a warning tone also sounds.

[ICC available again] Intelligent Cruise Control is operational again after having been temporarily unavailable. You can now reactivate Intelligent Cruise Control (see“Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (Full speed range) (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section).



[ICC currently unavailable SeeOwner's Manual]

Intelligent Cruise Control is temporarily inoperative.Possible causes:• The function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow.• The radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g. due to electromagnetic radiation emitted by nearby TV or radio stations or other

sources of electromagnetic radiation.• The system is outside the operating temperature range.• The on-board voltage is too low.A warning tone also sounds.Once the causes listed above no longer apply, the display message goes out.Intelligent Cruise Control is operational again.If the display message does not disappear:


2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Restart the engine.

[ICC inoperative]Intelligent Cruise Control is faulty. Forward Emergency Braking may also have failed.A warning tone also sounds.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[ICC suspended]You have depressed the accelerator pedal. Intelligent Cruise Control is no longer controlling the speed of the vehicle.Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

[ICC - - - km/h]]An activation condition for Intelligent Cruise Control is not fulfilled.Check the activation conditions for Intelligent Cruise Control (see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (Full speed range) (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section).

[ICC and Speed Limiter inopera-tive]

Intelligent Cruise Control and Speed Limiter are faulty.A warning tone also sounds.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Cruise Control and SpeedLimiter inoperative]

Cruise Control and Speed Limiter are faulty.A warning tone also sounds.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Speed Limiter suspended]While depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the pressure point (kickdown), Speed Limiter cannot be activated.If conditions permit, drive faster than 30 km/h and store the speed.

[Cruise Control - - - km/h]

An activation condition for Intelligent Cruise Control is not fulfilled.You have tried to store a speed below 30 km/h, for example.If conditions permit, drive faster than 30 km/h and store the speed.Check the activation conditions for Intelligent Cruise Control (see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (Full speed range) (where fitted)” in the“5. Starting and driving” section)


Problem Possible causes/consequences and solutions[120 km/h! Maximum speedexceeded]

Only for certain countries: the maximum speed has been exceeded.In addition, the vehicle information display shows [120 km/h!].


Tyres


[Rectify tyre pressure]

The tyre pressure is too low in at least one of the tyres, or the tyre pressure difference between the wheels is too great.

1. Check the tyre pressures at the next opportunity (see “Tyres and wheels” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).2. If necessary, correct the tyre pressure.3. Restart the tyre pressure monitoring system (see “Restarting TPMS” in the “5. Starting and driving” section).

[Check tyre(s)]

The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed in the vehicle information display.A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGUnderinflated tyres pose the following risks:• The tyres may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.• The tyres may wear excessively and/or unevenly, which may greatly impair tyre traction.• The driving characteristics, as well as steering and braking, may be greatly impaired.There is a risk of an accident.

1. Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as youdo so.

2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tyre (see “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” sec-

tion).4. Check the tyre pressures and, if necessary, correct the tyre pressure.



[Warning tyre defect]

The tyre pressure in one or more tyres has dropped suddenly. The wheel position is displayed in the vehicle information display.

WARNINGIf you drive with a flat tyre, there is a risk of the following hazards:• A flat tyre affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle.• You could lose control of the vehicle.• Continued driving with a flat tyre will cause excessive heat buildup and possibly a fire.There is a risk of an accident.

1. Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking manoeuvres. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as youdo so.

2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Check the tyres and, if necessary, follow the instructions for a flat tyre (see “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” sec-

tion).[Tyre press. monitor currentlyunavailable]

No signals can be received from the tyre pressure sensors due to strong RF interference. The tyre pressure monitor is temporarily malfunctioning.Drive on. The tyre pressure monitoring system restarts automatically as soon as the cause has been rectified.

[Wheel sensor(s) missing]There is no signal from the tyre pressure sensor of one or several wheels. The pressure of the affected tyre is not displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display.Have the faulty tyre pressure sensor replaced at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Tyre press. monitor inoperativeNo wheel sensors]

The wheels fitted do not have suitable tyre pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitoring system is deactivated.Fit wheels with suitable tyre pressure sensors. The tyre pressure monitoring system is activated automatically after driving for a few minutes.

[Tyre press. monitor inoperative] The tyre pressure monitoring system is faulty.


Vehicle


[Depress brake to start engine](DCT models only). You have attempted to start the engine with the transmission in position N (Neutral) without depressing the brake pedal.Depress the brake pedal.

[To shift out of P or N depressbrake and start engine]

You have attempted to shift the shift lever to position R (Reverse) or D (Drive) without starting the engine.Start the engine and depress the brake pedal.

NOTE• It is only possible to move the shift lever from position P (Park) to the desired position if you depress the brake pedal. Only

then can the parking lock be deactivated.• At transmission fluid temperatures below -20oC you can only shift out of position P (Park) into another transmission position when the

engine is running.[Apply brake to deselect Park (P)position]

You have attempted to shift the shift lever to position R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive) without depressing the brake pedal.Depress the brake pedal.

[Risk of vehicle rolling Transmis-sion not in P]

The driver's door is open/not fully closed and the shift lever is in position R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D (Drive).A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGThe vehicle may roll away.There is a risk of an accident.1. Press the P (Park) button.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Close the driver's door fully.

[Without changing gear, consultworkshop]

You cannot change the transmission position due to a malfunction.A warning tone also sounds.If transmission position D (Drive) is selected, Drive to an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop without shifting the transmission from position D(Drive).If transmission position R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or P (Park), secure the vehicle against rolling away and consult an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

[Only select Park (P) whenvehicle is stationary]

The vehicle is moving.

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Shift the shift lever to position P.

[Reversing not poss. Consultworkshop]

The automatic transmission is malfunctioning. You cannot drive in reverse.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



[Transmission Malfunction]The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Transmission Malfunction Stop]

The automatic transmission is malfunctioning.


2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Stop vehicle Shift to P Leaveengine running]

The automatic transmission has overheated.Drive on carefully. If the display message disappears, the automatic transmission is available again.If the display message continues to be displayed:


2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Wait until the automatic transmission has cooled down and the display message goes out.

[Auxiliary battery malfunction]

The auxiliary battery for the automatic transmission is no longer being charged.

1. Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop at the next opportunity.2. Until then, press the P (Park) button before you switch off the engine.3. Before leaving the vehicle, apply the electric parking brake.

[Clutch overheated Avoid pullingaway Engage/disengage clutchquickly if req.]

The clutch is under considerable load and the permitted operating temperature has been exceeded. A warning tone also sounds.Avoid frequent pulling away and driving at walking pace over longer distances.If the display message continues to be displayed:

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Leave the engine running. The clutch is cooled more quickly with the engine running.

or4. If possible, continue driving at a steady speed.5. Remove your foot from the clutch pedal and do not allow the clutch to slip The clutch may also cool down during the journey.It may take several minutes for it to cool down. When the clutch has cooled down, the display message disappears. The clutch isfully operational again.

[Trans. oil overheated Drive onwith care]

Manual drive program M and the temporarily active manual drive program are no longer available. Engine power output is reduced.Allow the vehicle to cool down.

[4WD system currently unavail-able]

The 4WD system has overheated. The vehicle is only driven by the front wheels.Drive on, the airflow cools the 4WD system more quickly.When the display message goes out, the 4WD system is available again and the vehicle is driven by all four wheels.



[4WD system inoperative]The 4WD system is malfunctioning. The vehicle is only driven by the front wheels.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m

The back door is open.

WARNINGWhen the engine is running, exhaust gases can enter the vehicle interior if the back door is open.There is a risk of poisoning.Close the back door.

m

The bonnet is open.A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGThe open bonnet may then block your view when the vehicle is in motion.There is a risk of an accident.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Close the bonnet.

[Active bonnet malfunction SeeOwner's Manual]

The pop-up engine bonnet is not active due to a malfunction or because it has already been triggered.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.See “Pop-up engine bonnet (where fitted)” in the “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section.

mAt least one door is open. A warning tone also sounds.Close all doors.

m

The trailer tow hitch is not correctly engaged.A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGIf the ball coupling is not engaged, the trailer may come loose. There is a risk of an accident.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions, and switch off the

engine.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Engage the trailer coupling's ball coupling in the end position.



m[Power steering malfunction seeOwner's Manual]

The power steering assistance is faulty.A warning tone also sounds.

WARNINGYou will need to use more force to steer.There is a risk of an accident.1. Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required.2. If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop.3. If you are unable to steer safely: do not drive on. Contact the nearest INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Steering malfunction seeOwner's Manual]

The electric steering lock is malfunctioning.

WARNINGThe steering may be locked by the electric steering lock.There is a risk of an accident.1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Do not drive on. Contact the nearest INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

mThe electric steering lock was unable to unlock the steering.

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.2. To unlock the steering, move the steering wheel slightly.3. Insert the key into the ignition lock again.

m[Top up washer fluid]

The washer fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir has dropped below the minimum.Top up the washer fluid (see “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).

[Wiper malfunctioning]The windscreen wipers are defective.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Hazard warning lampsmalfunctioning]

The hazard warning lights are faulty.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


Key


m[Key does not belong to vehicle]

You have put the wrong key in the ignition switch.Use the correct key.

m[Replace key]

The key needs to be replaced.Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

m[Change key batteries]

The key battery is discharged.Replace the battery (see “Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key battery replacement” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section).

m[Key not detected] (red displaymessage)

The key is not in the vehicle.A warning tone also sounds.If the engine is switched off, you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine.

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Locate the key.Because there is interference from a strong source of radio waves, the key is not detected whilst the engine is running.A warning tone also sounds.If the engine is switched off, you can no longer lock the vehicle centrally or start the engine.

1. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.2. Secure the vehicle against rolling away.3. Insert the key into the ignition lock and bring into key mode.

m[Remove starting button, theninsert key]

The key is continually undetected.The key detection function has a temporary malfunction or is faulty. A warning tone also sounds.• Insert the key into the ignition lock and turn it to the desired position.• Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.



m[Key not detected] (whitedisplay message)

The key is currently undetected.Change the location of the key in the vehicle.If the key still cannot be detected, operate the vehicle with the key in the ignition switch if necessary.


HEADLIGHT SWITCH

➀ m Left-hand parking lights

➁ m Right-hand parking lights

➂ m Side lights and number plate lighting

➃ <AUTO> Automatic headlight mode,controlled by the light sensor

➄ m Dipped-beam/high-beam headlights

➅ m Rear fog light

➆ m Front fog lights (where fitted)

➇ Headlight aiming control (halogen headlightsonly)

INFINITI recommends that you consult the localregulations concerning the use of lights.

If you hear a warning tone when you leave the ve-hicle, the side lights may still be switched on. Turnthe light switch to <AUTO>.

The exterior lighting (except the side lights/ park-ing lights) switches off automatically if you:

• Remove the key from the ignition switch (wherefitted).

• Open the driver's door with the ignition switchin the OFF position.

Automatic headlight mode

<AUTO> is the preferred light switch setting. Thelight setting is automatically selected according tothe brightness of the ambient light (exception: poorvisibility due to weather conditions such as fog,snow or spray):

• Ignition switch in ACC or ON position: the sidelights are switched on or off automatically de-pending on the brightness of the ambient light.

• With the engine running: if you have switchedon the daytime driving lights function in the ve-hicle information display, the side lights anddipped beam headlights are switched on or offautomatically depending on the brightness ofthe ambient light.

To switch on automatic headlight mode: turn thelight switch to <AUTO>.

WARNING

When the light switch is set to <AUTO>, thedipped-beam headlights may not be switched onautomatically if there is fog, snow or other causesof poor visibility due to the weather conditionssuch as spray. There is a risk of an accident

In such situations, turn the light switch to m .

The automatic headlight feature is only an aid. Thedriver is responsible for the vehicle lighting at alltimes.

The daytime driving lights improve the detectabilityof your vehicle during the day.

When the side lights and dipped-beam headlightsare switched on, the green m (side lights) andm (dipped-beam headlights) indicator lights inthe combination meter light up.

NIC2619

LED headlights

NIC2697

Halogen headlights

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCHES


Dipped-beam headlights

When the ignition is switched on and the lightswitch is in the m position, the side lights anddipped-beam headlights are switched on even ifthe light sensor does not sense dark ambient lightconditions. This is advantageous when there is fogor rain.

To switch on the dipped-beam head lights:

• Switch the ignition switch to the ON position,or start the engine.

• Turn the light switch to m . The green mindicator light in the combination meter lightsup.

Side lights

NOTE

Always park your vehicle safely and sufficiently litaccording to legal standards. To reduce the chanceof a flat vehicle battery, avoid the continuous useof the m sidelights or parking lights for severalhours.

To switch on: turn the light switch to m . Thegreen m indicator light in the combination meterlights up.

Parking lights

Switching on the parking lights ensures that thecorresponding side of the vehicle is illuminated.

To switch on the parking lights:

• The key is not in the ignition switch or the switchis in the OFF position.

• Turn the light switch to m (left-hand side ofthe vehicle) or m (right-hand side of the ve-hicle).

Adjusting the headlight range (halogenheadlights)j0 Driver's seat and front-passenger seat

occupied.

➀ Driver's seat, front passenger seat and rearseats occupied.

➁ Driver's seat, front passenger seat and rearseats occupied, luggage compartment laden.

➂ Driver's seat only occupied and maximumpermissible rear axle load utilised. (Except for2.2L Diesel models, which should use ➁ inthis condition.)

The headlight range control allows you to adjustthe cone of light from the headlights to suit thevehicle load.

• Start the engine.

• Turn the headlight range control to the positionwhich corresponds to the load in your vehicle.

COMBINATION SWITCH

➀ Turn signal, right

➁ Turn signal, left

➂ High-beam headlights

➃ Headlight flasher

Turn signals

To indicate briefly: press the combination switchbriefly to the pressure point in the direction of ar-row ➀ or ➁. The corresponding turn signal flashesthree times.

NIC2698

NIC2618


To indicate: press the combination switch beyondthe pressure point in the direction of arrow ➀ or➁.

High beam headlights

To switch on the high-beam headlights:

• Turn the ignition switch to the ON position orstart the engine.

• Turn the light switch to m or <AUTO>.

• Press the combination switch beyond the pres-sure point in the direction of arrow ➂. In the<AUTO> position, the high-beam headlights areonly switched on when it is dark and the engineis running.

The bluem indicator light in the combinationmeter lights up when the high-beam headlightsare switched on.

To switch off the high-beam headlights:

• Move the combination switch back to its nor-mal position. The bluem indicator light in thecombination meter goes out.

NOTE

Vehicles with High beam Assist: when High beamAssist is active, it controls activation and deacti-vation of the high-beam headlights (see “Highbeam assist (LED headlight only)” later in this sec-tion)

ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTINGSYSTEM (LED headlight only) (where fitted)

The Adaptive Front Lighting System is a systemthat adjusts the headlights automatically to suit theprevailing driving and weather conditions. It offersadvanced functions for improved illumination ofthe road surface, e.g. depending on the vehiclespeed or weather conditions. The system includesthe active light function, cornering light functionand motorway mode. The system is only activewhen it is dark.

You can activate or deactivate the “Adaptive FrontLighting System” function using the vehicle infor-mation display (see “Switching the Adaptive FrontLighting System on/off” earlier in this section)

Active light function

The active light function is a system that moves theheadlights according to the steering movements ofthe front wheels. In this way relevant areas remain

illuminated while you are driving. This allows you torecognise pedestrians, cyclists and animals. It is ac-tive when the lights are switched on.

Cornering light function

The cornering light function improves the illumina-tion of the road over a wide angle in the directionyou are turning, enabling better visibility in tightbends, for example. It can only be activated whenthe dipped-beam head lights are switched on. It isactive if you are driving at speeds below 40 km/hand switch on the turn signal or turn the steeringwheel.

The cornering light function may remain lit for ashort time, but is automatically switched off afterno longer than three minutes.

NSD593

NSD592


Motorway mode

Motorway mode adjusts the light beam to reducethe amount of light that shines on the opposite car-riageway of the motorway, and oncoming traffic.

Motorway mode is active if you are driving at aspeed above 110 km/h and do not make any largesteering movements for at least 1000 m or if youare driving at a speed above 130 km/h.

It is not active if you are driving at speeds below 80km/h following activation.

HIGH BEAM ASSIST (LEDHEADLIGHT ONLY)You can use this function to set the headlights tochange between dipped beam and high beam au-tomatically. The system recognises vehicles withtheir lights on, either approaching from the oppo-site direction or travelling in front of your vehicle,and consequently switches the headlights fromhigh beam to dipped beam.

The system automatically adapts the dipped beamheadlight range depending on the distance to theother vehicle. Once the system no longer detectsany other vehicles, it switches on the high-beamheadlights again.

The system's optical sensor is located behind thewindscreen near the overhead control panel.

WARNING

High beam Assist does not recognise road users:

• Who have no lights, e.g. pedestrians.

• Who have poor lighting, e. g. cyclists.

• Whose lighting is blocked, e.g. by a barrier.

In very rare cases, High beam Assist recognisesroad users too late or not at all. In this, or in similarsituations, the automatic high-beam headlightswill not be deactivated or activated regardless.There is a risk of an accident.

Always carefully observe the traffic conditions andswitch off the high-beam headlights in good time.

CAUTION

High beam Assist cannot take into account road,weather or traffic conditions. High beam Assist isonly an aid. You are responsible for adjusting thevehicle's lighting to the prevailing light, visibilityand traffic conditions.

In particular, the detection of obstacles can be re-stricted if there is:

• Poor visibility, e.g. due to fog, heavy rain orsnow.

• Dirt on the sensors or if the sensors are ob-scured.

NSD594 NDS595


Switching High Beam Assist on/off

To switch on:

Turn the light switch to <AUTO> and press the com-bination switch beyond the pressure point in thedirection of arrow ➂. The m indicator light inthe vehicle information display lights up when it isdark and the light sensor switches on the dipped-beam headlights.

If you are driving at speeds above approximately45 km/h the headlight range is set automaticallydepending on the distance between the vehicle andother road users.

If you are driving at speeds above approximately55 km/h and no other road users are detected, thehigh-beam headlights are switched on automati-cally. The m indicator light in the combinationmeter also lights up.

If you are driving at speeds below approximately45 km/h or other road users are detected or theroads are adequately lit The high-beam headlights

are switched off automatically. The m indicatorlight in the combination meter goes out. Themindicator light in the vehicle information display re-mains lit.

To deactivate:

Move the combination switch back to its normalposition The m indicator light in the vehicle in-formation display goes out.

HEADLIGHTS MISTED UP ON THEINSIDECertain climatic and physical conditions may causemoisture to form in the headlight. This moisturedoes not affect the functionality of the headlight.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS

In conditions where visibility is poor due to fog,snow or rain, the fog lights improve visibility as wellas making it easier for other road users to see you.They can be operated together with the side lightsor together with the side lights and dipped-beamheadlights.

To switch on the fog lights:



• Press the m button. The green m indicatorlight in the combination meter lights up

To switch off the front fog lights:

• press the m button The green m indicatorlight in the combination meter turns off.

Only vehicles with front fog lights are equippedwith the “Fog lights” function.

NIC2618

NIC2699

FOG LIGHT SWITCH


REAR FOG LIGHTThe rear fog light improves the visibility of yourvehicle in heavy fog for the following traffic. Pleaseobserve the country-specific laws on the use of rearfog lights.

NOTE

The front fog lights must be switched on beforethe rear fog light will operate.

To switch on the rear fog light:



• Press the m button. The yellow m indicatorlight in the combination meter lights up

To switch off the rear fog light:

• press the m button The yellow m indicatorlight in the combination meter turns off.

The rear fog light should be used only when visibil-ity is seriously reduced. (Generally, to less than 50m (116 ft))

WARNING

In freezing temperatures, the washer fluid mayfreeze on the windscreen and obscure your vision.Warm the windscreen with the defogger beforeyou wash the windscreen.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuously formore than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if the windowwasher fluid reservoir is empty.

• If the wiper operation is interrupted by snow orice, the wiper may stop moving to protect itsmotor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch tothe “OFF” position and remove the snow or iceon and around the wiper arms. In approximately1 minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

• Always use window washer fluid recommendedby INFINITI.

NOTE

• Do not operate the windscreen wipers when thewindscreen is dry, as this could damage thewiper blades. Moreover, dust that has collectedon the windscreen can scratch the glass if wip-ing takes place when the windscreen is dry.

• If it is necessary to switch on the wind screenwipers in dry weather conditions, always oper-ate them using washer fluid.

• If the windscreen wipers leave smears on thewindscreen after the vehicle has been washedin an automatic car wash, this may be due towax or other residue. Clean the windscreenwith washer fluid after an automatic car wash.

SWITCHING THE WINDSCREENWIPERS ON/OFF

➀ m Windscreen wipers off.

➁ m Intermittent wipe, low (rain sensor set tolow sensitivity).

➂ m Intermittent wipe, high (rain sensor setto high sensitivity).

➃ m Continuous wipe, slow.

➄ m Continuous wipe, fast.

jA m Single wipe/m

wipe the windscreen using washer fluid.

The windscreen wiper and washer operate whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

NIC2810

Combination switch

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


Turn the combination switch to the desired posi-tion.

RAIN SENSOR (where fitted)

CAUTION

Vehicles with a rain sensor: if the windscreen be-comes dirty in dry weather conditions, the wind-screen wipers may be activated inadvertently. Thiscould damage the windscreen wiper blades orscratch the windscreen.

For this reason, you should always switch off thewindscreen wipers in dry weather.

Vehicles with a rain sensor: in them or m posi-tion, the appropriate wiping frequency is automati-cally set according to the intensity of the rain. In them position, the rain sensor is more sensitive thanin the m position, causing the windscreen wiperto wipe more frequently.

If the wiper blades are worn, the windscreen will nolonger be wiped properly. This could prevent youfrom observing the traffic conditions.

The rain-sensing auto wiper system uses the rainsensor located on the upper part of the windscreen.

CAUTION

• Do not touch the rain sensor and around it whenthe wiper switch is in the m or m positionand the ignition switch is in the ON position.The wipers may operate unexpectedly andcause an injury or may damage a wiper.

• The rain-sensing auto wipers are intended foruse during rain. If the switch is left in them orm position, the wipers may operate unex-pectedly when dirt, fingerprints, oil film or in-sects are stuck on or around the sensor. Thewipers may also operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

• When the windscreen glass is coated with wa-ter repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing autowipers may be higher even though the amountof the rainfall is small.

• Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto wipersystem when you use a car wash.

SWITCHING THE REAR WINDOWWIPER ON/OFF

➀ Switch

➁ Wipes with washer fluid

➂ Switches on intermittent wiping

➃ Switches off intermittent wiping

➄ Wipes with washer fluid


2. Turn switch ➀ on the combination switch to thecorresponding position.

When the rear window wiper is switched on, them symbol appears in the assistance graphic inthe combination meter. Further information onthe assistance graphic (see “Showing the dis-tance display” earlier in this section).

NIC2617


The headlight cleaner will operate automaticallyafter every fifth operation of the windscreen wipewith washer fluid function m while the head-lights are switched on and the engine is running.

When you switch off the ignition, the automaticheadlight cleaning system is reset and counting re-starts from 0.

See “Switching the windscreen wipers on/off” ear-lier in this section.

The defogger switchjB operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position for the rear window, and(where fitted) for the outside rear view mirrors.

The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog orfrost on the rear window surface and on the out-side mirror surface to improve the rear view.

When the defogger switch m is pushed, the in-dicator light illuminates and the defogger operatesfor several minutes. After the preset time haspassed, the defogger will turn off automatically.To turn off the defogger manually, push the defog-ger switchm again, and the indicator light turnsoff.

CAUTION

• When operating the defogger continuously, besure to start the engine. Otherwise, it maycause the battery to discharge.

• When cleaning the inner side of the window, becareful not to scratch or damage the electricalconductors on the surface of the window.

The windscreen de-icer switch (defogger switch)jA operates when the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

You can use this function to defrost the windscreenor to demist the inside of the wind screen and theside windows

NOTE

You should only select the windscreen de-icerfunction until the windscreen is clear again.

When the switchm is pushed, the indicator lightin the switch illuminates. The climate control sys-tem switches to the following functions:

• High airflow

• High temperature

• Air distribution to the windscreen and front sidewindows

• Air recirculation mode off

NAA1659 NAA1659

HEADLIGHT CLEANER (where fitted) DEFOGGER SWITCH WINDSCREEN DE-ICER SWITCH(where fitted)


NOTE

The “Windscreen demisting” function automati-cally sets the blower output to the optimum de-misting effect. As a result, the airflow may increaseor decrease automatically after the m buttonis pressed

NOTE

You can adjust the blower output manually whilethe “Windscreen demisting” function is in opera-tion: by adjusting the airflow control for the air-conditioning or climate control system (see“Heater and air conditioner” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater and air conditioner, and audiosystem” section).

To deactivate the de-icer:

• Press the m button. The indicator lamp inthe m button turns off. The previous set-tings are reactivated. Air-recirculation mode re-mains deactivated.

or

• Automatic climate control: press the <AUTO>button. The indicator lamp in the m buttonturns off. Airflow and air distribution are set toautomatic mode.

or

• Air-conditioning system or automatic climatecontrol: adjust the temperature control (see“Heater and air conditioner” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater and air conditioner, and audiosystem” section).

To sound the horn, push the centre pad area of thesteering wheel.

The horn will only operate when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have their hands,etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion andbefore closing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpected use of thepower windows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapment in windows orinadvertent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the assistance ofothers or pets unattended in your vehicle. Ad-ditionally, the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

The switches for all side windows are located onthe driver's door. There is also a switch on eachdoor for the corresponding side window Theswitches on the driver's door take precedence.

Side window reversing feature

The side windows are equipped with an automaticreversing feature. If a solid object blocks or restrictsa side window from travelling upwards during theautomatic closing process, the side window opensagain automatically. During the manual closing pro-cess, the side window only opens again automati-cally after the corresponding switch is released. The

NIC2717

HORN WINDOWS


automatic reversing feature is only an aid and is nosubstitute for your attention when closing a sidewindow.

WARNING

The reversing function does not react:

• To soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small fingers

• While resetting

This means that the reversing feature cannot pre-vent someone being trapped in these situations.There is a risk of injury.

When closing. make sure that no parts of the bodyare in the closing area. If someone becomestrapped, press the switch to open the side windowagain.

Driver’s window switch

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

1. Front left side window

2. Front right side window

3. Rear left side window

4. Rear right side window

The driver’s switch, the main switch, can control allwindows.

• To open manually: press and hold the corre-sponding button.

• To open fully: press the button beyond the pointof resistance to the second detent and releaseit. Automatic operation is started.

• To close manually: pull the corresponding but-ton and hold it.

• To close fully: pull the button beyond the pointof resistance and release it. Automatic opera-tion is started.

• To interrupt automatic operation: press/pullthe corresponding switch again.

NOTE

• If you press/pull the switch beyond the point ofresistance, automatic operation is started inthe corresponding direction. You can stop au-tomatic operation by pressing/pulling again.

• You can continue to operate the side windowsafter switching off the engine or removing thekey. This function remains active for five min-utes or until the driver's or front-passengerdoor is opened.

• The side windows cannot be operated from therear when the override feature for the side win-dows is activated.

Locking rear side windows:

To enable/disable the override feature for the rearside windows, press button ➁. If indicator lamp ➀is lit, operation of the rear side windows is disabled.Operation is only possible using the switches in thedriver's door. If indicator lamp ➀ is off, operation ispossible using the switches in the rear compart-ment.

NIC2715

NIC2716


Passenger’s window switch

The passenger’s switch can control its correspond-ing window.

Convenience opening feature

For vehicles with Intelligent key only: You can ven-tilate the vehicle before you start driving. The keycan also be used to carry out the following func-tions simultaneously:

• Unlock the vehicle

• Open the side windows

NOTE

• The convenience opening feature can only beoperated using the Intelligent key.

• TheIntelligent key must be in close proximity tothe vehicle.

Press and hold the m button until the side win-dows are in the desired position.

To interrupt convenience opening: release thembutton.

Convenience closing feature

WARNING

When the convenience closing feature is operat-ing, parts of the body could become trapped in theclosing area of the side window. There is a risk ofinjury. Observe the complete closing procedurewhen the convenience closing feature is operating.When closing make sure that no parts of the bodyare in the closing area.

For vehicles with Intelligent key only: The key canalso be used to carry out the following functionssimultaneously:

• Lock the vehicle

• Close the side windows

NOTE

• The convenience closing feature can only be op-erated using the Intelligent key.

• TheIntelligent key must be in close proximity tothe vehicle.

Press and hold the m button until the side win-dows are fully closed.

To interrupt convenience closing: release the but-ton.

For vehicles with Intelligent key only: you can alsouse the keyless locking feature to activate conve-nience closing.

Touch the recessed sensor surface ➀ on the doorhandle until the side windows are fully closed.

NOTE

• The driver's door and the door at which thehandle is used must both be closed.

• The gap between the key and the correspond-ing door handle should not be greater than 1 m.

• Make sure you only touch the recessed sensorsurface ➀.

• The key must be outside the vehicle.

To interrupt convenience opening: release the re-cessed sensor surface ➀ on the door handle.

Resetting the side windows

If a side window can no longer be closed fully, youmust reset it.


2. Close the door.

NIC2640 NPA1478


3. Pull the corresponding switch on the door con-trol panel until the side window is completelyclosed.

4. Hold the switch for an additional second.

If the side window opens again slightly:

1. Immediately pull the corresponding switch onthe door control panel until the side window iscompletely closed.

2. Hold the switch for an additional second.

3. If the corresponding side window remains closedafter the button has been released, the side win-dow has been reset correctly. If this is not thecase, repeat the steps above.

If the power window automatic function does notoperate properly after performing the procedureabove, have your vehicle checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

➀ Close

➁ Open

CAUTION

• Do not place heavy objects on the glass roof orsurrounding area.

• Do not hang from the sunshade or hang any ob-jects from it. It may cause damage or deforma-tion to the sunshade.

• Close the sunshade when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time to prevent the in-side of the vehicle from reaching high tempera-tures.

SUNSHADE OPERATIONThe sunshade operates only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

WARNING

Never allow hands or fingers, or any part of yourbody within operating range of the sunshade. Youcould be injured.

NOTE

The following notes cover situations where strongsun shining on the roof of the vehicle causes thearea around thesunshademotor to reach high tem-peratures:

• If the temperature of the sunshade motorreaches a value between 85oC (185oF) and100oC (212oF), “restricted mode” is enabled,and the sunshade will only be allowed toCLOSE.

• If the temperature of the sunshade motor ex-ceeds 100oC (212oF), the sunshade will not op-erate.

Opening and closing

Manual control:

To close the sunshade, press and hold the “CLOSE”side of the switch ➀ To stop the sunshade fromclosing fully, release the switch.

To open the sunshade press and hold the “OPEN”side of the switch ➁ To stop the sunshade fromopening fully, release the switch.

NIC2646

FIXED GLASS ROOF (where fitted)


Automatic operation:

To fully open or close the sunshade automatically,press briefly on the open or close side of the switchand then release. To stop the sunshade from open-ing or closing, press either side of the switch.

Auto-reverse function:

When the control unit detects something caughtby the sunshade, the sunshade will open automati-cally.

NOTE

The auto-reverse function remains active whetherthe sunshade is being closed manually or automati-cally.

If the battery cable is disconnected, the clock willneed to be re-adjusted to the correct time.

ADJUSTING TIMESet the time using the INFINITI controller and the[Settings] menu available in the central display (seeyour INFINITI InTouch Owner's Manual).

NOTE

On vehicles fitted with a navigation system, theclock is automatically updated via GPS. The initialclock setting may be incorrect.

WARNING

If you repeatedly switch on seat heating, the seatcushion and seatback padding may become veryhot. The health of vehicle occupants with limitedtemperature sensitivity or a limited ability to reactto excessively high temperatures may be affectedor they may even suffer burn-like injuries. There isa risk of injury.

Therefore, do not switch on the seat heating re-peatedly.

CAUTION

• Do not use the seat heater system for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running,otherwise the battery could run down.

• Avoid using the seat heater for any longer thanis necessary, or when the seat is not occupied.

• Do not put anything on the seat that insulatesthe heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover,etc. Otherwise, the seat may overheat.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seator pierce it with a pin or similar object. This maydamage the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on a heated seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use benzine,thinner or any similar materials.

NSD619

CLOCK SEAT HEATING (where fitted)


• If any abnormalities are found or the heatingdoes not operate, turn off the switch and havethe system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.

The switches are located on the centre console andcan be operated independently, for the left-handside seat and for the right-hand side seat.

The three red indicator lights in the button indicatethe heating level you have selected The system au-tomatically switches from level 3 to level 2 afterapproximately eight minutes The system automati-cally switches from level 2 to level 1 after approxi-mately ten minutes. The system automaticallyswitches off approximately 20 minutes after it isset to level 1

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

NOTE

The seat heater can only be activated when theignition switch is in the ON position.


3. Select the heat range:

• To switch on: press button ➀repeatedly un-til the desired heating level is set.

• To switch off: press button ➀repeatedly un-til all the indicator lights turn off.

NOTE

If the battery voltage is too low, the seat heatingmay switch off.

WARNING

• If you use the memory function on the driver'sside while driving, the adjustments could causeyou to lose control of the vehicle. There is a riskof an accident. Only use the memory functionon the driver's side while the vehicle is station-ary.

Only use the memory function on the driver'sside while the vehicle is stationary.

• If the memory function adjusts the seat, youand other vehicle occupants-particularly chil-dren-could become trapped. There is a risk ofinjury.

While the memory function is making adjust-ments, make sure that no one has any part oftheir body within the sweep of the seat. Ifsomeone becomes trapped, immediately re-lease the memory function position button Theadjustment is stopped.

NIC2634

NIC2637

MEMORY FUNCTION (where fitted)


• If children activate the memory function, theycould become trapped, especially if they are un-attended. There is a risk of injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take the keywith you and lock the vehicle. Never leave chil-dren unattended in the vehicle.

The memory function can be used at any time, e.g.even when the key isn't in the ignition lock.

STORING SETTINGSWith the memory function, you can store up tothree different settings, for example, for three dif-ferent people. The following settings are stored asa single memory preset:

• Seat and seatback position.

• Driver's side: position of the exterior mirrors onthe driver's and front-passenger sides.

To store settings:

1. Adjust the seat (see “Power seat adjustment” inthe “1. Safety — seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section).

2. Adjust the exterior mirror on the driver's side(see “Adjusting” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section).

3. Briefly press the M memory button ➀, and thenpress preset position button 1, 2 or 3 ➁ withinthree seconds.

The settings are stored in the selected presetposition. A tone sounds when the settings havebeen completed.

CALLING UP A STORED SETTINGPress and hold the relevant preset position button1, 2 or 3 until the seat and exterior mirrors are inthe stored position.

NOTE

The setting procedure is interrupted as soon as yourelease the storage position button.

NIC2690

In the centre console (LHD)

NIC2796

In the centre console (RHD)

POWER OUTLET


The power outlet is used for powering electricalaccessories such as a mobile telephone.

An emergency cut-off ensures that the on-boardvoltage does not drop too low. If the on board volt-age is too low, the power to the sockets is auto-matically cut. This ensures that there is sufficientpower to start the engine.

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot during or imme-diately after use.

• This power outlet is not designed for use with acigarette lighter unit.

• Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12volt, 180W (15A) power draw. Do not usedouble adapters or more than one electrical ac-cessory.

• Use this power outlet with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

• Avoid using when the air conditioner,headlights or rear window defogger is on.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good con-tact is not made, the plug may overheat or theinternal temperature fuse may blow.

• Beforeinserting or disconnecting a plug, besurethat the electrical accessory being used isturned OFF.

• When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Donot allow water to contact the outlet.

WARNING

• The storage compartments should not be usedwhile driving so that the full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

• Keep the storage lids closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or a suddenstop.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull the handle ➀.

To close, push the lid ➁ until the lock latches.

NIC2683

Rear console

NIC2664

STORAGE


FRONT CONSOLE COMPARTMENT

To open the front console compartment, push lid➀ down and release. The lid will open.

To close, push the lid ➀down until the lock latches.

CONSOLE BOX

To open, pull up the lid from the front.

CARD HOLDER

Pull the sun visor down and slide a card in the cardholder ➁.

CUP HOLDERSCAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking especiallywhen you use the cup holders. Doing so maycause the beverages to spill over, and if theyare hot, they may scald you or your passengers.

• Do not recline the rear seatback when you usethe cup holders on the rear armrest (where fit-ted). Doing so may cause the beverages to spillover, and if they are hot, they may scald thepassengers.

The cup holders ➀ for rear passengers are locatedon the rear centre armrest (where fitted).

To open the rear cup holders (where fitted), pressthe front of the cup holder ➀.

To close, slide the cup holder ➀ back until it en-gages.

NIC2663

NIC2665

NIC2676

NIC2674

Front

NIC2675

Rear (where fitted)


CAUTION

Close the cup holder before folding the rear arm-rest up, otherwise the cup holder could be dam-aged.

COAT HOOKS

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 1 kg (2 lb) tothe hook.

The coat hooks are equipped at the rear assist grips.

LASHING EYELETS

➀ Lashing eyelet

WARNING

• Always make sure that cargo is properly se-cured. Use suitable ropes and hooks.

• Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in anaccident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

• Do not apply a total load of more than 10 kg(22 lb) to a single eyelet.

• Secure the load using the lashing eyelets.

• Distribute the load on the lashing eyeletsevenly.

• Do not use elastic straps or nets to secure aload. These are only intended as anti-slip pro-tection for light loads.

• Do not route lashing materials across sharpedges or corners.

• Pad sharp edges for protection.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

The luggage hooks ➀ are for shopping bags, etc.

WARNING

• Do not apply a total load of more than 3 kg (7lb) to the hook.

• Do not use luggage hooks to secure a load.

SIC3505Z

NIC2670

NIC2671


FRONT SEAT STORAGE BOXES (wherefitted)

To open the front seat storage boxes, pull handle➀ up and fold cover ➁ forwards.

WARNING

The maximum permissible load for the front seatstorage box is 1.2 Kg (2.6 lb).

MAP POCKET (where fitted)

Map pockets are located in the doors.

LUGGAGE NETS (where fitted)

Luggage nets are fitted in the front-passengerfootwell and on the back of the driver's and frontpassenger seat.

PARCEL SHELF

WARNING

• Never put anything on the parcel shelf, no mat-ter how small. Any object on it could cause aninjury in case of an accident or if the brakes areapplied suddenly.

• Do not leave the parcel shelf in position when itis disengaged from the grooves.

• Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could cause personal in-jury.

• Properly secure cargo and do not allow it tocontact the child restraint top tether strapwhen it is attached to the top tether anchor.Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo thatcontacts the top tether strap may damage thetop tether strap during a collision. If the parcelshelf contacts the top tether strap when it is

NIC2666

NIC2685

NIC2687

NIC2672


attached to the top tether anchor, remove theparcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it on thecargo floor below its attachment location. If theparcel shelf is not removed, it may damage thetop tether strap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in a collisionif the child restraint top tether strap is dam-aged.

Removal

1. Open the back door (see “Back door lock” in the“2. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”section).

2. Detach both of the cords (left and right) ➀ fromthe inside of the back door.

3. Detach the parcel shelf ➁ by simply pulling itrearwards through the back door opening.

CAUTION

Make sure the parcel shelf is carefully stored whennot in use in order to prevent any damage.

Installation

1. Open the back door.

2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it forwards asfar as possible through the back door opening.

3. Attach the corresponding cords to each side ➀of the back door.

4. Close the back door (see “Back door lock” in the“2. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” sec-tion).

ROOF RACK (where fitted)

Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails.Cross bars must be fitted before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. Alwaysdistribute the luggage evenly on the cross bars. Donot load more than 100 kg (221 lb) (for Europe) onthe roof rails. Observe the maximum load limitshown on the cross bars or roof carriers when youattach them on the roof rails. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop for crossbar or otherequipment information.

WARNING

• Always install the cross bars onto the roof siderails before loading cargo of any kind. Loadingcargo directly onto the roof side rails or the ve-hicle’s roof may cause vehicle damage.

• Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loadedat or near the cargo carrying capacity, espe-cially if the significant portion of that load iscarried on the cross bars/roof rack.

• Heavy loading of the cross bars/roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehicle stability andhandling during sudden or unusual handlingmanoeuvres.

• Roof rack load should be evenly distributed.

• Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross barload capacity.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or strapsto help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In asudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing items from theroof rack. If you cannot comfortably lift the itemsonto the roof rack from the ground, use a ladder orstool.

SKI HATCH (where fitted)

To open the ski hatch:

1. Fold down rear seat armrest.

2. Pull the centre head restraint on the rear benchseat into the uppermost position.

3. Slide locking mechanism ➀ in the direction ofthe arrow

4. Swing flap ➁ fully to the side. The flap is heldopen by a magnet.

NIC2668


To close the ski hatch:

1. Swing flap ➀ in the luggage compartment backuntil it engages.

2. Fold armrest fully up if necessary.

COMPARTMENT UNDER BOOTFLOOR

Lift the boot floor to access the underfloor storagearea.

1. To block out glare from the front, swing downthe sun visor ➀.

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunmain sun visor, by lifting it slightly from thecentre mount and swing it to the side ➁.

CAUTION

• Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.

• Do not use the lights for extended periods oftime with the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

FRONT OVERHEAD CONTROLPANEL

➀ Switches the left-hand front reading lampon/off

➁ Switches the front interior lighting on

➂ Switches the rear interior lighting on/off

➃ Switches the right-hand front reading lampon/off

➄ Switches the front interior lighting/automaticinterior lighting control off

➅ Switches the automatic interior lightingcontrol on

NIC2673

SIC2872

NIC2630

SUN VISORS INTERIOR LIGHTS


Automatic interior lighting control

• To switch on: set the switch to centre position➅.

• To switch off: press switch ➄.

The interior lighting automatically switches on ifyou:

• Unlock the vehicle

• Open a door

• Remove the key from the ignition lock.

The interior lighting is activated for a short timewhen the key is removed from the ignition lock.You can activate this delayed switch-off using thevehicle information display (see “Activating/deac-tivating the interior lighting delayed switch-off”earlier in this section).

REAR READING LIGHTS (where fitted)

➀ Switches the left hand reading light on/off

➁ Switches the right hand reading light on/off

REAR ROOM LIGHT (where fitted)

The rear room light (without switches) can beswitched on and off using the front overhead con-trol panel.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor downand flip open the mirror cover.

The vanity mirror light illuminates when the vanitymirror cover is opened. When the cover is closed,the light will turn off.

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTThe light illuminates while the back door is opened.When the back door is closed, the light will turn off.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen the interior light stays on, it will automati-cally turn off within a period of time after the igni-tion switch has been turned to the OFF position.To turn on the light again, put the ignition switch inthe ON position.

NIC2632

SIC3869Z


NOTE


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustmentsPre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ........................................................................................ 3-2Safety notes ................................................................... 3-2Key functions ................................................................. 3-3Intelligent key (where fitted)...................................... 3-3Changing the settings of the locking system......... 3-4Emergency key element .............................................. 3-5Key battery ..................................................................... 3-5Problems with the key ................................................. 3-6

Doors...................................................................................... 3-8Super Lock system (RHD models) ............................ 3-8Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle deadbattery) ............................................................................ 3-8Inside door handle......................................................... 3-9Power door lock switch............................................... 3-10Child safety lock — rear doors.................................... 3-10Back door lock ............................................................... 3-10Automatic locking feature.......................................... 3-11

Security system (where fitted)......................................... 3-11Immobiliser...................................................................... 3-11Anti-theft alarm system (where fitted)................... 3-12

Tow-away protection (where fitted)....................... 3-12Interior motion sensor (where fitted) ...................... 3-13

Bonnet release ..................................................................... 3-14Opening and closing the bonnet ............................... 3-14

Fuel-filler lid.......................................................................... 3-15Opening fuel-filler lid ................................................... 3-15Fuel-filler cap................................................................. 3-15

Steering wheel ..................................................................... 3-15Mirrors ................................................................................... 3-16

Interior rear view mirror.............................................. 3-16Exterior rear view mirrors........................................... 3-16Automatic anti-dazzle mirrors (where fitted)........ 3-18Vanity mirror .................................................................. 3-19

Parking brake ....................................................................... 3-19General notes................................................................. 3-19Applying/releasing manually ..................................... 3-20Applying automatically (vehicles withautomatic transmission).............................................. 3-20Releasing automatically .............................................. 3-20Emergency braking....................................................... 3-21

SAFETY NOTES

WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, theycould:

• Open doors, thereby endangering other per-sons or road users.

• Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.

• Operate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example.

In addition, the children could also set the vehicle inmotion, for example, if they:

• Release the parking brake.

• Shift the automatic transmission out of parkposition P (Park) or shift manual transmissioninto neutral.


There is a risk of an accident and injury.

When leaving the vehicle, always take the key withyou and lock the vehicle. Never leave children andanimals unattended in the vehicle. Keep the keysout of the reach of children.

WARNING

If you attach heavy or large objects to the key, thekey could be unintentionally turned in the ignitionlock. This could cause the engine to be switchedoff. There is a risk of an accident.

Do not attach any heavy or large objects to thekey. Remove any bulky keyrings before insertingthe key into the ignition lock.

CAUTION

Keep the key away from strong magnetic fields.Otherwise, the remote control function could beaffected.

Strong magnetic fields can occur in the vicinity ofpowerful electrical installations.

Do not keep the key:

• With electronic devices, e. g. a mobile phone oranother key.

• With metallic objects, e. g. coins or metal film.

• Inside metallic objects, e. g. a metal case.

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with youwhen driving. The Intelligent Key is a precisiondevice with a built-in transmitter. To avoiddamaging it, please note the following.

– The Intelligent Key is water resistant; how-ever, wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

– Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-other object.

– If the outside temperature is below −10oC(14oF), the battery of the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key for an ex-tended period in a place where tempera-tures exceed 60oC (140oF).

– Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

– Do not use a magnet key holder.

– Do not place theIntelligent Key near an elec-tric appliance such as a television set or per-sonal computer.

– Do not allow theIntelligent Key to come intocontact with water or salt water, and do notwash it in a washing machine. This could af-fect the system function.

• If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli-gent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Keyfrom unauthorised useto unlock thevehicle.Forinformation regarding the erasing procedure,please contact an INFINITI retailer.

For RHD models (with super lock system)

WARNING

When the double locks are activated, the doors canno longer be opened from the inside. People in thevehicle can no longer get out, e. g. in hazardoussituations. There is a risk of injury

Therefore, do not leave any people unsupervised inthe vehicle, particularly children, elderly people orpeople in need of special assistance. Do not acti-vate the double lock when people are in the vehicle.

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

If the vehicle has been locked from the outside, thedouble-lock function is activated as standard. It isthen not possible to open the doors from inside thevehicle. You can deactivate the double lock func-tion by deactivating the interior motion sensor (see“Interior motion sensor (where fitted)” later in thissection). The doors can then be opened from theinside after the vehicle has been locked from theoutside. You can open the rear doors from insidethe vehicle if they are not secured by the child-prooflocks (see “Child safety lock — rear doors” later inthis section). The anti theft alarm system is trig-gered if the door is opened from the inside. Switchoff the alarm (see “Anti-theft alarm system (wherefitted)” later in this section)

WARNING

If persons (particularly children) are exposed toheat or cold for a prolonged period, there is a riskof serious or even fatal injuries. Never leave per-sons (particularly children) unattended in the ve-hicle.

KEY FUNCTIONS

➀ Locks the vehicle.

➁ Unlocks the vehicle.

If you do not open the vehicle within approximately40 seconds of unlocking, the vehicle will lock againand protection against theft is reactivated.

To lock centrally, press button ➀. The key centrallylocks:

• Doors

• back door

• Fuel-filler lid

When unlocking, the turn signals flash once Whenlocking, they flash three times.

NOTE

When the locator lighting is activated, it lights upwhen it is dark after the vehicle is unlocked withthe remote control (see separate operatinginstructions).

You can also set an audible signal to con firm thatthe vehicle has been locked. The audible signal canbe activated or deactivated using the on-boardcomputer (see “Activating/deactivating theacoustic locking confirmation” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section)

INTELLIGENT KEY (where fitted)

Locking and unlocking centrally

You can start, lock or unlock the vehicle using theIntelligent Key. To do this, you only need carry thekey with you. You can combine the Intelligent Keyfunctions with the functions of a conventional key.Unlock the vehicle by using Intelligent key function,for instance, and lock it using the m button onthe key.

The driver's door and the door at which the handleis used, must both be closed. The key must be out-side the vehicle. When locking or unlocking withIntelligent key, the distance between the key andthe corresponding door handle must not be greaterthan 1 m.

A check which periodically establishes a radio con-nection between the vehicle and the key determineswhether a valid key is in the vehicle. This occurs, forexample:

• When starting the engine.

• Whilst driving.

• When external door handles are touched.

• During convenience closing

NPA1475

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner surface ofthe door handle.

To lock the vehicle: touch sensor surface ➀. or ➁.

Make sure that you do not touch the inner surfaceof the door handle.

Convenience closing feature: touch recessed sen-sor surface ➀ for an extended period. (See “Con-venience closing feature” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section).

To unlock the back door: press the back door switch➀.

Deactivating and activating

If you do not intend to use the vehicle for an ex-tended period of time, you can deactivate the Intel-ligent Key. The key will then use very little power,thereby conserving battery power. For the pur-poses of activation/deactivation, the vehicle doesnot have to be nearby.

To deactivate: press the m button on the keytwice in rapid succession The battery check lamp ofthe key lights up twice briefly and Intelligent Key isdeactivated.

To activate: press any button on the key or insertthe key into the ignition lock. The Intelligent Keyand all of its associated features are available again.

CHANGING THE SETTINGS OF THELOCKING SYSTEMYou can change the settings of the locking system.This means that only the driver's door and the fuel-filler lid are unlocked when the vehicle is unlocked.This is useful if you frequently travel alone.

To change the setting: simultaneously pressthem andm buttons for approximately 6 sec-onds.

NOTE

If the setting of the locking system is changedwithin the signal range of the vehicle, pressingthem andm button will lock or unlock the ve-hicle.

The key now functions as follows:

To unlock the driver's door: press the m buttononce.

To unlock centrally: press the m button twice.

To lock centrally: press the m button.

The Intelligent key function is changed as follows:

To unlock the driver's door: touch the inner surfaceof the door handle on the driver's door.

To unlock centrally: touch the inner surface of thedoor handle on the front passenger door or the reardoor.

To lock centrally: touch the outer sensor surface onone of the door handles

To restore the factory settings: simultaneouslypress the m and m button for approximately6 seconds.

NPA1489

NPA1479


EMERGENCY KEY ELEMENTCAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installed in theIntelligent Key.

General notes

If the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlockedwith the key or Intelligent Key, use the emergencykey element.

If you use the emergency key element to unlockand open the driver's door or the back door, theanti-theft alarm system will be triggered (see “Anti-theft alarm system (where fitted)” later in this sec-tion)

There are several ways to deactivate the alarm:

• To deactivate the alarm with the key: press them or m button on the key.

or

Insert the key into the ignition lock.

• Lock or unlock the vehicle using Intelligent Key.The key must be outside the vehicle

If you unlock the vehicle using the emergency keyelement, the fuel-filler lid will not be unlocked au-tomatically. To unlock the fuel-filler lid, insert thekey into the ignition lock.

Removing the emergency key element

Push release catch ➀ in the direction of the arrowand, at the same time, remove emergency key ele-ment ➁ from the key.

KEY BATTERYSee “Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section for details of checking andreplacing the key battery.

NPA1471


PROBLEMS WITH THE KEY


You cannot lock or unlockthe vehicle using the key

The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged:• Vehicles without Intelligent Key: try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the key. Point the tip of the key at the

driver's door handle from close range and press them /m button.If this does not work:• Check the key battery (see “Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key battery replacement” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section) and

replace it if necessary.• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key elementThere is interference from a powerful source of radio waves• Vehicles without Intelligent Key: try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the key. Point the tip of the key at the

driver's door handle from close range and press them /m button.If this does not work:• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key elementThe key is faulty• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key element• Have the key checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop

You can no longer lock orunlock the vehicle usingIntelligent Key

The key battery is discharged or nearly discharged• Check the key battery (see “Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key battery replacement” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section) and

replace it if necessary.If this does not work:• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key elementThere is interference from a powerful source of radio waves• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key elementThere is a fault with the Intelligent Key system• Lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control function of the key.• Have the vehicle and key checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopIf the vehicle can also not be locked/unlocked using the remote control function• Unlock (see “Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle dead battery)” later in this section) or lock the vehicle using the emergency key element• Have the vehicle and key checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop



The engine cannot bestarted using the key

The on-board voltage is too low• Switch off non-essential consumers, e. g. seat heating or interior lighting, and try to start the engine againIf this does not work:• Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary (see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section)

or• Jump-start the vehicle (see “Jump starting” in the “6. In case of emergency” section)

or• Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop

The engine cannot bestarted using the push but-ton ignition switch. The keyis in the vehicle

The vehicle is locked.• Unlock the vehicle and try to start the vehicle again.The key battery is weak or discharged.• Check the key battery (see “Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key battery replacement” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section) and

replace it if necessary.If this does not work:• Start your vehicle with the key in the ignition lock.There is interference from a powerful source of radio waves.• Start the vehicle with the key in the ignition lock.

You have lost a key• Have the key deactivated at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop• Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers• If necessary, have the locks changed as well

You have lost theemergency key element

• Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers• If necessary, have the locks changed as well.


WARNING

• Before opening any door, always look for andavoid oncoming traffic.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapment in windows orinadvertent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the assistance ofothers or pets unattended in your vehicle. Ad-ditionally, the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

SUPER LOCK SYSTEM (RHD models)

WARNING

Super Lock system equipped models:

Failure to follow the precautions below may leadto hazardous situations. Make sure the Super Locksystem activation is always conducted safely.

• When the vehicle is occupied, never lock thedoors with the integrated key fob. Doing so willtrap the occupants, since the Super Lock sys-tem prevents the doors from being opened fromthe inside of the vehicle.

• Only operate the integrated key fob “LOCK”button when there is a clear view of the vehicle.This is to prevent anybody from being trappedinside the vehicle through the Super Lock sys-tem activation.

Pressing the “LOCK” button (m ) on the inte-grated key fob or locking the doors using one of therequest buttons (Intelligent Key models) will acti-vate the Super Lock system.

When the Super Lock system is active, none of thedoors can be opened from inside the vehicle. Thisprovides additional security in case of theft orbreak-in.

The Super Lock system will be released when allthe doors are unlocked using the integrated key fobor a request button (Intelligent Key models).

Emergency situations

If the Super Lock system is activated while you areinside the vehicle, for example by a traffic accidentor other unexpected circumstances, follow the in-structions below.

If the vehicle has been locked from the outside, thedouble-lock function is activated as standard. It isthen not possible to open the doors from inside thevehicle. You can deactivate the double lock func-tion by deactivating the interior motion sensor (see“Interior motion sensor (where fitted)” later in thissection). The doors can then be opened from theinside after the vehicle has been locked from theoutside. You can open the rear doors from insidethe vehicle if they are not secured by the child-prooflocks (see “Child safety lock — rear doors” later inthis section). The anti theft alarm system is trig-gered if the door is opened from the inside. Switchoff the alarm (see “Anti-theft alarm system (wherefitted)” later in this section.)

Locking without activating the SuperLock system

WARNING

Do not leave the key inside the vehicle when leav-ing the vehicle.

Locking the doors using the door key cylinder orpower door lock switch will not activate the SuperLock system.

LOCKING/UNLOCKING WITH THEKEY (vehicle dead battery)

WARNING

• When leaving the vehicle, do not leave the keyinside the vehicle.

SPA2602Z

DOORS


• To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapment in windows orinadvertent door lock activation, do not leavechildren, people who require the assistance ofothers, or pets unattended in your vehicle. Ad-ditionally, the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of injury ordeath to people and pets.

The driver's door can be locked/unlocked from out-side using the key/emergency key if the vehicle'sbattery is dead.

To lock the door, insert the key into the driver'sdoor key cylinder and turn it towards the front ofthe vehicle ➀.

To unlock the door, turn the key towards the rearof the vehicle ➁.

See “Removing the emergency key element” in the“5. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section forinstructions on accessing the Intelligent Key sys-tem Emergency key.

CAUTION

The alarm system will be triggered when the dooris opened using the key (alarm equipped models).To stop the alarm, turn the ignition key to the ONposition or press the unlock button (m ) on theintegrated key fob.

Initialising the system after vehiclebattery loading or replacement

After recharging or replacing the battery, youshould release (initialise) the system by:

• Inserting the key into the ignition switch andthen turning it to the ON position.

• Unlocking the vehicle using the integrated keyfob.

INSIDE DOOR HANDLE

To unlock and open the door, pull the inside doorhandle ➀.

For RHD models (with super lock system)

WARNING

When the double locks are activated, the doors canno longer be opened from the inside. People in thevehicle can no longer get out, e. g. in hazardoussituations. There is a risk of injury

Therefore, do not leave any people unsupervised inthe vehicle, particularly children, elderly people orpeople in need of special assistance. Do not acti-vate the double lock when people are in the vehicle.

If the vehicle has been locked from the outside, thedouble-lock function is activated as standard. It isthen not possible to open the doors from inside thevehicle. You can deactivate the double lock func-tion by deactivating the interior motion sensor (see“Interior motion sensor (where fitted)” later in thissection). The doors can then be opened from theinside after the vehicle has been locked from theoutside. You can open the rear doors from insidethe vehicle if they are not secured by the child-prooflocks (see “Child safety lock — rear doors” later inthis section). The anti theft alarm system is trig-gered if the door is opened from the inside. Switchoff the alarm (see “Anti-theft alarm system (wherefitted)” later in this section.)

WARNING

If persons (particularly children) are exposed toheat or cold for a prolonged period, there is a riskof serious or even fatal injuries. Never leave per-sons (particularly children) unattended in the ve-hicle.

NPA1476


POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

➀ Press to unlock

➁ Press to lock

WARNING

When leaving the vehicle, do not leave the key in-side the vehicle.

The power door lock switch, located on the doortrimming, can be used to unlock ➀ or lock ➁ alldoors.

NOTE

Models without the Super Lock system: If a door ismanually opened from inside after having pressedthe integrated key fob “LOCK” button (m ).

CHILD SAFETY LOCK — REAR DOORS

The child safety lock helps prevent doors from be-ing opened accidentally, especially when small chil-dren are in the vehicle.

When the switch is in the LOCK ➁ position, therear door can only be opened from the outside.

BACK DOOR LOCK

WARNING

• Always check that the back door has been prop-erly closed to prevent it from opening whiledriving.

• Do not drive with the back door opened. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle.

• Closely supervise children when they arearound the vehicle to prevent them from play-ing and being locked in the luggage compart-ment where they could be seriously injured.Keep the vehicle locked, with the back doorclosed, when not in use, and prevent children'saccess to the vehicle's keys.

To open the back door, unlock it first with one ofthe following operations, then push the button ➀.

NPA1477 NPA1545 NPA1479


• Push the m button on the key or IntelligentKey (where fitted). See “Key functions” earlier inthis section.

• Unlock all the doors using the key.

To close the back door, pull it down until it securelylocks.

AUTOMATIC LOCKING FEATURE

To deactivate: press and hold button ➀ for aboutfive seconds until a tone sounds.

To activate: press and hold button ➁ for aboutfive seconds until a tone sounds.

NOTE

If you press one of the two buttons and do not heara tone, the relevant setting has already been se-lected.

The vehicle is locked automatically when the igni-tion is switched on and the wheels are turning.

You could therefore be locked out if:

• The vehicle is being pushed.

• The vehicle is being towed.

• The vehicle is being tested on a dynamometer.

You can also activate and deactivate the automaticlocking function using the vehicle information dis-play.

IMMOBILISERThe immobiliser prevents your vehicle from beingstarted without the correct key.

• To activate with the key: remove the key fromthe ignition lock.

• To activate with the Intelligent Key: switch theignition off and open the driver's door.

• To deactivate: switch on the ignition.

When leaving the vehicle, always take the key withyou and lock the vehicle. Anyone can start the en-gine if a valid key has been left inside the vehicle.

NOTE

The immobiliser is always deactivated when youstart the engine.

NPA1477

SECURITY SYSTEM (where fitted)


ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM(where fitted)

To arm: lock the vehicle with the key or Intelligentkey. Indicator lamp ➀ flashes. The alarm system isarmed after approximately 15 seconds.

To deactivate: unlock the vehicle with the key orintelligent key.

or

Insert the key into the ignition switch.

A visual and audible alarm is triggered if the alarmsystem is armed and you open:

• A door.

• The vehicle with the emergency key element.

• The back door.

• The bonnet.

To switch the alarm off with the key: press them or m button on the key. The alarm isswitched off

or

Vehicles with a push button ignition switch:

• Remove the push button ignition switch fromthe ignition lock (see “Push-button ignitionswitch (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section).

• Insert the key into the ignition lock. The alarmstops.

To switch off the alarm using the intelligent key:

• Grasp the outside door handle. The key must beoutside the vehicle. The alarm stops.

or

• Press the push button ignition switch on thedashboard. The key must be inside the vehicle.

The alarm is not switched off, even if you close theopen door that has triggered it, for example.

TOW-AWAY PROTECTION(where fitted)

An audible and visual alarm is triggered if your ve-hicle's angle of inclination is altered while tow-away protection is armed. This can occur if the ve-hicle is jacked up on one side, for example.

Arming

Make sure that the doors and back door are closed.Only then is tow-away protection armed.

Lock the vehicle with the key or intelligent key. Towaway protection is armed after approximately 60seconds.

Switching off

Unlock the vehicle with the key or intelligent key.

or

Insert the key into the ignition lock. Tow-away pro-tection is switched off automatically.

Deactivating

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch andopen the driver's door.

2. Press button ➀. Indicator lamp ➁ lights upbriefly.

3. Lock the vehicle with the key or intelligent key.

Tow-away protection is deactivated.

NIC2750

NIC2643


Tow-away protection remains deactivated until:

• The vehicle is unlocked again.

and

• A door is opened and closed again.

and

• The vehicle is locked again.

To prevent a false alarm, deactivate tow-awayprotection if you lock the vehicle and it:

• Is being transported.

• Is being loaded onto a ferry or car transporter,for example.

• Is parked on a movable surface, e.g. In a split-level garage.

INTERIOR MOTION SENSOR(where fitted)

When the interior motion sensor is armed, a visualand audible alarm is triggered if movement is de-tected in the vehicle interior. This can occur if some-one reaches into the vehicle interior, for example.

Arming

1. Make sure that:

• The side windows are closed.

• There are no objects, e.g. mascots, hangingon the rear view mirror or on the grab handleson the roof trim.

This will prevent false alarms.

2. Make sure that the doors and back door areclosed. Only then is the interior motion sensorarmed.

3. Lock the vehicle with the key or Intelligent key.

The interior motion sensor is armed after approxi-mately 30 seconds.

Switching off

Unlock the vehicle with the key or intelligent key.

or

Insert the key into the ignition lock.

The interior motion sensor is automaticallyswitched off.

Deactivating

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch andopen the driver's door.or

Vehicles with push button ignition switch:switch off the engine using the push button igni-tion switch and open the driver's door.

2. Press button ➀. Indicator lamp ➁ flashes sev-eral times in rapid succession.

3. Lock the vehicle with the key or intelligent key.

The interior motion sensor is deactivated.

The interior motion sensor remains deactivated un-til:

• The vehicle is unlocked again.

and

• A door is opened and closed again.

and

• The vehicle is locked again.

To prevent a false alarm, deactivate the interiormotion sensor if you lock your vehicle and:

• People or animals remain in the vehicle.

• The side windows remain open.

NOTE

RHD models only: Your vehicle is equipped with adouble-lock function. The doors cannot be openedfrom the inside if the vehicle has been locked withthe key (see “Interior motion sensor (where fitted)”later in this section). Deactivate the interior mo-tion sensor before you lock the vehicle with the key.The doors can then be opened from the inside afterthe vehicle has been locked from the outside withthe key.

NIC2642


OPENING AND CLOSING THEBONNET

WARNING

• Certain components in the engine compart-ment could be very hot, e.g. the engine, the ra-diator and parts of the exhaust system. There isa risk of injury when accessing the engine com-partment. As far as possible, allow the engineto cool down and only touch the componentsdescribed in the following instructions.

• When the bonnet is open, and the windscreenwipers are set in motion, you can be injured bythe wiper linkage. There is a risk of injury. Al-ways switch off the windscreen wipers and theignition before opening the bonnet.

CAUTION

Make sure that the windscreen wipers are notfolded away from the windscreen. Otherwise, youcould damage the windscreen wipers or the bon-net.

1. Make sure that the windscreen wipers areswitched off.

2. Pull the bonnet lock release lever ➀, located be-low the instrument panel on the driver's side;the bonnet will spring up slightly.

3. Push the lever ➁ at the front of the bonnet, tothe left with your fingertips and raise the bon-net.

4. Insert the support rod ➂ into the slot ➃ on theunderside of the bonnet.

5. When closing the bonnet, replace the supportrod in its original position ➄, slowly lower thebonnet to about 20 – 30 cm (8 – 12 in.) abovethe bonnet lock, then let it drop. Make sure thebonnet is securely latched.

WARNING

Always check whether the bonnet is closed andlocked securely to prevent it from opening whiledriving. The vehicle should only be operated withthe bonnet securely closed.

NDI1603

NDI1627

NDI1605

BONNET RELEASE


WARNING

• Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explo-sive under certain conditions. You could beburned or seriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop the engine and do notsmoke or allow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refuelling.

• Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a halfof a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound tostop to prevent fuel from spraying out and pos-sibly causing personal injury. Then remove thecap.

• Use only an original equipment type fuel-fillercap as a replacement. It has a built-in safetyvalve needed for proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control system. An incor-rect cap can result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury.

OPENING FUEL-FILLER LID

To open the fuel-filler lid, unlock it using one of thefollowing operations, then push the right side ofthe lid ➀.

• Push the door handle request switch with theIntelligent Key carried with you.

• Push the “UNLOCK” m button on the Intelli-gent Key.

• Push the power door lock switch to the “UN-LOCK” m position.

To close the fuel-filler lid, close the lid until it se-curely latches. To lock the fuel-filler lid, lock thevehicle using the intelligent key.

FUEL-FILLER CAPTurn the fuel-filler cap anticlockwise to remove. Totighten, turn the cap clockwise until a single click isheard.

Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder ➁ whilerefuelling.

CAUTION

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it awaywith water to avoid paint damage.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Youcould lose control of your vehicle and cause an ac-cident.

Release the lock lever ➀ as illustrated and adjustthe steering wheel to the desired position (up ordown ➁, forwards or backwards ➂). Firmly pushthe lock lever back into position to lock the steeringwheel in place.

NPA1482

NPA1481

FUEL-FILLER LID STEERING WHEEL


WARNING

Adjust the position of all mirrors before driving. Donot adjust themirror positions whiledriving so thatfull attention may be given to vehicle operation.

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR

While holding the inside rear view mirror, adjust themirror angles until the desired position is achieved.

EXTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRRORS

WARNING

• Never touch the exterior rear view mirrorswhile they are in motion. Doing so may pinchyour fingers or damage the mirror.

• Never drive the vehicle with the exterior rearview mirrors folded. This reduces rear view vis-ibility and may lead to an accident.

• Objects viewed in the exterior mirror are closerthan they appear (where fitted).

• The picture dimensions and distance in the ex-terior mirrors are not real.

Adjusting

The exterior rear view mirror remote control oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

1. Move the switch to select the left ➀ or rightmirror ➁.

2. Adjust each mirror until the desired position isachieved ➂.

Defogging

The exterior rear view mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defogger switch is operated.

Folding

Manual type (where fitted):

Fold the outside rear-view mirror by pushing it to-wards the rear of the vehicle.

Remote control type (where fitted):

The exterior rear view mirror remote control oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Briefly press button ➀. Both exterior mirrors foldin or out.

CAUTION

Continuously performing the fold/unfold opera-tion of the exterior rear view mirror may cause the

SPA2447Z

NIC2636

NIC2638

MIRRORS


switch to stop the operation. To restore the switchoperation, put the switch in the neutral position(between OPEN and CLOSE) before adjusting themirror position.

NOTE

• Make sure that the exterior mirrors are alwaysfolded out fully while driving. They could oth-erwise vibrate.

• If you are driving faster than 47 km/h, you canno longer fold in the exterior mirrors.

Folding — Auto fold (where fitted)

The exterior rear-view mirrors automatically un-fold when the ignition is switched on or when thevehicle doors are unlocked. Use the [Fold mirrors inwhen locking] option under the [CONVENIENCE]menu of the Vehicle Information Display to specifythat the mirrors are to be automatically folded andunfolded. The Auto fold feature can also beswitched off. See “Switching the [Fold mirrors inwhen locking] function on/off” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section.

If the [Fold mirrors in when locking] option has beenactivated in the Vehicle information display:

• The exterior mirrors fold in automatically assoon as you lock the vehicle from the outside.

• The exterior mirrors fold out again automati-cally as soon as you unlock the vehicle and thenopen the driver's or front-passenger door.

NOTE

If the exterior mirrors have been folded in manu-ally, they do not fold out.

Exterior mirror pushed out of position

If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of posi-tion (forwards or backwards), proceed as follows:

• Vehicles without electrically folding exteriormirrors: manually move the exterior mirror intothe correct position.

• Vehicles with electrically folding exterior mir-rors: press and hold mirror-folding button ➀until you hear a click and the mirror engages inposition audibly The mirror housing is engagedagain and you can adjust the exterior mirrors asusual.

Parking position of the exterior mirror onthe front-passenger side (where fitted)

The Parking position for the exterior mirror on thefront-passenger side function is only available ifthe vehicle is equipped with the Memory package.

➀ Button for the exterior mirror on the left handside.

➁ Button for the exterior mirror on the righthand side.

➂ Adjustment button.

➃ Memory button M.

Setting and storing the parking position usingreverse gear:

You can set the front-passenger side exterior mir-ror so that you can see the rear wheel on that sideas soon as you engage reverse gear. You can storethis position.

1. Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.


3. Press button ➀ (RHD) or ➁ (LHD) for the ex-ternal mirror on the front-passenger side.

NIC2639


4. Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on thefront-passenger side moves to the preset park-ing position.

5. Use adjustment button ➂ to adjust the exteriormirror. You should see the rear wheel and thekerb in the exterior mirror The parking positionis stored.

NOTE

• If you shift the transmission to another posi-tion, the exterior mirror on the front passengerside returns to the driving position.

• If the driver's side mirror is currently selected,the passenger side mirror will not move whenreverse gear is engaged.

Setting and storing the parking position using thememory button:

You can set the front-passenger side exterior mir-ror so that you can see the rear wheel on that sideas soon as you engage reverse gear. This settingcan be stored using memory button M ➃.

1. Make sure that the vehicle is stationary.


3. Press button ➁ for the external mirror on thefront-passenger side.

4. Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on thefront-passenger side moves to the preset park-ing position.

5. Use adjustment button ➂ to adjust the exteriormirror. You should see the rear wheel and thekerb in the exterior mirror.

6. Press memory button M ➃ and one of the ar-rows on adjustment button ➂ within three sec-onds. The parking position is stored if the exte-rior mirror does not move.

7. If the mirror moves out of position, repeat thesteps.

Calling up a stored parking position:


2. Adjust the exterior mirror on the front passen-ger side with the corresponding button.

3. Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on thefront-passenger side moves to the stored park-ing position

The exterior mirror on the front-passenger sidemoves back to its original position:

• As soon as you exceed a speed of 15 km/h.

• About ten seconds after you have disengagedreverse gear.

• If you press button ➀ for the exterior mirror onthe driver's side.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-DAZZLEMIRRORS (where fitted)

WARNING

Electrolyte may escape if the glass of an automaticanti-dazzle mirror breaks. Electrolyte is harmfuland causes irritation. It must not come into con-tact with your skin, eyes, respiratory organs orclothing or be swallowed There is a risk of injury.

If you come into contact with electrolyte, observethe following:

• Immediately rinse electrolyte from your skinwith water.

• Immediately and thoroughly rinse electrolyteout of eyes using clean water.

• If electrolyte is swallowed, immediately rinseout your mouth thoroughly.Do not inducevom-iting.

• If electrolyte comes into contact with skin oreyes, or is swallowed, seek medical attentionimmediately.

• Immediately change out of clothing that hasbeen in contact with electrolyte.

• If an allergic reaction occurs, seek medical at-tention immediately.


The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror on thedriver's side automatically go into anti-dazzle modeif the ignition is switched on and incident light fromheadlamps strikes the sensor in the rear-view mir-ror.

The mirrors do not go into anti-dazzle mode if re-verse gear is engaged or if the interior lighting isswitched on.

VANITY MIRROR

To use the front vanity mirror ➂, pull down the sunvisor ➀ and pull up the cover ➃.

GENERAL NOTES

WARNING

If you leave children unattended in the vehicle, theymay be able to set the vehicle in motion if, for ex-ample, they:


• Shift the automatic transmission out of parkposition P (Park) or shift manual transmissioninto neutral.


In addition, they may operate vehicle equipmentand become trapped. There is a risk of an accidentand injury.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unin-tended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems,do not leave children, people who require the assis-tance of others, or pets unattended in your vehicle.Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of injury or deathto people and pets.

The function of the electric parking brake is depen-dent on the on-board voltage. If the on-board volt-age is low or if there is a malfunction in the system,it may not be possible to apply the released parkingbrake. If this is the case:

• Only park the vehicle on level ground and se-cure it to prevent it from rolling away.

• Vehicles with automatic transmission: Shift theautomatic transmission to position P (Park).

• Vehicles with manual transmission: engage firstgear.

• Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

It may not be possible to release an applied parkingbrake if the on-board voltage is low or if there is amalfunction in the system. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

The electric parking brake carries out a functioncheck at regular intervals when the engine isswitched off. Noises that occur are normal.

NIC2676

PARKING BRAKE


APPLYING/RELEASING MANUALLY

The electric parking brake can be applied or re-leased by operating the parking brake handle ➀.

To apply: Push handle ➀.

When the electric parking brake is applied, the redm indicator lamp lights up in the combinationmeter.

The electric parking brake can also be applied whenthe ignition switch is in the OFF position or the keyis removed.

To release: With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, pull handle ➀.

Before driving, check that the brake warning lightm goes out. For additional information, see“Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

The electric parking brake can only be releasedwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

APPLYING AUTOMATICALLY (vehicleswith automatic transmission)

The electric parking brake is automatically appliedif intelligent Parking Assist (where fitted) is keep-ing the vehicle stationary.

The red m indicator lamp lights up in the combina-tion meter.

The electric parking brake is not automatically ap-plied if the engine is switched off by the ECO stop/start function

RELEASING AUTOMATICALLYThe electric parking brake can only be released au-tomatically in vehicles with automatic transmis-sion.

The electric parking brake of your vehicle is releasedautomatically when all of the following conditionsare fulfilled:

• The engine is running.

• The transmission is in position D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• The seat belt is fastened.

• You depress the accelerator pedal.

If the transmission is in position R, the back doormust be closed.

If your seat belt is not fastened, the following con-ditions must be fulfilled to automatically release theelectric parking brake:

• The driver's door is closed

• You have shifted out of transmission position P(Park) or you have previously driven faster than3 km/h.

Ensure that you do not depress the acceleratorpedal unintentionally. Otherwise, the parking brakewill be released and the vehicle will start to move.

NPA1485

Left hand drive

NPA1486

Right hand drive


EMERGENCY BRAKINGThe vehicle can also be braked during an emergencyby using the electric parking brake.

While driving, push handle ➀ of the electric park-ing brake. The vehicle is braked as long as you keephandle ➀ of the electric parking brake pressed. Thelonger the electric parking brake handle ➀ is de-pressed, the greater the braking force.

During braking:

• A warning tone sounds.

• The [Release parking brake] message appears.

• The red m indicator lamp in the combinationmeter flashes.

When the vehicle has been braked to a standstill,the electric parking brake is applied.


NOTE


4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner,and audio systemDisplay screen, heater and air conditioner,and audio system

INFINITI InTouch Owner's Manual................................. 4-2Safety precautions.............................................................. 4-2RearView monitor (where fitted).................................... 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation ...................... 4-4How to read displayed lines....................................... 4-4Difference between predictive and actualdistances.......................................................................... 4-4How to park with predictive course lines ............... 4-6RearView Monitor settings........................................ 4-8RearView Monitor system limitations..................... 4-9System maintenance.................................................... 4-9

Around View Monitor (where fitted) ............................. 4-10Around View Monitor system operation................ 4-11Difference between predictive and actualdistances.......................................................................... 4-13How to park with predictive course lines ............... 4-15How to switch the display .......................................... 4-16Around View Monitor settings.................................. 4-17

Around View Monitor system limitations .............. 4-18System maintenance.................................................... 4-19

Moving Object Detection (where fitted)....................... 4-20MOD system operation............................................... 4-20MOD setting................................................................... 4-22MOD system limitations ............................................. 4-22MOD malfunction ......................................................... 4-23System maintenance.................................................... 4-23

Vents ...................................................................................... 4-23Centre vents ................................................................... 4-23Side vents........................................................................ 4-24Rear vents (where fitted) ............................................ 4-24

Heater and air conditioner................................................ 4-24Air conditioning system............................................... 4-26Automatic climate control (2–zone)......................... 4-30Servicing air conditioner.............................................. 4-35

Antenna ................................................................................. 4-35

Refer to the INFINITI InTouch Owner’s Manual,that includes the following information:

• Centre multi-function control panel and steer-ing wheel switch

• Audio system

• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

• INFINITI InTouch Apps

• INFINITI InTouch Services (where fitted)

• Navigation system (where fitted)

• Voice recognition

• Information and settings viewable on INFINITIInTouch

WARNING

• Do not adjust the display controls, heater andair conditioner controls or audio controls whiledriving so that full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

• If you noticed any foreign objects entering thesystem hardware, spilled liquid on the system,or noticed smoke or fumes coming out from thesystem, or any other unusual operation is ob-served, stop using the system immediately andcontact the nearest INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop. Ignoring such conditions maylead to an accident, fire or electric shock.

• Do not disassembleor modify this system.If youdo, it may lead to an accident, fire, or electricshock.

• Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply theparking brake to view images on the frontcentre display screen.

CAUTION

• Do not use the system when the engine is notrunning for extended periods of time to pre-vent battery discharge.

• The glass screen on the liquid crystal displaymay break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object.If the glass screen breaks, do not touch it. Do-ing so could result in an injury.

INFINITI INTOUCH OWNER'SMANUAL

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

4-2 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system

jA RearView Monitor display

jB INFINITI controller

jC <MENU> button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the RearView monitor could result inserious injury or death.

• The RearView monitor is a convenience featurebut it is not a substitute for proper reversing.Always turn and look out the windows, and

check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Always reverseslowly.

• The system is designed as an aid to the driver inshowing large stationary objects directly be-hind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the ve-hicle.

• The distance guide line and the vehicle widthline should be used as a reference only when thevehicle is on a level paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirtor snow from the lens.

The RearView Monitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle when the shiftlever is placed in the R (Reverse) position. Whenactivating the RearView Monitor, the icons and themessages may not be displayed immediately.

The radio can still be heard while the RearViewMonitor is active.

NSD627

REARVIEW MONITOR (where fitted)

Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 4-3

To display the rear view, the RearView Monitorsystem uses a camera located just above the vehi-cle’s rear number plate ➀.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to oper-ate the RearView Monitor. When activating theRearViewMonitor, the icons and themessages maynot be displayed immediately.

HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehicle width anddistances to objects with reference to the bumperlinejA are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

• Red line ➀: approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft)

• Yellow line ➁: approx. 1 m (3 ft)

• Green line ➂: approx. 2 m (7 ft)

• Green line ➃: approx. 3 m (10 ft)

Vehicle width guide lines ➄:

Indicate the vehicle width when reversing.

Predictive course lines ➅:

Indicate the predictive course when reversing. Thepredictive course lines will be displayed on themonitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the steering wheel is turned. The pre-

dictive course lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and will not bedisplayed while the steering wheel is in the neutralposition.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width of thepredictive course lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

WARNING

The displayed guidelines and their locations on theground are for approximate reference only. Ob-jects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projectingobjects will be actually located at distances differ-ent from those displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). When indoubt, turn around and view the objects as you arereversing, or park and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

NAA1688 SAA1896Z


Reversing up a steep slope

When reversing the vehicle up a hill, the distanceguide lines and the vehicle width guide lines areshown closer than the actual distance. Note thatany object on the hill is viewed in the monitor fur-ther than it appears.

Reversing down a steep slope

When reversing the vehicle down a hill, the distanceguide lines and the vehicle width guide lines areshown further than the actual distance. Note thatany object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closerthan it appears.

Reversing near a projecting object

The predictive course linesjA do not touch the objectin the display. However, the vehicle may hit the objectif it projects over the actual moving course.

NAA1675 NAA1676 SAA1923


Reversing behind a projecting object

The position jC is shown further than the positionjB in the display. However, the positionjC is actually atthe same distance as the positionjA . The vehicle may hitthe object when reversing to the positionjA if the objectprojects over the actual moving course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tyres are replaced with different sizedtyres, the predictive course line may not be dis-played correctly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road, there maybe a difference between the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

• The displayed lines will appear slightly off tothe right because the rear view camera is notinstalled in the rear centre of the vehicle.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomes dis-charged, the predictive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.If this occurs, pleaseperformthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock to lockwhile the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road for morethan 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned with the ig-nition switch in the ACC position, the predic-tive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

The vehicle width and predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe be-fore parking your vehicle.

SAA1980 SAA1897


2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on thescreen jA as illustrated when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. When activatingthe RearView Monitor, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed immediately.

3. Slowly reverse the vehicle adjusting the steeringwheel so that the predictive course linesjB enterthe parking spacejC .

4. When the rear of the vehicle enters the parkingspacejC , manoeuvre the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide linesjD parallel to the park-ing spacejC .

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space com-pletely, press the P (Park) button and apply theparking brake.

SAA1898


jA [Settings] key

jB <MENU> button

REARVIEW MONITOR SETTINGSThe RearView Monitor settings can be changed us-ing the following procedure.

1. Push the <MENU> button jB on the INFINITIController and touch [Settings]jA in the vehicle in-formation display.

2. Touch [Camera]/[Display]

NOTE

The [Display] setting is only available when thecamera screen is displayed on the display.

Available settings

Designs and items displayed on the screen may varydepending on the models.

[Camera]-[Predictive Course Lines]:

When this item is turned on, the predictive courseline is displayed on the rear view screen when theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

[Display]- [Brightness]:

Adjust display settings by touching [+]/[-].

[Display]- [Contrast]:


[Display]- [Black level]:


[Display]- [Tint]:


[Display]- [Colour]:


[Display]- [Default settings]:

Return all the settings to default.

NSD628


REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for Rear-View Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• The system cannot completely eliminate blindspots and may not show every object.

• Underneath the bumper and the corner areasof the bumper cannot be viewed on the Rear-View Monitor because of its monitoring rangelimitation. The system will not show small ob-jects below the bumper, and may not show ob-jects close to the bumper or on the ground.

• Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differfrom actual distance because a wide-angle lensis used.

• Objects in the RearView Monitor will appearvisually opposite than when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.

• Use the displayed lines as a reference. The linesare highly affected by the number of occupants,fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions androad grade.

• Make sure that the back door is securely closedwhen reversing.

• Do not put anything on the rear view camera.The rear view camera is installed above thenumber plate.

• When washing the vehicle with high-pressurewater, be sure not to spray it around the cam-era. Otherwise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the camera. It is a precision in-strument. Otherwise, it may malfunction orcause damage resulting in a fire or an electricshock.

The following are operating limitations and do notrepresent a system malfunction:

• When the temperature is extremely high or low,the screen may not clearly display objects. Thisis not a malfunction.

• When strong light shines directly on to the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly. This isnot a malfunction.

• Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected light fromthe bumper. This is not a malfunction.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.This is not a malfunction.

• The colours of objects on the RearView Moni-tor may differ somewhat from the actual colourof objects. This is not a malfunction.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark environment. This is not a malfunction.

• Do not use wax on the camera window. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampened withmild detergent diluted with water.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to cleanthe camera. This will cause discolouration. Toclean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampenedwith diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

• Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera ➀,the RearView Monitor may not display objectsclearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent andthen wiping it with a dry cloth.

NAA1688


jA Around View Monitor display


jC <MENU> button

jD <CAMERA> button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forthe proper use of the Around View Monitor systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The Around View Monitor is a convenient fea-ture but it is not a substitute for proper vehicleoperation because it has areas where objects

cannot be viewed. The four corners of the ve-hicle in particular, are areas where objects donot always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always check your surroundings tobe sure that it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.Always look out the windows and check mir-rors to be sure that it is safe to move.

• The driver is always responsible for safety dur-ing parking and other manoeuvres.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or snowfrom the front of the camera.

The Around View Monitor system is designed as anaid to the driver in situations such as slot parking orparallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of the positionof the vehicle in a split screen format. All views arenot available at all times.

Available views:

• Front View

An approximately 150-degree view of the frontof the vehicle.

• Rear View

An approximately 150-degree view of the rearof the vehicle.

• Bird's-Eye View

The surrounding view of the vehicle.

NSD622

AROUND VIEW MONITOR (where fitted)


• Front-Side View

The view around and ahead of the front pas-senger’s side wheel.

To display the multiple views, the Around ViewMonitor system uses cameras ➀ located in thefront grille, on the vehicle’s outside mirrors and onejust above the vehicle’s rear number plate.

AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) position or pressthe <CAMERA> button to operate theAround ViewMonitor. When activating the Around View Moni-tor, the icons and the messages may not be dis-played immediately.

The screen displayed on the Around View Monitorwill automatically return to the previous screen 3minutes after the <CAMERA> button has beenpushed while the shift lever is in a position otherthan the R (Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING

• The distance guide line and the vehicle widthline should be used as a reference only when thevehicle is on a paved, level surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

• Use the displayed lines and the bird's-eye viewas a reference. The lines and the bird's-eye vieware greatly affected by the number of occu-pants, fuel level, vehicle position, road condi-tion and road grade.

• If the tyres are replaced with different sizedtyres, the predictive course line and the bird's-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.

• When driving the vehicle up a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are further than they ap-pear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are closer than theyappear.

• Objects in the monitor will appear visually op-posite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.

• Use the mirrors or actually look to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

• The distance between objects viewed in the rearview differs from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.


• The vehicle width and predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.

• The displayed lines on the rear view will appearslightly off to the right because the rear viewcamera is not installed in the rear centre of thevehicle.

NAA1689


Front and rear views:

Guiding lines, which indicate the vehicle width anddistances to objects with reference to the vehiclebody linejA , are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

• Red line ➀: approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft)

• Yellow line ➁: approx. 1 m (3 ft)

• Green line ➂: approx. 2 m (7 ft)

• Green line ➃: approx. 3 m (10 ft)

Vehicle width guide lines ➄:

Indicate the vehicle width when reversing.

Predictive course lines ➅:

Indicate the predictive course when operating thevehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayedon the monitor when the steering wheel is turned.The predictive course lines will move depending onhow much the steering wheel is turned and will notbe displayed while the steering wheel is in thestraight ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed when the ve-hicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 MPH).

NOTE

When the monitor displays the front view and thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less fromthe neutral position, both the right and left predic-tive course lines ➅ are displayed. When the steer-ing wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line isdisplayed only on the opposite side of the turn.

Bird's-eye view:

WARNING

• Objects in the bird's-eye view will appear fur-ther than the actual distance.

• Tall objects, such as a kerb or a vehicle, may bemisaligned or not displayed at the seam of theviews.

• Objects that are above the camera cannot bedisplayed.

• The view for the bird's-eye view may be mis-aligned when the camera position alters.

• A line on the ground may be misaligned and isnot seen as being straight at the seam of theviews. The misalignment will increase as the lineproceeds away from the vehicle.

The bird's-eye view shows the overhead view ofthe vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle posi-tion.

The vehicle icon ➀ shows the position of the ve-hicle.

NOTE

The size of the vehicle icon on the bird's-eye viewmay differ somewhat from the actual vehicle.

SAA1840Z

Front view

SAA1896Z

Rear viewNAA1681


The areas that the cameras cannot cover ➁ areindicated in black.

The non-viewable area ➁ is highlighted in yellowfor several seconds after the bird's-eye view is dis-played. It will be shown only the first time after theignition switch is placed in the ON position.

When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to anobject, the corner sensor indicators ➂ appears.

Front-side view:

Guiding lines that indicate the width and the frontend of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line ➀ shows the front part ofthe vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line ➁ shows the vehicle widthincluding the outside mirrors.

The extensions ➂ of both the front ➀ and side ➁lines are shown with a green dotted line.

The corner sensor indicator ➃ will appear when acorner of the vehicle moves closer to an object.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their locations on theground are for approximate reference only. Objectson uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objectswill be actually located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative to the guide-lines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you are reversing,or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioningof objects behind the vehicle.

Reversing up a steep slope

When reversing the vehicle up a hill, the distanceguide lines and the vehicle width guide lines areshown closer than the actual distance. Note thatany object on the hill is viewed in the monitor fur-ther than it appears.

SAA1842Z

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) models*

NAA1675


Reversing down a steep slope

When reversing the vehicle down a hill, the distanceguide lines and the vehicle width guide lines areshown further than the actual distance. Note thatany object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closerthan it appears.

Reversing near a projecting object

The predictive course linesjA do not touch the objectin the display. However, the vehicle may hit the objectif it projects over the actual moving course.

Reversing behind a projecting object

The position jC is shown further than the positionjB in the display. However, the positionjC is actually atthe same distance as the positionjA . The vehicle may hitthe object when reversing to the positionjA if the ob-ject projects over the actual moving course.

NAA1676 SAA1923 SAA1980


HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tyres are replaced with different sizedtyres, the predictive course line may not be dis-played correctly.


• The displayed lines will appear slightly off tothe right because the rear view camera is notinstalled in the rear centre of the vehicle.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomes dis-charged, the predictive course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.If this occurs, pleaseperformthe following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock to lockwhile the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road for morethan 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned with the ig-nition switch in the ACC position, the predic-tive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

The vehicle width and predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe be-fore parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on thescreen jA as illustrated when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. When activatingthe Around View Monitor, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.

SAA1897


3. Slowly reverse the vehicle adjusting the steeringwheel so that the predictive course linesjB enterthe parking spacejC .

4. When the rear of the vehicle enters the parkingspacejC , manoeuvre the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide linesjD parallel to the park-ing spacejC .

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space com-pletely, press the P (Park) button and apply theparking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYThe view on the Around View Monitor screen canbe switched by pressing the <CAMERA> button orby changing the shift lever position.

Press the <CAMERA> button:

When the <CAMERA> button is pushed while ascreen other than a camera screen is displayed, theAround View Monitor operates and the front viewand bird's-eye view are displayed. Push the <CAM-ERA> button to switch the display to the front viewand front-side view screen.

SAA1898


jA [Settings] key

jB <MENU> button

AROUND VIEW MONITOR SETTINGSAround View Monitor settings can be changed us-ing the following procedure:

1. Push the <MENU> button jB on the INFINITIController and touch [Settings]jA in the vehicle in-formation display.

2. Touch [Camera]/[Display]

NOTE

The [Display] setting is only available when thecamera screen is displayed on the display.

Available settings

Designs and items displayed on the screen may varydepending on the models.

[Camera]-[Moving Object Detection (MOD)]:

Activate or deactivate the Moving Object Detec-tion (MOD) mode.

[Display]- [Brightness]:


[Display]- [Contrast]:


[Display]- [Colour]:


[Display]- [Tint]:


[Display]- [Black level]:


[Display]- [Default settings]:

Return all the settings to default.

NSD628


AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for AroundView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• Do not use the Around View Monitor with theoutside mirror in the stored position, and makesure that the back door is securely closed whenoperating the vehicle using the Around ViewMonitor.

• The apparent distance between objects viewedon the Around View Monitor differs from theactual distance.

• The cameras are installed on the front grille, theoutside mirrors and above the rear numberplate. Do not put anything on the cameras.

• When washing the vehicle with high-pressurewater, be sure not to spray it around the cam-eras. Otherwise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the cameras. They are precisioninstruments. Doing so could cause a malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

The following are operating limitations and do notrepresent a system malfunction:

• There may be a delay when switching betweenviews.

• When the temperature is extremely high or low,the screen may not display objects clearly.

• When strong light is directly shines on the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

• The colours of objects on the Around ViewMonitor may differ somewhat from the actualcolour of objects.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clear andthe colour of the object may differ in a dark en-vironment.

• There may be differences in sharpness betweeneach camera view of the bird’s-eye view.

• If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera,the Around View Monitor may not display ob-jects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe offany wax with a clean cloth that has been damp-ened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.

There are some areas where the system will notshow objects and the system does not warn ofmoving objects. When in the front or the rear viewdisplay, an object below the bumper or on theground may not be viewed ➀. When in the bird's-eye view, a tall object ➂ near the seam of the cam-era viewing areas will not appear in the monitor ➁.

NAA1690


System temporarily unavailable

When the [ ! ] icon is displayed on the screen, thereare abnormal conditions in the Around View Moni-tor. This will not hinder normal driving operationbut the system should be inspected by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

When the [ X ] icon is displayed on the screen, thecamera image may be receiving temporary elec-tronic disturbances from surrounding devices. Thiswill not hinder normal driving operation but the

system should be inspected by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop if it occurs frequently.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to cleanthe camera. This will cause discoloration. Toclean the camera, wipe with a cloth dampenedwith diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

• Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cam-eras ➀, the Around View Monitor may not displayobjects clearly. Clean the cameras by wiping with acloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agentand then wiping with a dry cloth.

NAA1677

NAA1678

NAA1689


jA Around View Monitor display


jC <MENU> button

jD <CAMERA> button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the Moving Object Detection systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The MOD system is not a substitute for propervehicle operation and is not designed to pre-vent contact with the objects surrounding thevehicle. When manoeuvring, always use theoutsidemirror and rearview mirror and turn andcheck the surroundings to ensure it is safe tomanoeuvre.

• The system is deactivated at speeds above 8km/h (5 MPH). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

• The MOD system is not designed to detect thesurrounding stationary objects.

The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system caninform the driver of the moving objects surround-ing the vehicle when driving out of garages, ma-noeuvring into parking lots and in other such in-stances.

The MOD system detects moving objects by usingimage processing technology on the image shownon the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will activate automatically underthe following conditions:

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-tion. When the shift lever is moved to the R (Re-verse) position to activate the Around ViewMonitor and MOD, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed immediately.

NSD622

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (where fitted)


• When the <CAMERA> button is pressed toswitch from a different screen to the cameraview on the display.

• When vehicle speed decreases below approxi-mately 8 km/h (5 MPH).

• When the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and then back to the ON position.

NOTE

• The MOD system does not detect moving ob-jects in the front-side view. The MOD icon isnot displayed on the screen when in this view.

• While the sonar function warning tone issounding, the MOD system does not chime.

*: For the Right-Hand Drive (RHD) model, thescreen layout will be opposite.

The MOD system operates in the following condi-tions when the camera view is displayed:

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) positionand the vehicle speed is approximately 8 km/h (5

MPH) or less, the MOD system detects moving ob-jects in the camera view. The MOD system will notoperate if the back door is open.

When the MOD system detects moving objectsnear the vehicle, a chime will be heard and a yellowframe ➀ will be displayed on the monitor.

While the MOD system continues to detect movingobjects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.

The yellow frame ➀ is displayed on each view inthe rear view modes.

A blue <MOD> icon is displayed in the view wherethe MOD system is operative. A grey MOD icon isdisplayed in the view where the MOD system is notoperative.

NAA1679

Bird's-eye view*

NAA1680

Front view/rear view*


jA [Settings] key

jB <MENU> button

MOD SETTINGMOD system settings can be changed using thefollowing procedure.

1. Push the <MENU> buttonjB on theINFINITICon-troller and touch [Settings]jA in the vehicle informa-tion display.

2. Touch [Camera/Display]

3. Touch [Moving Object Detection].

4. Turn the MOD system on/off.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for MOD.Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result in serious in-jury or death.

• Do not use the MOD system when towing atrailer (if available). The system may not func-tion properly.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio system vol-ume or open vehicle window) will interfere withthe chime sound, and it may not be heard.

• The MOD system performance will be limitedaccording to environmental conditions and sur-rounding objects such as:

– When there is low contrast between back-ground and the moving objects.

– When there is blinking source of light.

– When strong light such as another vehicle’sheadlight or sunlight is present.

– When camera orientation is not in its usualposition, such as when mirror is folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops or snow onthe camera lens.

NSD628


– When the position of the moving objects inthe display is not changed.

• The MOD system might detect something likeflowing water droplets on the camera lens,white smoke from the muffler, moving shad-ows, etc.

• The MOD system may not function properlydepending on the speed, direction, distance orshape of the moving objects.

• If your vehicle sustains damage to the partswhere the camera is installed, leaving it mis-aligned or bent, the sensing zone may be alteredand the MOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

• When the temperature is extremely high or low,the screen may not display objects clearly. Thisis not a malfunction.

MOD MALFUNCTIONThe blue MOD icon will change to orange if one ofthe following has occurred:

• When the system is malfunctioning.

• When the component temperature reaches ahigh level (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminate orange, havethe MOD system checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCECAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to cleanthe cameras. This will cause discoloration. Toclean the cameras, wipe with a cloth dampenedwith diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

• Do not damage the cameras as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cam-eras ➀, the MOD system may not operate prop-erly. Clean the cameras by wiping with a clothdampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent andthen wiping with a dry cloth.

CENTRE VENTS

Open/close the vents by turning the control wheel.

Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by movingthe centre knob (up/down, left/right) until the de-sired position is achieved.

NAA1689

NAA1636

Centre

VENTS


SIDE VENTS



REAR VENTS (where fitted)



WARNING

• The heater and air conditioner operate onlywhen the engine is running.

• Never leave children or adults who would nor-mally require the support of others alone in thevehicle. Pets should not be left alone either.They could unknowingly activate switches orcontrols and inadvertently become involved ina serious accident and injure themselves. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed ve-hicle could quickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.

• Do not use the recirculation mode for long peri-ods as it may cause the interior air to becomestale and the windows to fog up.

• Do not adjust the heating and air conditioningcontrols while driving so that full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operate when theengine is running. The air blower will operate evenif the engine is turned off and the ignition switch isin the ON position.

NOTE

• Condensation forms inside the air conditioningunit when the air conditioner (where fitted) isrunning, and is safely discharged underneathyour vehicle.

Traces of water on the ground are thereforenormal.

NAA1637

SideNAA1635

Rear

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER


• Odours from inside and outside the vehicle canbuild up in the air conditioner unit. Odour canenter the passenger compartment through thevents.

When parking, set the heater and air condi-tioner controls to turn off air recirculation toallow fresh air into the passenger compart-ment. This should help reduce odours inside thevehicle.

Observe the settings recommended on the follow-ing pages. The windows could otherwise mist up.To prevent the windows from misting up

• Switch off climate control only briefly.

• Switch on air-recirculation mode only briefly.

• Switch on the cooling with air dehumidificationfunction.

• Switch on the windscreen demisting functionbriefly, if required.

The air-conditioning system/automatic climatecontrol regulates the temperature and the humidityof the vehicle interior and filters undesirable sub-stances from the air.

The air-conditioning system/automatic climatecontrol can only be operated when the engine isrunning. Optimum operation is only achieved withthe side windows closed.

The residual heat function (where fitted) can onlybe activated or deactivated with the ignitionswitched off (see “Residual heat function (wherefitted)” later in this section).

Always keep the ventilation flaps behind the sidepanelling clear. Otherwise the vehicle will not beventilated correctly.

NOTE

• Ventilate the vehicle for a brief period duringwarm weather. This will speed up the coolingprocess and the desired interior temperaturewill be reached more quickly.

• The integrated filter filters out most particlesof dust and soot and completely filters out pol-len. With automatic climate control, gaseouspollutants and odours will also be reduced. Aclogged filter reduces the amount of air sup-plied to the vehicle interior. For this reason, youshould always observe the interval for replac-ing the filter, which is specified in the ServiceBooklet. As this depends on environmentalconditions, e.g. heavy air pollution, the intervalmay be shorter than stated in the ServiceBook-let.

• Under certain environmental conditions, there-sidual heat function (where fitted) may be acti-vated automatically an hour after the key hasbeen removed in order to dry the automatic cli-mate control. The vehicle is then ventilated for30 minutes.


AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

➀ Sets the temperature

➁ De-ices/defogs the windscreen

➂ Sets the air distribution

➃ Activates/deactivates air-recirculation mode

➄ Sets the airflow

➅ Activates/deactivates cooling with airdehumidification

➆ Switches the rear window defogger on/off

Operating tips

A number of tips and recommendations for opti-mum use of the air-conditioning system are listedbelow:

• Switch on the air-conditioning system by turn-ing control knob ➄ clockwise to the desired po-sition (except position 0)

• Set the temperature to 22o C

• Recommendation for avoiding misted windowsat low exterior temperatures or in rain: switchon the m cooling with dehumidificationfunction. Set air distribution tom and if pos-sible switch offm andm . Deactivate air-recirculation modem .

Set airflow control ➄ to a setting between 3and 6.

• Recommendation for rapid cooling or heatingof the vehicle interior: briefly set airflow control➄ to a setting between 3 and 6.

• Recommendation for a constant vehicle interiortemperature: set airflow control ➄ to a settingbetween 1 and 3.

• Recommendation for air distribution in winter:select the m and m settings. Recom-mendation for air distribution in summer: selectthem or m and m settings.

• Only use the “Windscreen demisting” functionbriefly until the windscreen is clear again

NAA1644


• Only use air-recirculation mode briefly, e. g ifthere are unpleasant outside odours or when ina tunnel. The windows could otherwise mist upas no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air-re-circulation mode

• If you change the settings of the climate controlsystem, the climate status display appears forapproximately three seconds at the bottom ofthe screen in the central display (see separateoperating instructions). You will see the currentsettings of thevarious climatecontrol functions.

Switching air-conditioning system on/off

Make sure the ignition switch is in the ON position.

To switch on: turn control ➄ clockwise to the de-sired position (except position 0).

To switch off: turn control ➄ anti-clock wise toposition 0.

Activating/deactivating the cooling withair dehumidification function

If you deactivate the "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function, the air inside the vehicle will notbe cooled. The air inside the vehicle will also not bedehumidified. The windows can mist up morequickly. Therefore, only deactivate the "Coolingwith air dehumidification" function briefly.

The "Cooling with air dehumidification" function isonly available when the engine is running. The airinside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified ac-cording to the temperature selected.

Condensation may drip from the underside of thevehicle when cooling mode is active. This is normaland not a sign that there is a malfunction.

To activate:

Press the m button The indicator lamp in them button lights up.

To deactivate:

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button goes out. The cooling with air dehu-midification function has a delayed switch-off fea-ture.

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function:

Problem: The indicator lamp in the m buttonflashes three times or remains off. The cooling withair dehumidification function cannot be activated.

Cause and solution: The cooling with air dehumidi-fication function has been deactivated due to amalfunction. Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

Setting the temperature

You can set the temperature for the entire vehicle.The set temperature is automatically maintained ata constant level.

To increase or reduce the temperature: turn control➀ anticlockwise or clockwise. Only change thetemperature setting in small increments. Start at22o C.

Setting the air distributionm Directs the airflow through the demister

vents.

m Directs the airflow through the centre andside air vents.

m Directs the airflow through the footwell airvents.

NOTE

• You can also activate several of the air distri-bution settings simultaneously. In order to dothis, press several of the air distribution but-tons. The air is then routed through differentair vents.

• Regardless of the air distribution setting, air-flow is always directed through the side airvents. The side air vents can only be closed ifthe adjusters are turned clockwise until theyengage.

To set air distribution:

1. Make sure the engine is running.

2. Press one or more of them , m , or mbuttons. The corresponding indicator lampcomes on.

Setting the airflow

1. Make sure the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

2. To increase or reduce airflow: turn control ➄anticlockwise or clockwise.


Defogging the windscreen

You can use this function to de-ice the windscreenor to defog the inside of the wind screen and theside windows.

NOTE

You should only select the "Windscreen demisting"function until the windscreen is clear again.

Activating the "Windscreen demisting" function:


To activate: press the m button The indicatorlight in them button lights up.

The climate control system switches to the follow-ing functions:

• High airflow



• Air-recirculation mode off

NOTE

• The "Windscreen demisting" function auto-matically sets the blower output to the opti-mum demisting effect. As a result, the airflowmay increase or decrease automatically afterthem button is pressed.

• You can adjust the blower output manuallywhile the "Windscreen demisting" function is inoperation. Turn airflow control ➄ anticlock-wise or clockwise.

Deactivating the "Windscreen demisting"function:

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button goes out. The previous settings arereactivated. Air-recirculation mode remains deacti-vated.

or

Turn temperaturecontrol➀anticlockwiseor clock-wise.

Defogging the windows

Windows misted up on the inside:

1. Activate them "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function.

2. If the windows continue to mist up, activate them "Windscreen demisting" function.

NOTE

You should only select this setting until the wind-screen is clear again.

Windows misted up on the outside:

1. Activate the windscreen wipers.

2. Set the air distribution to m or m .

NOTE

You should only select this setting until the win-dows are clear again.

Air recirculation mode

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleas-ant odours are entering the vehicle from outside.The air already inside the vehicle will then be recir-culated.

If you activate air-recirculation mode, the windowscan mist up more quickly, in particular at low tem-peratures. Only use air recirculation mode briefly toprevent the windows misting up.

Activating air recirculation mode:


Press the m button. The indicator light in them button lights up.

Deactivating air recirculation mode:

Press the m button. The indicator light in them button goes out.

NOTE

Air-recirculation mode is deactivated automati-cally:

• After approximately five minutes at outsidetemperatures below approximately 7oC.

• After approximately five minutes if the "Cool-ing with air dehumidification" function is deac-tivated.

• After approximately 30 minutes at outsidetemperatures above approximately 7oC if thecooling with air dehumidification function is ac-tivated.


ECO stop/start function

During automatic engine switch-off, the Climatecontrol only operates at a reduced capacity. If yourequire the full climate control output, you canswitch off the ECO stop/start function by pressingthe ECO button (see “ECO Stop/Start System(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section).


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL(2–ZONE)

➀ Sets the temperature, left

➁ Sets climate control to automatic mode

➂ Demists the windscreen

➃ Increases the airflow

➄ Sets the air distribution

➅ Display

➆ Activates/deactivates air-recirculation mode

➇ Switches climate control on/off

➈ Sets the temperature, right

➉ Activates/deactivates the Max Cool function

j11 Activates/deactivates cooling with airdehumidification

j12 Reduces the airflow

j13 Switches the rear window heating on/off

j14 Switches the ZONE function on/off

NAA1705

Type A


➀ Sets the temperature, left

➁ Sets climate control to automatic mode

➂ Demists the windscreen

➃ Increases the airflow

➄ Sets the air distribution

➅ Display

➆ Activates/deactivates air-recirculation mode

➇ Switches climate control on/off

➈ Sets the temperature, right

➉ Activates/deactivates the residual heat func-tion

j11 Activates/deactivates cooling with airdehumidification

j12 Reduces the airflow

j13 Switches the rear window heating on/off

j14 Switches the ZONE function on/off

Operating tips

A number of tips and recommendations to enableyou to get the most out of your automatic climatecontrol are listed below:

• Activate climate control using the m andm buttons. The indicator lamps in themand m buttons light up.

• Set the temperature to 22o C

• Only use the "Windscreen demisting" functionbriefly until the windscreen is clear again.

• Only use air-recirculation mode briefly, e.g. ifthere are unpleasant outside odours or when ina tunnel. The windows could otherwise mist upas no fresh air is drawn into the vehicle in air-re-circulation mode

• Use the m function to adopt the tempera-ture settings on the driver's side for the front-passenger side as well. The indicator lamp in them button goes out.

• Use the residual heat function (where fitted) ifyou want to heat or ventilate the vehicle interiorwhen control the ignition is switched off. Theresidual heat function can only be activated ordeactivated with the ignition switched off.

NAA1643

Type B (where fitted)


• If you change the settings of the climate controlsystem, the climate status display appears forapproximately three seconds at the bottom ofthe screen in the centre display (see separateoperating instructions). You will see the currentsettings of thevarious climatecontrol functions.

ECO stop/start function

During automatic engine switch-off, the Climatecontrol only operates at a reduced capacity. If yourequire the full climate control output, you canswitch off the ECO stop/start function by pressingthe ECO button (see “ECO Stop/Start System(where fitted)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sec-tion).

Switching automatic climate controlon/off

When the climate control is switched off, the airsupply and air circulation are also switched off. Thewindows could mist up. Therefore, only switch offclimate control briefly.


To activate:

Press the m button The indicator lamp in them button lights up. Airflow and air distributionare set to automatic mode.

or

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button goes out. The previous settings arereactivated.

To deactivate:

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button lights up.

NOTE

Automatic climate control: switch on climate con-trol primarily using them button.

Activating/deactivating the cooling withair dehumidification function

If you deactivate the "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function, the air inside the vehicle will notbe cooled. The air inside the vehicle will also not bedehumidified. The windows can mist up morequickly. Therefore, only deactivate the "Coolingwith air dehumidification" function briefly.

The "Cooling with air dehumidification" function isonly available when the engine is running. The airinside the vehicle is cooled and dehumidified ac-cording to the temperature selected.

Condensation may drip from the underside of thevehicle when cooling mode is active. This is normaland not a sign that there is a malfunction.

To activate:

Press the m button The indicator lamp in them button lights up.

To deactivate:

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button goes out. The cooling with air dehu-midification function has a delayed switch-off fea-ture.

Problems with the "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function:

Problem: The indicator lamp in the m buttonflashes three times or remains off. The cooling withair dehumidification function cannot be activated.

Cause and solution: The cooling with air dehumidi-fication function has been deactivated due to amalfunction. Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

Setting automatic climate control toautomatic mode

Only automatic climate control features the "Con-trol climate control automatically" function.

In automatic mode, the set temperature is main-tained automatically at a constant level The sys-tem automatically regulates the temperature of thedispensed air, the airflow and the air distribution.

The automatic mode functions optimally when the"Cooling with air dehumidification" function is acti-vated. If desired, cooling with air dehumidificationcan be deactivated.

If you deactivate the "Cooling with air-dehumidifi-cation" function, the air inside the vehicle will notbe cooled. The air inside the vehicle will also not bedehumidified. The windows can mist up morequickly. Therefore, only deactivate the "Coolingwith air-dehumidification" function briefly.


To set climate control to automatic mode:


Set the desired temperature.

To activate: press the m button The indicatorlamp in the m button lights up. Automatic airdistribution and airflow are activated.

To switch to manual mode: press them ormbutton

or

Press them orm button. The indicator lampin the m button goes out. Automatic air distri-bution and airflow are deactivated.

Setting the temperature

Different temperatures can be set for the driver'sand front-passenger sides. The set temperature isautomatically maintained at a constant level.


To increase or reduce temperature: turn control ➀or ➈ anticlockwise or clockwise. Only change thetemperature setting in small increments. Start at22o C.

Setting the air distributionm Directs the airflow through the demister

vents.

m Directs the airflow through the centre andside air vents.

m Directs the airflow through the footwell airvents.

m Directs the airflow through the centre andside air vents as well as the footwell airvents.

m Directs the airflow through the centre andside air vents as well as the demister vents.

m Directs the airflow through the footwelland demister vents.

m Directs the airflow through the demistervents, the centre and side air vents as wellas the footwell air vents.

NOTE

Regardless of the air distribution setting,airflow is always directed through the sideair vents. The side air vents can only beclosed if the adjusters are turned clockwiseuntil they engage.

To set the air distribution:

1. Make sure the engine is running.

2. Press them orm button repeatedly untilthe desired symbol appears in the display.

Setting the airflow

1. Make sure the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

2. To increase or reduce airflow: press them orm button.

Switching the ZONE function on/off

This function is only available with automatic cli-mate control.

To activate: press the m button. The indicatorlight in them button lights up. The temperaturesetting for the driver's side is not adopted for thefront-passenger side.

To deactivate: press the m button. The indica-tor lamp in the m button goes out. The tem-perature setting for the driver's side is adopted forthe front-passenger side.

Defogging the windscreen

You can use this function to de-ice the windscreenor to defog the inside of the wind screen and theside windows.

NOTE

You should only select the "Windscreen demisting"function until the windscreen is clear again.

Activating the "Windscreen demisting" function:


To activate: press the m button The indicatorlight in them button lights up.

The climate control system switches to the follow-ing functions:

• High airflow




• Air-recirculation mode off

NOTE

• The "Windscreen demisting" function auto-matically sets the blower output to the opti-mum demisting effect. As a result, the airflowmay increase or decrease automatically afterthem button is pressed.

• You can adjust the blower output manuallywhile the "Windscreen demisting" function is inoperation. Press them or m button.

Deactivating the "Windscreen demisting"function:

Press the m button. The indicator lamp in them button goes out. The previous settings arereactivated Air-recirculation mode remains deacti-vated.

or

Turn temperature control ➀ or ➈ anticlockwise orclockwise.

Defogging the windows

Windows misted up on the inside:

1. Activate them "Cooling with air dehumidifi-cation" function.

2. Activate automatic modem .

3. If the windows continue to mist up, activate them "Windscreen demisting" function.

NOTE

You should only select this setting until the wind-screen is clear again.

Windows misted up on the outside:

1. Activate the windscreen wipers.

2. Set the air distribution to m or m .

NOTE

You should only select this setting until the win-dows are clear again.

Air recirculation mode

You can deactivate the flow of fresh air if unpleas-ant odours are entering the vehicle from outside.The air already inside the vehicle will then be recir-culated.

If you activate air-recirculation mode, the windowscan mist up more quickly, in particular at low tem-peratures. Only use air recirculation mode briefly toprevent the windows misting up.

Activating air recirculation mode:


Press the m button. The indicator light in them button lights up.

Air-recirculation mode is activated automatically athigh outside temperatures or high levels of pollu-tion. When air-recirculation mode is activated au-tomatically, the indicator light in the m buttonis not lit. Outside air is added after about 30 min-utes.

Deactivating air recirculation mode:

Press the m button. The indicator light in them button goes out.

NOTE

Air-recirculation mode is deactivated automati-cally:

• After approximately five minutes at outsidetemperatures below approximately 7oC.

• After approximately five minutes if the "Cool-ing with air dehumidification" function is deac-tivated.

• After approximately 30 minutes at outsidetemperatures above approximately 7oC if thecooling with air dehumidification function is ac-tivated.

RESIDUAL HEAT FUNCTION(where fitted)

It is possible to make use of the residual heat of theengine to continue heating the vehicle for approxi-mately 30 minutes after the engine has beenswitched off. The heating time depends on the setinterior temperature.

NOTE

• The blower will run at a low speed regardless ofthe airflow setting.

• If you activatetheresidual heat function at hightemperatures, only the ventilation will be acti-vated. The blower runs at medium speed.


• You cannot use the ventilation to cool the ve-hicle interior to a temperature lower than theoutside temperature.

• The ignition switch must be in the OFF positionwhen activating/deactivation the residualheat function.

Activating:

Press them button. The indicator light in them button lights up.

Deactivating:

Press them button. The indicator light in them button goes out.

NOTE

Residual heat is deactivated automatically:

• After approximately 30 minutes.

• When the ignition is switched on.

• If the battery voltage drops.

• When the auxiliary heating is switched on.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrigerant un-der high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any airconditioner service should be done only by an ex-perienced technician with the proper equipment.

The air conditioner system in your vehicle is chargedwith a refrigerant designed with the environmentin mind.

This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant are re-quired when servicing your vehicle’s air conditioner.Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage to the air conditioner system. (See“Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant”in the “9. Technical information” section.)

An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop will beable to service your environmentally friendly airconditioner system.

Air conditioner filter

The air conditioner system is equipped with an airconditioner filter. To make sure the air conditionerheats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the specified maintenanceintervals listed in the separate maintenance book-let. To replace the filter, contact an INFINITICentreor qualified workshop.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow de-creases significantly or if windows fog up easilywhen operating the heater or air conditioner.

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear win-dow.

CAUTION

• Do not place metalised film near the rear win-dow glass or attach any metal parts to it. Thismay cause poor reception or noise.

• When cleaning the inside of the rear window,be careful not to scratch or damage the rearwindow antenna. Lightly wipe along the an-tenna with a dampened soft cloth.

ANTENNA


5 Starting and drivingStarting and driving

Running-in schedule ........................................................... 5-2Before starting engine ....................................................... 5-2Precautions when starting and driving ......................... 5-2

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)................................ 5-3Three-way catalyst (where fitted) ........................... 5-3Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 5-3

Care when driving ............................................................... 5-7Engine cold start period .............................................. 5-7Loading luggage............................................................ 5-7Driving in wet conditions ............................................ 5-7Driving in winter conditions ....................................... 5-7

Ignition switch...................................................................... 5-7Steering lock (for vehicles fitted with ManualTransmission only) ........................................................ 5-8Key positions.................................................................. 5-8

Push-button ignition switch (where fitted).................. 5-8Key positions with the push button ignitionswitch............................................................................... 5-9Removing the push button ignition switch ............ 5-10Emergency engine shut off ........................................ 5-10

Starting engine .................................................................... 5-10Manual transmission.................................................... 5-11Automatic transmission .............................................. 5-11Starting procedure with the key ............................... 5-11Starting procedure using the push-buttonignition switch................................................................ 5-11

Driving the vehicle............................................................... 5-12Driving with manual transmission ............................ 5-12Driving with Automatic Transmission ..................... 5-14

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted)....................... 5-21

Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system (forEurope) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system(except Europe).................................................................... 5-22

Traction Control System (TCS) ................................. 5-22Characteristics of ESP/VDC...................................... 5-22ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation.................................... 5-23EBD (electronic brake force distribution)................ 5-23Steer Control.................................................................. 5-24

ECO Stop/Start System (where fitted) ........................ 5-24Automatic engine switch-off..................................... 5-24Automatic engine start................................................ 5-25Deactivating/activating the ECO stop/startfunction ........................................................................... 5-25

Hill Start Assist (HSA) ........................................................ 5-26Lane departure warning (LDW) system (wherefitted)...................................................................................... 5-27

LDW system operation ............................................... 5-27How to enable/disable the LDW system ............... 5-28LDW system limitations.............................................. 5-29LDW system temporarily unavailable ..................... 5-30System malfunction ..................................................... 5-30System maintenance.................................................... 5-31

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system (where fitted)...... 5-31BSW system operation................................................ 5-32How to enable/disable the BSW system................ 5-34BSW system limitations .............................................. 5-34System temporarily unavailable................................ 5-38Radar maintenance ...................................................... 5-39

Cruise control (where fitted) ............................................ 5-39Cruise control operations ........................................... 5-40

Speed limiter (where fitted).............................................. 5-41Variable Speed limiter.................................................. 5-42Permanent speed limiter ............................................. 5-43

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (Fullspeed range) (where fitted) .............................................. 5-43

ICC system operation .................................................. 5-44ICC switch (cruise control lever)................................ 5-45ICC system display and indicators............................ 5-46Operating ICC................................................................ 5-46ICC Limitations .............................................................. 5-49Tips for driving with the ICC system........................ 5-51System temporarily unavailable................................ 5-53System maintenance.................................................... 5-54

Forward emergency braking (FEB) system(where fitted)........................................................................ 5-54

FEB system operation ................................................. 5-55Turning the FEB system on/off................................ 5-57FEB system limitations................................................ 5-58System temporarily unavailable................................ 5-58System maintenance.................................................... 5-59

Traffic sign recognition (TSR) (where fitted) ............... 5-59General notes................................................................. 5-59Important safety notes................................................ 5-59Information in the vehicle information display...... 5-60

Active noise cancellation (where fitted)/Activesound enhancement (where fitted) ................................ 5-61

Active noise cancellation............................................. 5-61Active sound enhancement ........................................ 5-61

Parking................................................................................... 5-62Switching off the engine............................................. 5-63Extended parking.......................................................... 5-64

Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) (where fitted) ............. 5-64

Important safety notes................................................ 5-64Detecting parking spaces ........................................... 5-65Parking............................................................................. 5-66Exiting a parking space ............................................... 5-67

Camera Aiding Parking Sensor (sonar) function(where fitted)........................................................................ 5-68

Sonar function overview............................................. 5-69Range of the sensors ................................................... 5-73Sonar function OFF switch ........................................ 5-73Sonar function settings............................................... 5-74Sonar function limitations .......................................... 5-74Problems with sonar function ................................... 5-75System maintenance.................................................... 5-76

Trailer towing....................................................................... 5-76Operating precautions................................................. 5-76Tyre pressure.................................................................. 5-76Safety chains .................................................................. 5-77Trailer brakes.................................................................. 5-77Trailer detection (where fitted) ................................. 5-77Installation of coupling device................................... 5-77

Electric power steering...................................................... 5-78Brake system ........................................................................ 5-79

Brake precautions ......................................................... 5-79Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-80

Vehicle security .................................................................... 5-81Cold weather driving.......................................................... 5-81

Battery............................................................................. 5-82Engine coolant ............................................................... 5-82Tyre equipment.............................................................. 5-82Special winter equipment ........................................... 5-82Corrosion protection.................................................... 5-82

In certain driving and driving safety systems, thesensors adjust automatically while a certain dis-tance is being driven after the vehicle has been de-livered or after repairs. Full system effectiveness isnot reached until the end of this teach-in process.

Brake pads/linings and discs that are either new orhave been replaced only achieve optimum brakingeffect after several hundred kilometres or miles ofdriving. Compensate for the reduced braking effectby applying greater force to the brake pedal.

If you treat the engine with sufficient care from thevery start, you will be rewarded with excellent per-formance for the remainder of the engine's life.

• Drive at varying vehicle speeds and enginespeeds for the first 1500 km (1000 miles).

• Avoid overstraining the vehicle during this pe-riod, e.g. driving at full throttle.

• Change gear in good time, before the revcounter needle is 2/3 of the way to the red areaof the rev counter.

• Do not shift down a gear manually in order tobrake.

• Vehicles with automatic transmission: Try toavoid depressing the accelerator pedal beyondthe point of resistance (kick down).

After 1500 km, you may gradually bring the vehicleup to full road and engine speeds.

You should also observe these notes on running-inif the engine or parts of the drive train on your ve-hicle have been replaced.

WARNING

The driving characteristics of your vehicle willchange remarkably by any additional load and itsdistribution, as well as by adding optional equip-ment (trailer coupling, roof racks, etc.). Your driv-ing style and speed must be adjusted according tothe circumstances. Especially when carrying heavyloads, your speed must be reduced adequately.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.

• Visually inspect tyres for their appearance andcondition. Measure and check the tyre pressurefor proper inflation.

• Check that all windows and lights are clean.

• Adjust the seat and head restraint positions.

• Adjust the inside and outside rear view mirrorpositions.

• Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers todo the same.

• Check the operation of the warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.

• Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section should be checked peri-odically.

WARNING

• Never leave children or adults who would nor-mally require the support of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be left alone either.They could unknowingly activate switches orcontrols and inadvertently become involved ina serious accident and injure themselves. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed ve-hicle could quickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal illness to people or ani-mals.

• Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could cause personal in-jury.

NOTE

During the first few months after purchasing a newvehicle, if you smell strong odours of Volatile Or-ganic Compounds (VOCs) inside the vehicle, venti-late the passenger compartment thoroughly. Openall the windows before entering or while in the ve-hicle. In addition, when the temperature in the pas-senger compartment rises, or when the vehicle isparked in direct sunlight for a period of time, turnoff the air recirculation mode of the air conditionerand/or open the windows to allow sufficient freshair into the passenger compartment.

RUNNING-IN SCHEDULE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gas; it contains colour-less and odourless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumes are enteringthe vehicle, drive with all windows fully open,and have the vehicle inspected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as agarage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the engine runningfor an extended period of time.

• Keep the back door closed while driving, other-wise exhaust gas could be drawn into the pas-senger compartment. If you must drive with theback door open, follow these precautions:

– Open all the windows.

– Turn the air recirculation switch off and setthe fan control to the highest level to circu-late the air.

• If a special body or other equipment is addedfor recreational or other usage, follow themanufacturer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into the vehicle. (Somerecreational vehicle appliances such as stoves,refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generatecarbon monoxide.)

• The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic whenever:

– You suspect that exhaust fumes are enter-ing into the passenger compartment.

– You notice a change in the sound of the ex-haust system.

– You have had an accident involving damageto the exhaust system, underbody, or rearof the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST (where fitted)

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaust system arevery hot. Keep people, animals and flammablematerials away from the exhaust system com-ponents.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammablematerials such as dry grass, wastepaper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

The three-way catalyst is an emission control de-vice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust gas inthe three-way catalyst is burned at high tempera-tures to help reduce pollutants.

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded petrol. (See “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” in the“9. Technical information” section.) Depositsfrom leaded petrol seriously reduce the ability

of the three-way catalyst to help reduce ex-haust pollutants and/or damagethethree-waycatalyst.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in theignition, fuel injection, or electrical systemsmay cause overrich fuel to flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do notkeep driving if the engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or other unusual oper-ating conditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level.Running out of fuel could cause the engine tomisfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)The vehicle's wheels have sensors fitted that moni-tor the tyre pressures in all four tyres The tyre pres-sure monitor warns you if the pressure drops in oneor more of the tyres The tyre pressure monitor onlyfunctions if the corresponding sensors are fitted toall wheels.

Information on tyre pressures is shown in the ve-hicle information display. After a few minutes ofdriving, the current tyre pressure of each tyre isshown in the [Serv.] menu of the vehicle informa-tion display.

Starting and driving 5-3

WARNING

• If the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-nates or a tyre pressure-related warning is dis-played by the vehicle information display whiledriving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvres orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflatedtyres may permanently damage the tyres andincrease the likelihood of tyre failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tyre pressure for all four tyres.Adjust the tyre pressure to the recommendedCOLD tyre pressure shown on the tyre placardto turn thelow tyrepressurewarning light OFF.If you have a flat tyre, replace it with a replace-ment tyre as soon as possible.

• If a replacement wheel is fitted without anINFINITI TPMS Sensor, the TPMS will not func-tion and the low tyre pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop as soon as pos-sible for tyre replacement and/or system re-setting.


• If you used Emergency Tyre Sealant to repair aminor tyre puncture, your INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop should check the TPMSsensor when repairing or replacing the tyre (formodels equipped with the emergency tyrepuncture repair kit).

• INFINITI recommends using only INFINITIGenuineEmergency TyreSealant provided withyour vehicle. Other tyre sealants may damagethe valve stem seal which can cause the tyre tolose air pressure (for models equipped with theemergency tyre puncture repair kit).

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properly when thewheels are equipped with snow chains or thewheels are buried in snow.

• Do not place metalised film or any metal parts(antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause

poor reception of thesignals from thetyrepres-sure sensors, and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Important safety notes

It is the driver's responsibility to set the tyre pres-sure to the recommended cold tyre pressure suit-able for the operating situation (See “Tyres andwheels” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section. Note that the correct tyre pressure for thecurrent operating situation must first be taught-into the tyre pressure monitor.

If there is a substantial loss of pressure, the warn-ing threshold for the warning message is aligned tothe reference values taught-in. Restart the tyrepressure monitor after adjusting to the cold tyrepressure. The current pressures are saved as newreference values. This will ensure that a warningmessage will only appear if the tyre pressure dropssignificantly.

The tyre pressure monitor does not warn you of anincorrectly set tyre pressure.

TPMS is not able to warn you of a sudden loss ofpressure, e. g. if the tyre is penetrated by a foreignobject. In the event of a sudden loss of pressure,bring the vehicle to a halt by braking carefully. Avoidabrupt steering manoeuvres.

TPMS has a yellow warning lamp in the combina-tion meter for indicating a pressure loss or mal-function. Depending on how the warning lampflashes or lights up, a tyre pressure that is too lowor a malfunction in TPMS is indicated:

NSD633


• If the warning lamp is lit continuously, the tyrepressure on one or more tyres is significantlytoo low. TPMS is not malfunctioning.

• If the warning lamp flashes for around a minuteand then remains lit constantly, the TPMS ismalfunctioning.

In addition to the warning lamp, a message appearsin the vehicle information display. Observe the in-formation on display messages (see “Safetysystems” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion

It may take up to ten minutes for a malfunction ofthe tyre pressure monitor to be indicated. A mal-function will be indicated by thetyrepressurewarn-ing lamp flashing for approximately one minute andthen remaining lit. When the fault has been recti-fied, the tyre pressure warning lamp goes out afteryou have driven for a few minutes.

The tyre pressure values indicated by the vehicleinformation display may differ from those mea-sured at a filling station using a pressure gauge.The tyre pressures shown by the vehicle informa-tion display are those measured at sea level. At highaltitudes, the tyre pressure values indicated by apressure gauge are higher than those shown by thevehicle information display. In this case, do not re-duce the tyre pressures.

The operation of the tyre pressure monitor can beaffected by interference from radio transmittingequipment (e.g. radio head phones, two-way ra-dios) that may be being operated in or near thevehicle.

Checking the tyre pressure electronically

1. Make sure that the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

2. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Serv.] menu.

3. Press them or m button to select [Tyrepressure].


The current tyre pressure for each wheel will bedisplayed in the vehicle information display.

If the vehicle was parked for longer than 20 min-utes, the [Tyre pressures will be displayed after afew minutes of driving] message is shown.

After a teach-in period, the tyre pressure monitorautomatically detects new wheels or new sensors.If a clear allocation of tyre pressure to individualwheels is not possible, the Tyre pressure monitor

active message is shown instead of the tyre pres-sure display. The tyre pressures are already beingmonitored.

If a replacement wheel is fitted, for a few minutesthe system may continue to show the tyre pressureof the wheel that has been removed. If this occurs,note that the value displayed for the position wherethe replacement wheel is fitted is not the same asthe current tyre pressure of the replacement wheel.

Tyre Pressure Monitoring Systemwarning messages

If the tyre pressure monitor detects a pressure lossin one or more tyres, a warning message is shownin the vehicle information display and the yellowtyre pressure monitor warning lamp comes on.

• If the [Rectify tyre pressure] (yellow) messageappears in the vehicle information display, thetyre pressure in at least one tyre is too low andmust be corrected at the next opportunity. Ifthe system detects that new sensors have beenfitted (IDs do not match those stored, and thepressure is not feasible, or is less than 14% un-der the norm then the [Rectify tyre pressure]message will be displayed in white.

• If the [Check tyre(s)] (red) message appears inthe vehicle information display, the tyre pres-sure in one or more tyres has dropped signifi-cantly and the tyres must be checked.

NSD633


• If the [Warning tyre defect] (red) message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, the tyrepressure in one or more tyres has dropped sud-denly and the tyres must be checked.

• If the [Wheel sensor(s) missing] message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, one ormore sensors are missing or cannot be detected.This could be the result of fitting a replacementwheel/tyre.

Observe the instructions and safety notes in thedisplay messages in the vehicle information display.

If the wheel positions on the vehicle areinterchanged, the tyre pressures may be displayedfor the wrong positions for a short time. After afew minutes of driving, this is rectified and the tyrepressures are displayed for the correct positions.

Restarting TPMS

To keep the TPMS functioning properly, the restartoperation must be performed in the followingcases:

• When the tyre pressure is adjusted

• When a tyre or a wheel is replaced

• When the tyres are rotated

When you restart the tyre pressure monitor, all ex-isting warning messages are deleted and the warn-ing lamps go out. The monitor uses the currentlyset tyre pressures as the reference values for moni-toring. In most cases, the tyre pressure monitor willautomatically detect the new reference values af-ter you have changed the tyre pressure. However,you can also define reference values manually asdescribed here. The tyre pressure monitor thenmonitors the new tyre pressure values.

Perform the following procedures to restart theTPMS.

NOTE

Before restarting, make sure that the tyre pres-sures are set properly on all four tyres for the re-spective operating conditions. The recommendedtyre pressures can be found in the tyre pressureplacard on the driver' door pillar.

1. Make sure that the ignition switch is in the ONposition.


3. Press them or m button to select [Tyrepressure].


The vehicle information display shows the cur-rent tyre pressure for each tyre or the [Tyrepressures will be displayed after a few minutesof driving] message.

If you wish to confirm the restart:


The [Tyre press. monitor restarted] message ap-pears in the vehicle information display.

After you have driven for a few minutes, thesystem checks whether the current tyre pres-sures are within the specified range The new tyrepressures are then accepted as reference valuesand monitored

If you wish to cancel the restart:

6. Press them button.

The tyre pressure values stored at the last restartwill continue to be monitored


Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is es-sential for your safety and comfort. As a driver, youshould be the one who knows best how to drive inthe given circumstances.

ENGINE COLD START PERIODDue to the higher engine speeds, when the engineis cold, extra caution must be exercised when se-lecting a gear during the engine warm-up periodafter starting the engine.

LOADING LUGGAGELoads and their distribution and the attachment ofequipment (coupling devices, roof baggage carri-ers, etc.) will considerably change the driving char-acteristics of the vehicle. Your driving style andspeed must be adjusted according to the circum-stances.

DRIVING IN WET CONDITIONS

• Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

• Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

When water covers the road surface with waterpuddles, small water streams, etc., reduce speed toprevent aquaplaning which can cause skidding andloss of control. Worn tyres will increase this risk.

DRIVING IN WINTER CONDITIONS

• Drive cautiously.

• Avoid accelerating or stopping suddenly.

• Avoid sharp turning or lane changing suddenly.

• Avoid sudden steering.

• Avoid following too close to the vehicle in front.

j0 OFF position

➀ ACC position

➁ ON position

➂ START position

WARNING

Never remove the key or turn the ignition switchto the OFF position while driving. The steeringwheel will lock and could cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle. This could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

CAUTION

Use electrical accessories with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery. If youmust use accessories while the engine is not run-ning, do not use them for extended periods of timeand do not use multiple electrical accessories at thesame time.

NPA1483

CARE WHEN DRIVING IGNITION SWITCH


STEERING LOCK (for vehicles fitted withManual Transmission only)

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lock de-vice.

To lock the steering wheel

1. Turn the key to the OFF position.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To unlock the steering wheel

1. Insert the key into the ignition switch.

2. Gently turn the key while rotating the steeringwheel slightly right and left.

KEY POSITIONS

OFF (Normal parking position)j0

The ignition key can only be removed when in thisposition.

The steering lock can only be locked in this position.

ACC (Accessories)/➀The engine is turned off without locking the steer-ing wheel. This position activates electrical acces-sories, such as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) ➁This position turns on the ignition system and elec-trical accessories.

START ➂The engine starter activates and the engine willstart. As soon as the engine has started, release thekey immediately. It will return to the ON position.

NOTE

For vehicles fitted with Stop/Start System:

When the engine is automatically stopped by theStop/Start System the ignition switch can still beoperated as usual.

At the end of a journey turn the ignition OFF toavoid a flat battery. The Stop/Start System doesnot automatically turn ignition off.

Vehicles with intelligent key are equipped with keysfeaturing an integrated intelligent key function andin some cases a detachable push-button ignitionswitch (Start/Stop button).

A check which periodically establishes a radio con-nection between the vehicle and the key determineswhether a valid key is in the vehicle. This occurs, forexample, when starting the engine.

When you insert the push-button ignition switchinto the ignition lock, the system needs approxi-mately two seconds recognition time. You can thenuse the push-button ignition switch.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignition switchwhile driving the vehicle except in an emergency.(The engine will stop when the ignition switch ispressed three consecutive times in quick succes-sion or the ignition switch is pushed and held formore than two seconds.) If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crashresulting in serious injuries or death.

Before operating the push button ignition switch:

• Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) positionor depress the clutch pedal (for Manual Trans-mission (MT) models).

• Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position forDCT (Automatic Transmission) models.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH(where fitted)


Pressing the Start/Stop button several times insuccession corresponds to the different key posi-tions in the ignition lock. Prerequisite for this is that:

• You do not depress the brake pedal (vehicleswith automatic transmission).

• You do not depress the clutch pedal (vehicleswith manual transmission).

If you depress the brake pedal and press the Start/Stop button, the engine starts immediately (ve-hicles with automatic transmission).

If you depress the clutch pedal and press the Start/Stop button, the engine starts immediately (ve-hicles with manual transmission).

To start the vehicle without actively using the key:

• The push-button ignition switch must be in-serted in the ignition lock.

• The key must be in the vehicle.

• The vehicle must not be locked with the key orintelligent key (see “Keys” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section).

Do not keep the Intelligent key:

• With electronic devices, e g. a mobile phone oranother key.

• With metallic objects, e g. coins or metal film.

• Inside metallic objects, e.g. a metal case.

This can affect the functionality of the IntelligentKey.

If you lock the vehicle with the key's remote controlor with the Intelligent key, after a short time:

• You will not be able to switch on the ignitionwith the push-button ignition switch.

• You will not be able to start the engine with thepush-button ignition switch until the vehicle isunlocked again.

If you lock the vehicle centrally using the button onthe front door (see “Power door lock switch” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section),you can continue to start the engine with the push-button ignition switch.

You can switch off the engine while the vehicle is inmotion by pressing and holding the Push-buttonignition switch for around three seconds. This func-tion operates independently of the ECO start/stopautomatic engine switch-off function.

KEY POSITIONS WITH THE PUSHBUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

➀ Start/Stop button

➁ Ignition lock

When you switch on the ignition, all of the indica-tor lamps in the combination meter light up. Forfurther information on situations where an indica-tor lamp either fails to go out after starting theengine or lights up while driving see “Warninglights, indicator lights and audible reminders” in the“2. Instruments and controls” section.

If the push button ignition switch ➀ has not yetbeen pressed, this corresponds to the key being re-moved from the ignition.

To switch on the power supply: press the push but-ton ignition switch ➀ once. The power supply isswitched on. You can now activate the windscreenwipers, for example.

NPA1484


The power supply is switched off again if the driv-er's door is opened and you press the push buttonignition switch ➀ twice when in this position.

To switch on the ignition: press the push buttonignition switch ➀ twice. The ignition is switchedon.

The ignition is switched off if the driver's door isopened and you press the push button ignitionswitch ➀ twice when in this position.

REMOVING THE PUSH BUTTONIGNITION SWITCHYou can remove the push button ignition switchfrom the ignition lock and start the vehicle as nor-mal using the key.

You can only switch between push button ignitionswitch mode and key operation when the vehicle isstationary.

You must also engage park position P (Park) (ve-hicles with automatic transmission).

Remove the push button ignition switch ➀ fromignition lock ➁.

You do not have to remove the push button igni-tion switch from the ignition lock when you leavethe vehicle. You should, however, always take thekey with you when leaving the vehicle. As long asthe key is in the vehicle:

• The vehicle can be started using the push but-ton ignition switch.

• The electrically powered equipment can be op-erated.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

• Rapidly push the push-button ignition switchthree consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds,or

• Push and hold the push-button ignition switchfor more than two seconds.

WARNING

If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, theycould:

• Open doors, thereby endangering other per-sons or road users.

• Get out and be struck by oncoming traffic.

• Operate vehicle equipment and becometrapped, for example.

In addition, the children could also set the vehicle inmotion, for example, if they:


• Shift the automatic transmission out of posi-tion P (Park) or shift manual transmission intoN (Neutral).


There is a risk of an accident and injury:

When leaving the vehicle, always take the key withyou and lock the vehicle. Never leave children andanimals unattended in the vehicle. Keep the keysout of the reach of children.

WARNING

• Combustion engines emit poisonous exhaustgases such as carbon monoxide. Inhaling theseexhaust gases leads to poisoning. There is a riskof fatal injury. Therefore never leave the enginerunning in enclosed spaces with out sufficientventilation.

STARTING ENGINE


• Flammable materials introduced through envi-ronmental influence or by animals can ignite ifin contact with the exhaust system or parts ofthe engine that heat up. There is a risk of fire.

Carry out regular checks to make sure thatthere are no flammable foreign materials in theengine compartment or in the exhaust system.

NOTE

• Do not depress the accelerator when startingthe engine.

• The engine runs at a higher engine speed duringthe cold start procedure so that the catalyticconverter can reach operating temperaturemore quickly. The sound of the engine maychange as a result.

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONYou can only start the engine when the clutch pedalis fully depressed.

• Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed

• Depress the clutch pedal fully

• Shift to N (Neutral).

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

• Shift the transmission to position P (Park) bypressing the <P> button.

The transmission position indicator in the ve-hicle information display shows <P>

When the transmission is in position N (Neutral),you can also start the engine with the brake pedaldepressed.

STARTING PROCEDURE WITH THEKEY

j0 OFF position

➀ ACC position

➁ ON position

➂ START position

• For petrol engine models: turn the key to theSTART position ➂ in the ignition lock and re-lease it as soon as the engine is running.

• For diesel engine models: turn the key to theON position ➁ in the ignition lock. The mpre-glow indicator lamp in the combinationmeter lights up.

When the m pre-glow indicator lamp goesout, turn the key to the START position ➂ andrelease it as soon as the engine is running.

You can start the engine without pre-glow ifthe engine is warm.

STARTING PROCEDURE USING THEPUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHThe push-button ignition switch can be used tostart the vehicle manually without inserting the keyinto the ignition lock. The key must be in the vehicleand the push-button ignition switch must be in-serted in the ignition lock (see “Removing the pushbutton ignition switch” earlier in this section). Thismode for starting the engine operates indepen-dently of the ECO start/stop automatic enginestart function.

You can start the engine if a valid key is in the ve-hicle. Switch off the engine and always take the keywith you when leaving the vehicle, even if you onlyleave it for a short time. Pay attention to the im-portant safety notes.

• Vehicles with automatic transmission: depressthe brake pedal and keep it depressed.

• Vehicles with manual transmission: depress theclutch pedal and keep it depressed.

NPA1483


• Press the push button ignition switch once (see“Push-button ignition switch (where fitted)”earlier in this section).

– Vehicles with a petrol engine: the enginestarts.

– Vehicles with a diesel engine: pre-glow is ac-tivated and the engine starts.

DRIVING WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

WARNING

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. Thismay cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

• Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal whiledriving. This may cause clutch damage.

• Stop your vehicle completely before shiftinginto the R (Reverse) position.

• When you are shifting from one gear to an-other, be certain to depress the clutch pedal allthe way to the floor to avoid clashing or chip-ping the gears.

• Avoid abrupt starts and acceleration for yoursafety.

• When quick acceleration is required for somereason, shift to a lower gear and accelerate un-til the vehicle reaches the maximum speed ineach gear. Do not exceed the speed limit of anygear. Pay special attention when acceleratingor when shifting into a lower gear on slipperysurfaces. Sudden acceleration or down shiftingcould cause the wheels to skid and result in lossof control.

• Only engage gear when the clutch pedal is de-pressed.

• When shifting to 5th and 6th gear, you mustpress the shift lever to the right. Otherwise, youcould shift unintentionally into 3rd or 4th gearand damage the engine or transmission.

• If you shift down at too high a speed (transmis-sion braking), this can cause the engine to over-rev, leading to engine damage.

• Do not use the clutch bite point to keep the ve-hicle stationary on uphill gradients. There isotherwise a risk of damaging the clutch.

• On long and steep downhill gradients, espe-cially if the vehicle is laden or towing a trailer,you must shift into an appropriate lower gearin good time. This uses the engine's braking ef-fect. This relieves the load on the brake systemand prevents the brakes from overheating andwearing too quickly.

NSD591

6–speed MT (where fitted)

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


Shifting

To change gears, fully depress the clutch pedal,shift into the appropriate gear, then release theclutch slowly and smoothly.

To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress theclutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If theclutch pedal is not fully depressed before the trans-mission is shifted, a grating noise may be heard.This could result in damage to the transmission.

Start accelerating the vehicle in 1st gear and shiftthrough the gears in sequence according to the ve-hicle speed. Shift lever indicator (where fitted):

The shift lever indicatorjA located in the upper partof the vehicle information display can help to improvethe level of environmentally friendly driving.

Following the shift lever indicator by changing to ahigher (or lower) gear whenever the UP (or DOWN)arrow is displayed may improve fuel economy

An UP arrow suggests shifting to a higher gear, aDOWN arrow suggests shifting to a lower gear.

However, the driver remains responsible for decid-ing the most suitable gear according to actual ve-hicle, road and traffic conditions.

NOTE

No arrow is displayed in some circumstances in-cluding:

– The actual gear matches recommended gear

– The vehicle speed is approx. 0 km/h

Neutral (N):

To engage Neutral (N), depress the clutch pedalfully, and move the shift lever to positionjN .

Reverse gear:

CAUTION

Only shift into Reverse gear R when the vehicle isstationary. Otherwise, you could damage thetransmission.

To reverse, proceed as follows:

1) Stop the vehicle.

2) Move the shift lever into the N (Neutral) posi-tion.

3) Pull the shift lever up, push it to the left andthen pull it back.

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,either the RearView monitor (where fitted) or theultrasonic sonar function (where fitted) will be ac-tivated. For details, see “RearView monitor (where

NSD638 NSD590


fitted)” in the “4. Display screen, heater and air con-ditioner, and audio system” sectionor “Around ViewMonitor (where fitted) ” in the “4. Display screen,heater and air conditioner, and audio system” sec-tion or “Camera Aiding Parking Sensor (sonar)function (where fitted)” later in this section.

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R (Re-verse) or 1st. Shift into N (Neutral), then releasethe clutch pedal. Fully depress the clutch pedalagain and shift into R (Reverse) or 1st.

The ECO stop/start function is not available whenreverse gear is engaged. For further information onthe ECO stop/start function; see “ECO Stop/StartSystem (where fitted)” later in this section.

DRIVING WITH AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONCAUTION

• The cold engine idle speed is high, so use cau-tion when shifting into a forward or reversegear before the engine has warmed up. If theengine speed is above the idling speed and youengage transmission position D or R, the vehiclecould pull away suddenly. There is a risk of anaccident.

• Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle isstopped. This could cause unexpected vehiclemovement.

• When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade,do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accel-erator pedal. The footbrake should be used for

this purpose, in order to hold the vehicle in placeand to prevent overheating of the transmis-sion.

WARNING

• Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads.This may cause a loss of control.

• The automatic transmission switches to neu-tral position N when you switch off the engineThe vehicle may roll away. There is a risk of anaccident.

• After switching off the engine, always switchto parking position P (Park). Prevent theparked vehicle from rolling away by applyingthe parking brake.

Driving precautions

CAUTION

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R (Reverse)position while the vehicle is moving forwardand P (Park) or D (Drive) position while the ve-hicle is reversing. This could cause an accident,or damage the transmission.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N(Neutral) position while driving. Coasting withthe transmission in the N position may causeserious damage to the transmission.

• Start the engine in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position. The engine will not start in any other

shift lever position. If it does, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

• Do not depress the accelerator pedal whileshifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Re-verse), D (Drive) or Manual shift modes posi-tion.Always depress the brake pedal until shift-ing is completed.

• On an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. The brakeshould be used for this purpose.

• Shift into the N (Neutral) position and apply theparking brake when at a standstill for longerthan a short waiting period.

• Keep the engine at idling speed while shiftingfrom the N (Neutral) position to any driving po-sition.

Bear in mind that power transmission between theengine and the transmission is interrupted whenthe engine is switched off. To prevent the vehiclefrom rolling away:

• When the engine is switched off and the vehicleis stationary, press the P (Park) button.

and

• Apply the electric parking brake.

CAUTION (when starting the vehicle):

• DEPRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL

When the engine is running, shifting the shiftlever into the R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual


shift mode position without fully depressingthe brake pedal may cause the vehicle to moveslowly. Be sure the brake pedal is fullydepressed and the vehicle is stopped, beforeshifting the shift lever.

• BE AWARE OF THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION

Make sure that the shift lever is in the desiredposition. Use the D (Drive), or Manual shiftmode to move forwards and the R (Reverse) tomove backwards. Release the parking brakeand the brake pedal, then depress the accelera-tor pedal to start the vehicle in motion andmerge with traffic (avoid abrupt starting andspinning the wheels).

• Avoid revving up the engine while the vehicle isstopped, this could cause unexpected vehiclemovement (if the shift lever is in the R (Re-verse), D (Drive), or Manual shift mode posi-tion) or damage the engine (if the shift lever isin the N (Neutral) position or P (Park) has beenselected.

• WARM THE ENGINE UP

Due to the higher idle speeds when the engine iscold, extra caution must be taken when shift-ing the shift lever into the driving position im-mediately after starting the engine.

• PARKING THE VEHICLE

Depress the brake pedal and, once the vehiclestops, press the P (Park) button, apply theparking brake and release the brake pedal.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal before shifting the shift lever to R (Re-verse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode.

2. Keep the brake pedal depressed and push theshift lever to shift into a driving gear.

3. Release the parking brake and brake, thengradually put the vehicle in motion by pressingthe accelerator pedal.

The automatic transmission is designed so that thebrake pedal MUST be depressed before shiftingfrom P (Park) to any drive position while the igni-tion switch is ON.

Shifting

P Park position with parking lock

R Reverse

N Neutral

D Drive

Transmission position display:

NOTE

If the transmission position display in the vehicleinformation display is not working, you should pullaway carefully to check whether the desired trans-mission position IS engaged. Ideally, you should se-lect transmission position D and automatic driveprogram E or S.

The shift lever indicator ➁ located in the lower partof the vehicle information display shows the cur-rent position of the transmission.

It shows the P,R,N,D modes when the transmissionis in auto mode or the shift position when the trans-mission is in manual mode.

NSD585

NSD589


P (Park):

Use this position when the vehicle is parked or whenstarting the engine. Always make sure that the ve-hicle is completely stopped before pressing button➀ to engage the P (Park) position. For maximumsafety, the brake pedal must be depressed beforeengaging the P (Park) position. Use this positiontogether with the parking brake. When parking ona hill, first depress the brake pedal, apply the park-ing brake and then engage the P (Park) position.Theparking lock should not beused as a brakewhenparking. In order to secure the vehicle, always applythe electric parking brake in addition to the parkinglock.

In the event of a malfunction of the vehicle's elec-tronics, the transmission may lock in position P(Park). Have the vehicle electronics checked imme-diately at an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Park position P is automatically engaged if:

• You switch off the engine using the key and re-move the key.

• You open the driver's door when the vehicle isstationary or driving at very low speed and thetransmission is in position D (Drive) or R (Re-verse).

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle is com-pletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

CAUTION

Shift into this position only after the vehicle hascompletely stopped.

Use this position to reverse the vehicle.

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,either the RearView monitor (where fitted) or theultrasonic sonar function (where fitted) will be ac-tivated. For details, see “RearView monitor (wherefitted)” in the “4. Display screen, heater and air con-ditioner, and audio system” sectionor “Around ViewMonitor (where fitted)” in the “4. Display screen,heater and air conditioner, and audio system” sec-tion or “Camera Aiding Parking Sensor (sonar)function (where fitted)” later in this section.

N (Neutral):

Do not shift the transmission to N (Neutral) whiledriving. Otherwise, the automatic transmissioncould be damaged.

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. Theengine can be started in this position. You may shiftto N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine whiledriving the vehicle.

No power is transmitted from the engine to thedrive wheels

Releasing the brakes will allow you to move thevehicle freely, e.g. to push it or tow it.

If ESP/VDC is deactivated or faulty: shift the trans-mission to position N (Neutral) if the vehicle is indanger of skidding, e.g. on icy roads.

If you switch the engine off with the transmissionin position R (Reverse) or D (Drive), the automatictransmission shifts to N (Neutral) automatically.

CAUTION

Rolling in N (Neutral) can lead to damage to thetransmission.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

The automatic transmission changes gear auto-matically. All forward gears are available.

Changing gear

The automatic transmission shifts to the individualgears automatically when it is in transmission posi-tion D (Drive). Shifting is determined by:

• The selected drive program.

• The position of the accelerator pedal.

• The road speed.

NSD586


Accelerator pedal position:

Your style of driving influences how the automatictransmission shifts gear:

• little throttle: early upshifts

• more throttle: late upshifts

Holding the vehicle stationary on uphillgradients

WARNING

The automatic transmission uses a dual clutch sys-tem. If the clutch overheats, the electronic man-agement system is automatically deactivated. Thisinterrupts the power transmission. The vehiclemay, for example, roll backwards on gradients.There is a risk of an accident. Never hold the ve-hicle stationary on uphill gradients by depressingthe accelerator.

The clutch may overheat if you hold the vehicle sta-tionary on uphill gradients by depressing the accel-erator pedal. If the clutch overheats, a warning tonesounds and the [Stop vehicle Shift to P Leave en-gine running] display message appears in the ve-hicle information display. You will only be able tocontinue your journey once the clutch has cooleddown and the display message in the vehicle infor-mation display has disappeared.

Never hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradi-ents by depressing the accelerator. Instead, onlyever hold the vehicle stationary on uphill gradientsby:

• Depressing the brake pedal.

• Engaging the electric parking brake.

Kickdown

Use kickdown for maximum acceleration:

• Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pres-sure point.

The transmission shifts to a lower gear depend-ing on the engine speed.

• Ease off the accelerator pedal once the desiredspeed is reached.

The automatic transmission shifts back up.

Program selector button

The program selector button allows you to choosebetween drive programs with different drivingcharacteristics.

Press program selector button ➀. A popup ➁ willbe displayed in the vehicle information displayshowing the current selection. After around twoseconds, the selected drive program appears in thelower frame of the vehicle information display ➂and the popup will disappear.

NSD587

NSD726


The automatic transmission switches to drive pro-gram E each time the engine is started.

E (Economy): comfortable, economical driving

S (Sport): sporty driving style

M (Manual): manual gear shifting

For more details of the manual drive program see“Manual drive program” later in this section.

Steering wheel gearshift paddles

➀ Left steering wheel gearshift paddle (shiftsdown)

➁ Right steering wheel gearshift paddle (shiftsup)

In drive program M, you can change gear yourselfusing the steering wheel gearshift paddles.

If you pull the left or right steering wheel gearshiftpaddle when in automatic drive program E or S, theautomatic transmission shifts into drive programM for a limited time. Depending on which gearshiftpaddle is pulled, the automatic transmission imme-diately shifts into the next gear down or up.

Automatic drive programs

Drive program E is characterised by the following:

• Comfort-oriented engine settings.

• Optimal fuel consumption resulting from theautomatic transmission shifting up sooner.

• The vehicle pulling away more gently in forwardand reverse gears unless the accelerator pedalis depressed fully.

• Increased sensitivity. This improves driving sta-bility on slippery road surfaces, for example.

• The automatic transmission shifting up sooner.This results in the vehicle being driven at lowerengine speeds and the wheels being less likelyto spin.

Drive program S is characterised by the following:

• Sporty engine settings.

• The automatic transmission shifting up later.

• As a result of the later automatic transmissionshift points, the fuel consumption possibly be-ing higher.

Manual drive program

In manual drive program M, you can change gearyourself by using the steering wheel gearshiftpaddles. For this, the transmission must be in posi-tion D (Drive). The gear currently selected and en-gaged is shown in the vehicle information display

Manual drive program M differs from drive pro-grams E and S with regard to spontaneity, respon-siveness and smoothness of gear changes.

Using manual gears:

• To use the engine's braking effect.

• To usethebraking effect of theengineon down-hill gradients and for driving on steep mountainroads, in mountainous terrain or in arduous con-ditions.

• To use the braking effect of the engine on ex-tremely steep downhill gradients and on longdownhill stretches.

NSD725

NSD584


Activating the manual drive program:

• Permanently: Press the program selector but-ton ➀ repeatedly until M appears in the vehicleinformation display. Manual drive program Mremains active until drive program E or S is en-gaged.

• Temporarily: Pull the right or left steering wheelgearshift paddle (see “Steering wheel gearshiftpaddles” later in this section). Manual drive pro-gram M is temporarily active. Depending onwhich gearshift paddle is pulled, the automatictransmission immediately shifts into the nextgear down or up.

When manual drive program M is activated via thesteering wheel gearshift paddles, the temporarilyactive manual drive program M will be deactivatedautomatically after a limited time, if the drivingsituation permits. The automatic transmissionswitches to the previously activated drive programE or S. When driving on downhill gradients, thetemporarily active manual drive program M will

only be deactivated if the accelerator pedal is de-pressed while the vehicle is rolling downhill.

Upshifting:

Pull the right-hand steering wheel gearshift paddle(see “Steering wheel gearshift paddles” earlier inthis section). The automatic transmission shifts upto the next gear.

In order to prevent engine damage the automatictransmission automatically shifts up if the maxi-mum engine speed on the currently engaged gear isreached and you depress the accelerator pedal.

Gearshift recommendation:

The gearshift recommendations assist you inadopting an economical driving style. The recom-mended gear is shown in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Shift to recommended gear ➀ according to gear-shift recommendation ➁ when shown in the ve-hicle information display.

Downshifting:

Pull the left-hand steering wheel gearshift paddle(see “Steering wheel gearshift paddles” earlier inthis section). The automatic transmission shiftsdown to the next gear.

If you slow down or stop without shifting down,the automatic transmission automatically shiftsdown.

For maximum acceleration, pull the left-hand steer-ing wheel gearshift paddle until the transmissionselects the optimum gear for the current speed.

If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speedwhen shifting down, the automatic transmissionprotects against engine damage by not shiftingdown.

Kickdown:

You can also use kickdown for maximum accelera-tion in manual drive program M

• Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pres-sure point The transmission shifts to a lowergear depending on the engine speed.

• Shift back up once the desired speed is reached.

During kickdown, you cannot shift gears using thesteering wheel gearshift paddles.

If you apply full throttle, the automatic transmis-sion shifts up to the next gear when the maximumengine speed is reached. This prevents the enginefrom overrevving.

NSD587

NSD589


Deactivating the temporary manual driveprogram:

Pull and hold the right steering wheel gearshiftpaddle until the automatic transmission shifts intothe last active automatic drive program E or S.

When manual drive program M is deactivated, theautomatic transmission in automatic drive programE or S may shift from the current gear into a higheror lower gear. This is dependent on the position ofthe accelerator pedal, speed and load.

Problems with the transmission:


The transmis-sion hasproblemsshifting gear

The transmission is losing oil.Have the transmission checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.

The accelera-tion ability isdeterioratingThe transmis-sion no longershifts into allof the gearsReverse gearcan no longerbe engaged

The transmission is in emergency mode.• Stop.• Shift the transmission to position P (Park).• Switch off the engine.• Wait at least ten seconds before restarting the engine.• Shift the transmission to position D (Drive).• Have the transmission checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop immediately.


WARNING

• Do not drive beyond the performance capabil-ity of the tyres, even with 4WD engaged. Ac-celerating quickly, sharp steering manoeuvresor sudden braking may cause loss of control.

• Always use tyres of the same type, size, brand,construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), andtread pattern on all four wheels. Install tyrechains on the front wheels when driving on slip-pery roads and drive carefully.

• This vehicle is not designed for off-road (roughroad) use.Do not driveon sandy or muddy roadsthat tyres may get stuck in.

• For 4WD equipped vehicles, do not attempt toraise two wheels off the ground and shift thetransmission to any drive or reverse positionwith the engine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle move-ment which could result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

• Do not attempt to test a 4WD/AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as thedynamometers used by some states for emis-sions testing) or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off the ground.Make sure that you inform the test facility per-sonnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result in drivetrain

damageor unexpected vehiclemovement whichcould result in serious vehicle damage or per-sonal injury.

• When a wheel is off the ground due to an un-even surface, do not spin the wheel excessively.

CAUTION

Never tow the vehicle with one axle raised. Thismay damage the differential. Damage of this sortis not covered by the warranty. All wheels must befully raised (see “Towing Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)models” in the “6. In case of emergency” section).

4WD, together with ESP/VDC, improves the trac-tion of your vehicle whenever a drive wheel spinsdue to insufficient grip.

If you fail to adapt your driving style, 4WD can nei-ther reduce the risk of an accident nor override thelaws of physics. 4WD cannot take account of road,weather, and traffic conditions. 4WD is only an aid.You are responsible for the distance to the vehiclein front, for vehicle speed, for braking in good time,and for staying in lane.

If a drive wheel spins due to insufficient grip

• When pulling away, only depress the accelera-tor pedal as far as is necessary.

• Accelerate less when driving.

NOTE

In wintry driving conditions, the maximum effec-tiveness of 4WD can only be achieved if you usewinter tyres (M+S tyres), with snow chains if nec-essary.

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD)(where fitted)


WARNING

• The ESP/VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does not preventaccidents due to abrupt steering operation athigh speeds or by careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be espe-cially careful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If sus-pension parts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabiliser bars, bushings and wheelsare not INFINITI recommended for your vehicleor are extremely deteriorated, the ESP/VDCsystem may not operate properly. This couldadversely affect vehicle handling performance,and the ESP/VDC warning light m may illu-minate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotorsand callipers are not INFINITI recommended orare extremely deteriorated, the ESP/VDC sys-tem may not operate properly and the ESP/VDC warning light m may illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are not INFINITIrecommended or are extremely deteriorated,the ESP/VDC warning light m may illumi-nate.

• When driving on extremely inclined surfacessuch as higher banked corners, the ESP/VDCsystem may not operate properly and the ESP/VDC warning light m may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surface such as aturntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, theESP/VDC warning light m may illuminate.This is not a malfunction. Restart the engineafter driving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tyres other than the INFINITI rec-ommended ones are used, the ESP/VDC sys-tem may not operate properly and the ESP/VDC warning light m may illuminate.

• The ESP/VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tyres or tyre chains on a snow coveredroad.

• If ESP/VDC is malfunctioning, ESP/VDC is un-able to stabilise the vehicle. In addition, otherdriving safety systems are switched off. Thisincreases the risk of skidding and an accident.Drive on carefully. Have ESP/VDC checked atan INFINITI centre or qualified workshop.

CAUTION

• When ESP/VDC is deactivated, them ESP/VDC OFF warning light lights up continuously.

• If both the m warning light and m warn-ing light are lit continuously, ESP/VDC is notavailable due to a malfunction.

ESP/VDC monitors driving stability and traction,i.e. power transmission between the tyres and theroad surface.

If ESP/VDC detects that the vehicle is deviatingfrom the direction desired by the driver, one or morewheels are braked to stabilise the vehicle. The en-

gine output is also modified to keep the vehicle onthe desired course within physical limits. ESP/VDCassists the driver when pulling away on wet or slip-pery roads. ESP/VDC can also stabilise the vehicleduring braking.

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)The Traction Control System (TCS) is part of ESP/VDC.

Traction control brakes the drive wheels individu-ally if they spin. This enables you to pull away andaccelerate on slippery surfaces, for example if theroad surface is slippery on one side. In addition,more torque is transferred to the wheel or wheelswith traction.

Traction control remains active if you deactivateESP/VDC.

CHARACTERISTICS OF ESP/VDCIf the m ESP/VDC warning light goes out beforebeginning the journey, ESP/VDC is automaticallyactive.

If ESP/VDC intervenes, the m ESP/VDC warn-ing light flashes in the combination meter.

If ESP/VDC intervenes:

• Do not deactivate ESP/VDC under any circum-stances.

• When pulling away, only depress the accelera-tor pedal as far as is necessary.

• Adapt your driving style to suit the prevailingroad and weather conditions.

ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME (ESP) SYSTEM (for Europe) VEHICLEDYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM (except Europe)


Deactivating/activating ESP/VDC

WARNING

If you deactivate ESP/VDC, ESP/VDC no longerstabilises the vehicle. There is an increased risk ofskidding and an accident.

Only deactivate ESP/VDC in the situationsdescribed in the following section.

You can select between the following statuses ofESP/VDC:

• ESP/VDC is activated.

• ESP/VDC is deactivated.

It may be best to deactivate ESP/VDC in the fol-lowing situations:

• When using snow chains.

• In deep snow.

• On sand or gravel.

NOTE

Activate ESP/VDC as soon as the situations de-scribed above no longer apply. ESP/VDC will oth-erwise not be able to stabilise the vehicle if the ve-hicle starts to skid or a wheel starts to spin.

You can activate/deactivate ESP/VDC using thevehicle information display. To activate/deactivateESP/VDC:


2. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel to select the [Assist.] menu in the vehicleinformation display.

3. Press the m or m button to select [ESP].

4. Press the <OK> button on the steering wheel.The current selection is displayed.


ESP/VDC is deactivated if the m warninglight in the combination meter lights up continu-ously when the engine is running.

Characteristics when ESP/VDC is deactivated:

If ESP/VDC is deactivated and one or more wheelsstart to spin, the m ESP/VDC warning lightflashes in the combination meter. In such situations,ESP/VDC will not stabilise the vehicle.

If you deactivate ESP/VDC:

• ESP/VDC no longer improves driving stability.

• Engine torque is no longer limited and the drivewheels are able to spin.

The spinning of the wheels results in a cuttingaction for better traction on loose surfaces.

• Traction control is still activated.

• ESP/VDC still provides support when youbrake.

ESP/VDC TRAILER STABILISATIONIf your vehicle trailer combination begins to lurch,ESP/VDC assists you in this situation. ESP/VDCslows the vehicle down by braking and limiting theengine output until the vehicle/trailer combinationhas stabilised.

WARNING

If road and weather conditions are poor, trailerstabilisation will not beableto prevent thevehicle/trailer combination from swerving. Trailers with ahigh centre of gravity can tip over before ESP/VDC can detect this. There is a risk of an accident.

Always adapt your driving style to the prevailingroad and weather conditions.

If your vehicle/trailer combination begins to lurch,you can only stabilise the vehicle/trailer combina-tion by depressing the brake.

ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation is active abovespeeds of approximately 65 km/h.

ESP/VDC trailer stabilisation does not work ifESP/VDC is deactivated or disabled because of amalfunction.

EBD (ELECTRONIC BRAKE FORCEDISTRIBUTION)EBD monitors and controls the brake pressure onthe rear wheels to improve driving stability whilebraking.


WARNING

If EBD is malfunctioning, the rear wheels can lock,e.g. under full braking. This increases the risk ofskidding and an accident.

You should therefore adapt your driving style tothe different handling characteristics. Have thebrake system checked at an INFINITI centre orqualified workshop.

STEER CONTROLSTEER CONTROL helps you by transmitting a no-ticeable steering force to the steering wheel in thedirection required for vehicle stabilisation.

This steering support is provided in particular if:

• Both right wheels or both left wheels are on awet or slippery road surface when you brake.

• The vehicle starts to skid.

No steering support is provided from STEER CON-TROL, if:

• ESP/VDC is malfunctioning.

• The steering is faulty.

If ESP/VDC is malfunctioning, you will be assistedfurther by the electrical power steering.

The ECO stop/start function switches the engineoff automatically if the vehicle is stopped undercertain conditions.

When pulling away again, the engine starts auto-matically. The ECO stop/start function therebyhelps you to reduce the fuel consumption and emis-sions of your vehicle.

WARNING

If the engine is switched off automatically and youexit the vehicle, the engine is restarted automati-cally. The vehicle may begin moving There is a riskof accident and injury.

If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn off theignition and secure the vehicle against rollingaway.

If the m ECO symbol is shown in green in thevehicle information display, the ECO stop/startfunction switches the engine off automaticallyonce the vehicle stops moving.

The stop/start function is automatically activatedeach time you start the engine with the ignition key.

If the ECO stop/start function has been manuallydeactivated (see “Deactivating/activating theECOstop/start function” later in this section) or a mal-function has caused the system to be deactivated,them ECO symbol is not displayed.

AUTOMATIC ENGINE SWITCH-OFFTheECO stop/start function is operational and them ECO symbol is displayed in green in the ve-hicle information display, if:

• The indicator lamp in theECO button is lit green.

• The outside temperature is within the range thatis suitable for the system.

• The engine is at normal operating temperature.

• The set temperature for the vehicle interior hasbeen reached.

• The battery is sufficiently charged.

• The system detects that the windscreen is notmisted up when the air-conditioning system isswitched on.

• The bonnet is closed.

• The driver's door is closed and the driver's seatbelt is fastened.

If the conditions for automatic engine switch-offare not all fulfilled, them ECO symbol is shownin yellow.

NSD620

ECO stop/start symbol

ECO STOP/START SYSTEM(where fitted)


All of the vehicle's systems remain active when theengine is switched off automatically.

The engine can be switched off automatically amaximum of four times (initial stop, then three sub-sequent stops) in succession. Them ECO sym-bol is shown in yellow in the vehicle informationdisplay after the engine has been started automati-cally for the fourth time. When them ECO sym-bol is shown in green in the vehicle information dis-play, automatic engine switch-off is again possible.

NOTE

If the bonnet is opened while the engine is runningand the ECO stop/start function is operational,the engine will switch off automatically.

Vehicles with manual transmission

The ECO stop/start function switches off the en-gine automatically at low speeds

1. Brake the vehicle.

2. Shift to neutral N gear.

3. Release the clutch pedal. The engine is switchedoff automatically.

Vehicles with automatic transmission

If the vehicle is brought to a standstill in D or N, theECO stop/start function switches off the engineautomatically.

AUTOMATIC ENGINE STARTThe engine is started automatically if:

• You switch off the ECO stop/start function bypressing the ECO button.

• You engage Reverse R or Drive D.

• You unfasten your seat belt or open the driver'sdoor.

• The vehicle starts to roll.

• The brake system requires this.

• The temperature in the vehicle interior deviatesfrom the set range.

• The system detects moisture on the windscreenwhen the air-conditioning system is switchedon.

• The battery's charge status is too low.


NOTE

Only engage gear when the clutch pedal isdepressed.

The engine is started automatically if you:

• Depress the clutch pedal fully.

• Depress the accelerator pedal.


The engine is started automatically if you:

• Release the brake pedal in transmission positionD (Drive) or N (Neutral).

• Depress the accelerator pedal.

• Move the transmission out of position P (Park).

Shifting the transmission to position P (Park) doesnot start the engine.

If you shift the transmission from R (Reverse) to D(Drive), the ECO stop/start function is availableagain once the m ECO symbol reappears ingreen in the vehicle information display.

DEACTIVATING/ACTIVATING THEECO STOP/START FUNCTION

• To deactivate: press ECO button ➀. Indicatorlamp ➁ and the m ECO symbol in the ve-hicle information display turn off.

NIC2633


• To activate: press ECO button ➀. Indicatorlamp ➁ lights up. If all conditions for automaticengine switch-off (see “Automatic engineswitch-off” earlier in this section) are fulfilled,the m ECO symbol is shown in green in thevehicle information display.

If not all conditions for automatic engineswitch-off are met, them ECO symbol is lityellow in the vehicle information display. If thisis the case, the ECO stop/start function is notactive.

If indicator lamp ➁ on ECO button ➀ is off, theECO stop/start function has been deactivatedmanually or as the result of a malfunction. The en-gine will then not be switched off automaticallywhen the vehicle stops.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the Hill Start Assist (HSA)system to prevent the vehicle from movingbackward on a hill. Always drive carefully andattentively. Depress the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especiallycareful when stopped on a hill on frozen ormuddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possible serious in-jury or death.

• The Hill Start Assist system is not designed tohold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depressthe brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped ona steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the ve-hicle to roll backwards and may result in a col-lision or serious personal injury.

• The Hill Start Assist system may not preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill un-der all load or road conditions. Always be pre-pared to depress the brake pedal to prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do somay result in a collision or serious personal in-jury.

• After a short time, hill start assist will no longerbrake your vehicle and it could roll away Thereis a risk of an accident and injury. Therefore,quickly move your foot from the brake pedal tothe accelerator pedal. Never leave the vehiclewhen it is held by hill start assist.

Hill start assist helps you when pulling away for-wards or in reverse on an uphill gradient. It holdsthe vehicle for a short time after you have removedyour foot from the brake pedal. This gives youenough time to move your foot from the brakepedal to the accelerator pedal and depress it be-fore the vehicle begins to roll.

Hill start assist is not active if

• You are pulling away on a level road or a down-hill gradient.

• On vehicles with automatic transmission, thetransmission is in position N.

• The electric parking brake is applied.

• ESP/VDC is malfunctioning.

HILL START ASSIST (HSA)


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the LDW system could result in seri-ous personal injury or death. The LDW system willnot steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system warns the driver with a warninglight and intermittent steering vibration that thevehicle is beginning to leave the travelling lane.

The LDW systems uses a camera ➀ installed be-hind the windscreen to monitor the lane markers ofyour travelling lane.

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

➀ Steering wheel mounted controls

➁ Vehicle information display

jA Display area

jB Menu bar

NSD644

NSD626

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM (where fitted)


The LDW system operates within the speed rangebetween 60 km/h (40 MPH) and 200 km/h (120MPH), when the lane markings are clear.

A warning may be given if a front wheel passesover a lane marking. It will warn you by means ofintermittent vibration through the steering wheelfor up to 1.5 seconds.

NOTE

TheLDW system is designed not to warn when youoperate the lane change signal and change travel-ling lanes in the direction of the signal.

No warning vibration occurs if you activate theturn signals. In this event, the warnings are sup-pressed for a certain period of time.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEM

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel ➀ to select the [Assist.] menu on theMenu barjB .

2. Press the m or m button to select [LaneDeparture Warning].

3. Press the <OK> button on the steering wheel ➀.The current selection is displayed.

4. Press the <OK> button to confirm.

5. Press the m or m button to set [Off],[Standard] or [Adaptive].

6. Press the <OK> button to save the setting. Whenthe LDW is activated, the vehicle informationdisplay shows the lane markings as bright linesin the assistance graphic in the display areajA

When [Standard] is selected, no warning vibrationoccurs if:

• You have switched on the turn signals. In thisevent, the warnings are suppressed for a cer-tain period of time.

• A driving safety system intervenes, such as ABS,brake assist system (BAS) or ESP/VDC.

When [Adaptive] is selected, no warning vibrationoccurs if:

• You have switched on the turn signals. In thiscase the warnings are suppressed for a certainperiod of time.

• A driving system intervenes, such as ABS, BASor ESP/VDC.

• You accelerate hard, for example kickdown.

• You brake hard.

• You steer actively, for example, swerve to avoidan obstacle or change lane quickly.

• You cut the corner on a sharp bend.

In order that you are warned only when necessaryand in good time if you cross the lane marking, thesystem detects certain conditions and warns youaccordingly.

The warning vibration occurs earlier if:

• You approach the outer lane marking on a bend.

• The road has very wide lanes, for example, amotorway.

• The system detects solid lane markings.

The warning vibration occurs later if:

• The road has narrow lanes.

• You cut across a corner on a bend.

NSD599

Assistance graphic


LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for theLDW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• This system is only a warning device to informthe driver of a potential unintended lane de-parture. It will not steer the vehicle or preventloss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetravelling lane, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

• The system will not operate at speeds belowapproximately 60 km/h (40 MPH), above 200km/h (120 MPH) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

• The system may not function properly underthe following conditions:

– On roads where there are multiple parallellane markers; lane markers that are faded ornot painted clearly; yellow painted lanemarkers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered with water, dirt,snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinued lane mark-ers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharp curves.

– On roads where there are sharply contrast-ing objects, such as shadows, snow, water,wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW system could detectthese items as lane markers.)

– On roads where the travelling lane mergesor separates.

– When the vehicle’s travelling direction doesnot align with the lane marker.

– When travelling close to the vehicle in frontof you, which obstructs the lane camera unitdetection range.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewind-screen in front of the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright due todirt on the lens or if the aiming is not ad-justed properly.

– When strong light enters the lane cameraunit. (For example, the light directly shineson the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

– When a sudden change in brightness occurs.(For example, when the vehicle enters or ex-its a tunnel or under a bridge.)

– When there is poor visibility. (For example,due to insufficient illumination of the road,or due to snow, rain, fog or spray.

– When there is glare. (For example, from on-coming traffic, the sun or reflection whenthe road is wet).


➀ Steering wheel mounted controls


jA Display area

jB Menu bar

LDW SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEUnder the following conditions, the LDW systemwill be cancelled automatically, the message [LaneDepartureWarning currently unavailableSeeOwn-er's Manual] is displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay ➁.

The LDW system is temporarily unavailable if:

• The windscreen is dirty in the camera's field ofvision.

• Visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow orfog.

• There have been no lane markings for an ex-tended period.

• The lane markings are worn, dark, or covered bydirt or snow, etc.

Action to take: When the above conditions nolonger exist, the message goes out and the LDWsystem is operational again. If the message contin-ues to appear, stop the vehicle in a safe location,press the P (Park) button (AT model) or shift theshift lever to N (Neutral) (MT model) position andclean the windscreen.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel au-tomatically and the message [Lane DepartureWarning inoperative] will appear.

Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location,engage P (Park)(AT model) or shift the shift lever toN (Neutral) (MT model) position, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the message continuesto appear, have the system checked by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

NSD626


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit ➀ for the LDW system is lo-cated above the inside mirror.

To ensure the proper operation of the LDW systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:

• Always keep the windscreen clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparentmaterial) or install an accessory near the cam-era unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such as whitepaper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. Thereflection of sunlight may adversely affect thecamera unit’s capability of detecting the lanemarkers.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around thecamera unit. Do not touch the camera lens orremove parts from the camera unit. If the cam-era unit is damaged due to an accident, contactan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the BSW system could result in seri-ous injury or death.

• The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system is not areplacement for proper driving procedure andis not designed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, always usethe side and rear view mirrors and turn and lookin the direction you will move to ensure it is safeto change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSWsystem.

The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system can helpalert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent laneswhen changing lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors jA installednear the rear bumper to detect other vehicles besideyour vehicle in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either sideof your vehicle within the detection zone shown asillustrated. This detection zone starts from the out-side mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3 m) sideways.

WARNING

• The BSW system is not a replacement forproper driving procedure and is not designed toprevent contact with vehicles or objects. Whenchanging lanes, always use the side and rearview mirrors and turn and look in the directionyou will move to ensure it is safe to changelanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.

• TheBSW system may not provide a warning forvehicles that pass through the detection zonequickly.

NSD644

NAA1727

SSD1030Z

Detection zone

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)SYSTEM (where fitted)


BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

➀ Side indicator light

➁ Steering wheel mounted controls

➂ Vehicle information display

jA MENU bar

TheBSW system operates above approximately 30km/h (20 MPH). When the BSW is activated, theside indicator light illuminates in yellow up to aspeed of 30 km/h (20 MPH). At speeds above 30km/h (20 MPH), the indicator light goes out andthe BSW system is operational.

Illustration 1: If the radar sensors detect a vehiclein the detection zone, the BSW indicator light ➀located by the outside mirrors illuminates.

Illustration 2: If the turn signal is then activated,the system chimes (twice) and the BSW indicatorlight flashes. The BSW indicator light continues toflash until the detected vehicles leave the detectionzone.

NSD623

SSD1026Z

Illustration 1

SSD1031Z

Illustration 2


NOTE

• The BSW indicator lights illuminate for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

• The brightness of the BSW indicator lights isadjusted automatically depending on thebrightness of the ambient light.

• If a vehicle comes into the detection zone afterthe driver activates the turn signal, then onlythe BSW indicator light flashes and no chimesounds. (See “Another vehicle approachingfrom behind” later in this section.)

A chime sounds if the radar sensors have alreadydetected vehicles when the driver activates the turnsignal.

WARNING

• Do not use the BSW system when towing atrailer because the system may not functionproperly.

• Excessive noise (for example audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interfere withthe chime sound, and it may not be heard.

• The radar sensors may not be able to detect andactivate BSW when certain objects are presentsuch as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

– Several types of vehicles such as motor-cycles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detection zonewhen you accelerate from a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at aspeed approximately the same as your ve-hicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rap-idly.

• Severe weather or road spray conditions mayreduce the ability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

• The radar sensors detection zone is designedbased on a standard lane width. When drivingin a wider lane, the radar sensors may not de-tect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When drivingin a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detectvehicles driving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignore moststationary objects, however objects such asguardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehiclesmay occasionally be detected. This is a normaloperating condition.


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEM

➀ Steering wheel mounted controls (left side)


jA Display area

jB MENU bar

To enable/disable theBSW system, use the follow-ing procedure:

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel ➀ to select the [Assist. ] menu on theMenu barjB .

2. Press them or m button ➀ to select BlindSpot Warning.


4. To activate/deactivate BSW: press the <OK>button ➀ again.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for theBSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles un-der all conditions.

• The radar sensors may not be able to detect andactivate BSW when certain objects are presentsuch as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height ve-hicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detection zonewhen you accelerate from a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at aspeed approximately the same as your ve-hicle.

– A vehicle that is too close to your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.

NSD626


– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rap-idly.

• The radar sensors detection zone is designedbased on a standard lane width. When drivingin a wider lane, the radar sensors may not de-tect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When drivingin a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detectvehicles driving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignore moststationary objects, however objects such asguardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehiclesmay occasionally be detected. This is a normaloperating condition.

• The following conditions may reduce the abilityof the radar to detect other vehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice build-up on the vehicle

– Frost build-up on the vehicle

– Dirt build- up on the vehicle

• Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply additionalpaint near the radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar to detectother vehicles.

• Do not use the BSW system when towing atrailer because the system may not functionproperly.

• Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, openvehicle window) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

Another vehicle approaching from behind

Illustration 1: The BSW indicator light illuminates ifa vehicle enters the detection zone from behind inan adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travellingmuch faster than your vehicle, the indicator lightmay not illuminate before the detected vehicle isbeside your vehicle. Always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the direction your ve-hicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal,then the system chimes (twice) and the BSW indi-cator light flashes.

NOTE

• The radar sensors may not detect vehicleswhich are approaching rapidly from behind.

• If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the BSW in-dicator light will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

SSD1026Z

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

SSD1031Z

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind


Accelerate from a stop

NOTE

Illustration 3: If you accelerate from a stop with avehicle in the detection zone, the other vehicle maynot be detected.

Overtaking another vehicle

When you overtake a vehicle, the warning only oc-curs if the difference in speed is less than 12 km/h(7 MPH).

Illustration 4: The side indicator light illuminates ifyou overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in thedetection zone for approximately 3 seconds.

Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signalwhile another vehicle is in the detection zone, thenthe system chimes (twice) and the BSW indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE

• When overtaking several vehicles in a row, thevehicles after the first vehicle may not be de-tected if they are travelling close together.

• The radar sensors may not detect slower mov-ing vehicles if they are passed quickly.

• If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the side indi-cator light will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

SSD1032Z

Illustration 3 – Accelerate from a stop

SSD1033Z

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

SSD1034Z

Illustration 5 – Overtaking another vehicle


Overtaking several vehicles

Illustration 6: When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not bedetected if they are travelling close together.

Entering from the side

Illustration 7: The side indicator light illuminates if avehicle enters the detection zone from either side.

Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal,then the BSW indicator light flashes and a chimewill sound twice.

NOTE

• The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is travelling at about the same speed asyour vehicle when it enters the detection zone.

• If the driver activates the turn signal before avehicle enters the detection zone, the BSW in-dicator light will flash but no chime will soundwhen another vehicle is detected.

SSD1036Z

Illustration 6 – Overtaking several vehicles

SSD1037Z

Illustration 7 – Entering from the side

SSD1038Z

Illustration 8 – Entering from the side


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

➀ Vehicle information display

If radar blockage is detected, the system will beturned off automatically, and the [Blind SpotWarning currently unavailable See Owner's

Manual] message appears in the vehicle informa-tion display ➀. The system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog. The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.

Action to take: When the above conditions nolonger exist, the system will resume automatically.If the message still appears, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

System malfunction

If the system malfunctions, it will be turned off au-tomatically, and the [Blind Spot Warning inopera-tive] message appears in the vehicle informationdisplay ➀.

Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location,place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the message still appears, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

NSD631


RADAR MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensor unitsjA for the BSW systemare located near the rear bumper. Always keep the areanear the radar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporaryambient conditions such as splashing water, mistor fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused by ob-jects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing the areaaround the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparent ma-terial), install accessories or apply additional paintnear the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around the radarsensors. Consult an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop if the area around the radar sensors isdamaged due to a collision.

Cruise control maintains a constant road speed foryou. It brakes automatically in order to avoid ex-ceeding the set speed. You must select a lower gearin good time on long and steep downhill gradients,especially if the vehicle is laden or towing a trailer.For vehicles with automatic transmission, you needto have selected manual drive program M (see“Manual drive program” earlier in this section). Bydoing so, you will make use of the braking effect ofthe engine. This relieves the load on the brake sys-tem and prevents the brakes from overheating andwearing too quickly.

Use cruise control only if road and traffic condi-tions are appropriate for maintaining a steadyspeed for a prolonged period. You can store anyroad speed above 30 km/h.

The speed indicated in the speedometer may differslightly from the speed stored.

CAUTION

If you fail to adapt your driving style, cruise con-trol can neither reduce the risk of an accident noroverride the laws of physics. Cruise control cannottake into account road, weather or traffic condi-tions. Cruise control is only an aid. You are respon-sible for the distance to the vehicle in front, for ve-hicle speed, for braking in good time, and for stay-ing in lane.

If there is a change of drivers, advise the new driverof the speed stored.

WARNING

• Always observe the posted speed limits and donot set the speed over them.

• Do not use the cruise control when driving un-der the following conditions. Doing so couldcause a loss of vehicle control and result in anaccident.

– When it is not possible to keep the vehicle ata constant speed

– When driving in heavy traffic

– When driving in traffic that varies speed

– When driving in windy areas

– When driving on winding or hilly roads

– When driving on slippery (rain, snow, ice,etc.) roads

NAA1640

CRUISE CONTROL (where fitted)


CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

➀ Store the current speed or a higher speed

➁ LIM (Speed Limiter) indicator lamp

➂ Store the current speed or call up the laststored speed

➃ Store the current speed or a lower speed

➄ Switch between cruise control and SpeedLimiter

➅ Deactivate the cruise control system

You can operate cruise control and the speed lim-iter with the cruise control lever. The LIM indicatorlamp on the cruise control lever indicates whichsystem you have selected:

• LIM indicator lamp off: cruise control isselected.

• LIM indicator lamp on: speed limiter is selected.

When you activate cruise control, the stored speedis shown in the vehicle information display for fiveseconds.

Selecting cruise control

Check whether the LIM indicator light ➁ is off. Ifthe light is off, the cruise control is already selected.

If the light is on, quickly push the button ➄ on thecruise control lever. The LIM indicator light will gooff and the cruise control is now selected.

Activation conditions

To activate cruise control, all of the following acti-vation conditions must be fulfilled:

• The electric parking brake must be released.

• You are driving faster than 30 km/h.

• ESP/VDC must be switched on, but not inter-vening.

• Cruise control must be selected.

Storing, maintaining and calling up aspeed

Storing and maintaining the current speed:

You can store the current speed if you are drivingfaster than 30 km/h:

1. Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.

2. Briefly press the cruise controller lever up ➀ ordown ➃.

3. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.

Cruise control is activated. The vehicle automati-cally maintains the speed.

NOTE

Cruise control may be unable to maintain thestored speed on uphill gradients. The stored speedis resumed when the gradient evens out. Cruisecontrol maintains the stored speed on downhillgradients by automatically braking the vehicle.

NOTE

Vehicles with manual transmission:

• Always drive at adequate, but not excessive,engine speeds.

• Change gear in good time.

• If possible, do not change down several gearsat a time.

Storing the current speed or calling up the laststored speed:

WARNING

If you call up a stored speed and this is differentfrom the current speed, the vehicle accelerates orbrakes. If you do not know what the stored speedis, the vehicle may accelerate or brake unexpect-edly. There is a risk of an accident.

Take the traffic conditions into account beforecalling up the stored speed. If you do not knowwhat the stored speed is, store the desired speedagain.

NSD618


1. Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you➂.

2. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal.The first time cruise control is activated, it storesthe current speed or regulates the speed of thevehicle to the previously stored speed.

Setting a speed

Bear in mind that it may take a brief moment untilthe vehicle has accelerated or braked to the setspeed.

1. Press the cruise control lever up ➀ for a higherspeed or down ➃ for a lower speed.

2. Keep the cruise control lever pressed until thedesired speed is reached.

3. Release the cruise control lever, The new speedis stored.

4. To adjust the set speed in 1 km/h increments:briefly press the cruise control lever up ➀ ordown ➃ to the pressure point. The last storedspeed increases or decreases in 1 km/h incre-ments.

5. To adjust the set speed in 10 km/h increments:briefly press the cruise control lever up➀ ordown ➃ beyond the pressure point. The laststored speed increases or decreases in 10 km/hincrements.

NOTE

Cruise control is not deactivated if you depress the

accelerator pedal. For example, if you acceleratebriefly to overtake, cruise control adjusts the vehi-cle's speed to the last speed stored after you havefinished overtaking.

Deactivating cruise control

There are several ways to deactivate cruise control:

• Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards➅.

or

• Brake.

or

• Briefly press the button ➄ in the cruise controllever. The speed limiter is selected. LIM indica-tor lamp ➁in the cruise control lever lights up.

Cruise control is automatically deactivated if:

• The vehicle is secured with the electric parkingbrake.

• You are driving at less than 30 km/h.

• ESP/VDC intervenes or you deactivate ESP/VDC.

If cruise control is deactivated, you will hear awarning tone. You will see the [Cruise control off]message in the vehicle information display for ap-proximately five seconds.

NOTE

The last speed stored is cleared when you switchoff the engine.

The speed limiter brakes automatically so that youdo not exceed the set speed. You must select alower gear in good time on long and steep downhillgradients, especially if the vehicle is laden or tow-ing a trailer. For vehicles with automatic transmis-sion, you need to have selected manual drive pro-gram M (see “Manual drive program” earlier in thissection). By doing so, you will make use of the brak-ing effect of the engine. This relieves the load onthe brake system and prevents the brakes fromoverheating and wearing too quickly. If you needadditional braking, depress the brake pedal repeat-edly rather than continuously.

You can set a variable or permanent limit speed:

• Variable for speed limits, e. g. in built-up areas.

• Permanent for long-term speed restrictions,e.g. when driving with winter tyres fitted.

The speed indicated in the speedometer may differslightly from the speed stored.

CAUTION

If you fail to adapt your driving style, the speedlimiter can neither reduce the risk of an accidentnor override the laws of physics. The speed limitercannot take into account road, weather or trafficconditions. The speed limiter is only an aid. You areresponsible for the distance to the vehicle in front,for vehicle speed, for braking in good time, and forstaying in lane.

If there is a change of drivers, advise the new driverof the speed stored.

SPEED LIMITER (where fitted)


WARNING

• Always observe posted speed limits. Do not setthe speed over them.

• Always confirm the setting status of the speedlimiter on the vehicle information display.

When the speed limiter is on, the cruise control orthe Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (wherefitted) cannot be operated.

VARIABLE SPEED LIMITER


➁ LIM (speed limiter) indicator lamp

➂ Store the current speed or call up the laststored speed

➃ Store the current speed or a lower speed

➄ Switch between cruise control and SpeedLimiter

➅ Deactivate the speed limiter system

With the cruise control lever, you can operate cruisecontrol or Intelligent cruise control and the variablespeed limiter. The LIM indicator lamp on the cruisecontrol lever indicates which system you have se-lected:

• LIM indicator lamp off: cruise control or intelli-gent cruise control is selected (if they are ac-tive).

• LIM indicator lamp on: variable speed limiter isselected.

When the engine is running, you can use the cruisecontrol lever to limit the speed to any speed be-tween 30 km/h and thetechnically permitted maxi-mum speed of the vehicle. If the set value of thepermanent speed limiter is lower then this valueapplies.

Selecting variable speed limiter

Check whether the LIM indicator light ➁is on. Ifthe light is on, the speed limiter is already selected.

If the light is off, quickly push the cruise controllever in the direction of arrow ➄. The LIM indicatorlight will light up and the variable speed limiter isnow selected.

Storing the current speed

You can use the cruise control lever to limit thespeed to any speed above 30 km/h while the en-gine is running.

Briefly press the cruise control lever up ➀ or down➃. The current speed is stored and shown in thevehicle information display.

Storing or calling up the speed

WARNING

If you call up the stored speed and it is lower thanthe current speed, the vehicle decelerates. If youdo not know the stored speed, the vehicle coulddecelerate unexpectedly. There is a risk of an acci-dent.

Pay attention to the road and traffic conditionsbefore calling up the stored speed. If you do notknow the stored speed, store the desired speedagain.

Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards you ➂.

Setting a speed

To adjust the set speed in 10 km/h increments:

• Briefly press the cruise control lever up ➀ be-yond the pressure point for a higher speed, ordown ➁ for a lower speed.

or

• Keep the cruise control lever pressed beyondthe pressure point until the desired speed is set.Press the cruise control lever up ➀ for a higherspeed or down ➁ for a lower speed.

To adjust the set speed in 1 km/h increments:

• Briefly press the cruise control lever up ➀ to thepressure point for a higher speed or down ➁for a lower speed.

or

NSD618


• Keep the cruise control lever pressed beyondthe pressure point until the desired speed is set.Press the cruise control lever up ➀ for a higherspeed or down ➁ for a lower speed

Switching the speed limiter to passive

If you depress the accelerator pedal beyond thepressure point (kickdown), the speed limiter isswitched to passive mode. The following messageappears in the vehicle information display: [Speedlimiter suspended].

You can then exceed the stored speed, The speedlimiter is activated again if you:

• Drive slower than the stored speed withoutkickdown.

• Set a new speed or

• Call up the last speed stored again.

The [Speed limiter suspended] message in the ve-hicle information display disappears.

Deactivating the variable speed limiter

It is not possible to deactivate the variable speedlimiter by braking.

There are several ways to deactivate the variablespeed limiter:

• Briefly press the cruise control lever forwards➅.

or

• Briefly press the button ➄ on the cruise controllever. The LIM indicator lamp ➁ in the cruisecontrol lever goes out. Variable speed limiter isdeactivated. Cruise control or intelligent cruisecontrol is selected.

Vehicles with manual transmission:

The speed limiter switches off if you shift to ahigher gear and as a result, the engine speed is toolow.

NOTE

The last speed stored is cleared when you switchoff the engine.

PERMANENT SPEED LIMITERYou can use the vehicle information display to limitthe speed permanently to a value between 160km/h (e.g. for driving on winter tyres) and the maxi-mum speed.

Shortly before the stored speed is reached, it ap-pears in the vehicle information display.

Permanent speed limiter remains active even if thevariable speed limiter is deactivated.

You cannot exceed the stored speed limit even ifyou depress the accelerator pedal beyond the pres-sure point (kickdown).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the ICC system could result in seriousinjury or death.

• ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning de-vice. For main road and motorway way use onlyand not intended for congested areas or citydriving. Failure to apply the brakes could resultin an accident.

• Always observe posted speed limits and do notset the speed over them.

• Always drive carefully and attentively whenusing the ICC. Read and understand the Own-er’s Manual thoroughly before using the ICCsystem. To avoid serious injury or death, do notrely on the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the ICC system except in ap-propriate road and traffic conditions.

NSD645

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) SYSTEM (Full speed range)(where fitted)


The ICC system is intended to enhance the opera-tion of the vehicle when following a vehicle travel-ling in the same lane and direction.

If the distance sensor jA detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speedso that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.

ICC SYSTEM OPERATION

➀ Speedometer

➁ Distance warning light

➂ Vehicle information display

➃ Cruise control lever

NSD625


The ICC system maintains a selected distance fromthe vehicle in front of you within the speed range of0 to 200 km/h (0 to 125 MPH) up to the set speed.The set speed can be selected by the driver be-tween 30 to 200 km/h (20 to 125 MPH).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when the roadahead is clear.

The ICC system is designed to maintain a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of you and reducethe speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys-tem will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle de-celerates to a standstill. However, the ICC systemcan only apply up to 50% of the vehicle’s total brak-ing power. This system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remainfairly constant or when vehicle speeds changegradually. If a vehicle moves into the travelling laneahead or if a vehicle travelling ahead rapidly decel-erates, the distance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannot deceleratethe vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICCsystem will sound a warning chime and illuminatethe distance warning light to notify the driver totake necessary action.

The following items are controlled in the ICC sys-tem:

• When there are no vehicles travelling ahead, theICC system maintains the speed set by thedriver. The set speed range is between approxi-mately 30 and 200 km/h (20 and 125 MPH).

• When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the ICCsystem adjusts the speed to maintain the dis-tance, selected by driver, from thevehicleahead.The adjusting speed range is up to the set speed.If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within the limitationsof the system. Once the vehicle is stationary, itremains stationary and you do not need to de-press the brake pedal.

• When the vehicle travelling ahead has movedout from its lane of travel, pull the cruise controllever or push the accelerator pedal briefly. TheICC system accelerates and maintains vehiclespeed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speed orwarn you when you approach stationary and slowmoving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicleoperation to maintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traffic con-gestion.

ICC SWITCH (CRUISE CONTROLLEVER)


➁ Set the specified minimum distance

➂ LIM indicator lamp

➃ Store the current speed or call up the laststored speed

➄ Store the current speed or a lower speed

➅ Switch between ICC and Speed Limiter (see“Speed limiter (where fitted)” earlier in thissection).

Switch ICC On or Off).

➆ Deactivate the ICC system

The ICC system is operated by the cruise controllever, located on the steering column.

NSD582


The LIM indicator lamp on the cruise control leverindicates which system you have selected whetherthe ICC is On or Off:

• LIM indicator lamp off: ICC is selected

• LIM indicator lamp on: Speed Limiter selected

ICC SYSTEM DISPLAY ANDINDICATORS

Displays in the speedometer

When the ICC system is activated and there are novehicles detected ahead, one or two segments ➁ inthe set speed range light up.

If theICC system detects a vehicle ahead, segments➁ between speed of the vehicle ahead ➂andstored speed ➀ light up.

NOTE

For design reasons, the speed displayed in thespeedometer may differ slightly from the speed setfor the ICC system.

Display when the ICC system isdeactivated

➀ Vehicle ahead, if detected

➁ Distance indicator: current distance to thevehicle ahead

➂ Specified minimum distance to the vehicleahead; adjustable

➃ Own vehicle

Display when the ICC system is activated

You will initially see the stored speed for about fiveseconds when you activate the ICC system.

➀ Vehicle ahead, if detected

➁ Specified minimum distance to the vehicleahead; adjustable

➂ Own vehicle

➃ ICC stored speed (text only appears when thecruise control lever is actuated)

OPERATING ICC

Check whether the LIM indicator light ➂ is off. Ifthe light is off, the ICC is already selected.

If the light is on, quickly push the cruise control but-ton ➅. The LIM indicator light will go off and theICC is now operational.

NSD600

NSD614

NSD601

NSD582


To set cruising speed, accelerate you vehicle to thedesired speed and quickly pull the cruise control le-ver towards you ➃, up ➀ or down ➄. Take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle willmaintain the set speed.

NOTE

If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal,the [ICC suspended] message appears in the ve-hicle information display. The set distance to aslower-moving vehicle in front will then not bemaintained. You will be driving at the speed youdetermine by the position of the accelerator pedal.

You can also activate the ICC when stationary. Thelowest speed that can be set is 30 km/h (20 MPH).

System operation

The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based onthe road conditions. The ICC system maintains theset vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise con-trol, as long as no vehicle is detected in the laneahead. The ICC system displays the set speed for 5seconds after the cruise control lever is activated.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, theICC system decelerates the vehicle by controllingthe throttle and applying the brakes to match thespeed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on the speed ofthe vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selecteddistance.

The brake lights of the vehicle come on when brak-ing is performed by theICC system. When the brakeoperates, a noise may be heard. This is not a mal-function.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle aheadsymbol ➀ appears in the vehicle information dis-play.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, theICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle toresume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICCsystem then maintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicleahead display turns off ➁.

If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration tothe set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system isin operation, the system controls the distance tothat vehicle.

Changing lane for overtaking anothervehicle:

When you change the lane for overtaking, ICC sup-ports the overtaking if:

• The vehicle speed is more than 70 km/h

• The ICC is maintaining the distance to a vehiclein front

• The respective turn signal is activated

• ICC does not detect a danger of collision

If these conditions are met, the vehicle will be ac-celerated. Acceleration will be interrupted if chang-ing lanes takes too long or if the distance betweenyour vehicle and the vehicle in front becomes toosmall.

NSD615

System set display with vehicle ahead

NSD616

System set display without vehicle ahead


How to change the set vehicle speed

To cancel the preset speed, use any of these meth-ods:

• Push the cruise control lever in the direction ofarrow ➅. Note that this will activate the SpeedLimiter.

• Tap the brake pedal when the vehicle is moving.

• Quickly push the cruise control lever in the di-rection of arrow ➆.

The message [ICC OFF] appears in the vehicle in-formation display for 5 seconds.

To reset at a higher cruising speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, quickly pull the cruisecontrol lever towards you ➃.

• Pull the cruise control lever up ➀ beyond thepressure point. The set vehicle speed will in-crease by approximately 10 km/h (10 MPH).

• Pull the cruise control lever up (1) at the pres-sure point. The set vehicle speed will increase byapproximately 1 km/h (1 MPH).

To reset at a lower cruising speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicleattains the desired speed, quickly pull the cruisecontrol lever towards you ➃.

• Pull the cruise control lever down ➄ beyond thepressure point. The set vehicle speed will de-crease by approximately 10 km/h (10 MPH).

• Pull the cruise control lever down ➄ to the pres-sure point. The set vehicle speed will decreaseby approximately 1 km/h (1 MPH).

To resume the preset speed, quickly pull the cruisecontrol lever towards you ➃. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH).

NOTE

If you do not fully release the accelerator pedal,the [ICC deactivated autom.] message appears inthe vehicle information display. The set distance toa slower-moving vehicle in front will then not bemaintained. You will be driving at the speed youdetermine by the position of the accelerator pedal.

You can also activate ICC when stationary. Thelowest speed that can be set is 30 km/h (19 MPH).

Stopping

WARNING

When leaving the vehicle even if it is braked onlyby the ICC system, it could roll away if:

• There is a malfunction in the system or in thevoltage supply.

• The ICC system has been deactivated with thecruise control lever, e. g. by a vehicle occupantor from outside the vehicle.

• The electrical system in the engine compart-ment the battery or the fuses have been tam-pered with.

• The battery is disconnected.

• The accelerator pedal has been depressed, e.g.by a vehicle occupant.

There is a risk of an accident.

If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn off theICC system and secure the vehicle against rollingaway.

For further information on deactivating the ICCsystem, see “ICC switch (cruise control lever)” ear-lier in this section

If the ICC system detects that the vehicle in front isstopping, it brakes your vehicle until it is stationary.

Once your vehicle is stationary, it remains station-ary and you do not need to depress the brake.

NSD582


NOTE

Depending on the specified minimum distance,your vehicle will come to a standstill at a sufficientdistance behind the vehicle in front. The specifiedminimum distance is set using the control on thecruise control lever.

How to change the set distance to thevehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected atany time depending on the traffic conditions.

To increase the distance to the vehicle ahead, turnthe knob ➂ toward the rear ➁. To decrease thedistance to the vehicle ahead, turn the knob ➂ to-ward the front ➀.

You can see this distance in the vehicle informationdisplay.

The distance to the vehicle ahead will change ac-cording to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehiclespeed, the longer the distance.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle aheaddue to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if an-other vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driverwith the chime and distance warning light. Deceler-ate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The distance warning light is illuminated.

The warning chime may not sound and the distancewarning light may not illuminate in some caseswhen there is a short distance between vehicles.Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are travelling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles is notchanging. In this case, the distance warning lightwill be on.

• When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster andthe distance between vehicles is increasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

• The warning chime will not sound and the dis-tance warning light will not illuminate when:

– The vehicle approaches other vehicles thatare parked or moving slowly.

– The accelerator pedal is depressed, overrid-ing the system.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by ve-hicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driving po-sition in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (forexample, if a vehicle is being driven with some dam-age).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds and the message [ICC off] is dis-played in the vehicle information display for 5 sec-onds under the following conditions and the con-trol is automatically cancelled.

• The electric parking brake is applied.

• The ESP/VDC intervenes or the ESP/VDC isdeactivated.

• The P (Park), R (Reverse) or N (Neutral) positionis engaged.

• The cruise control lever is pulled in order to pullaway but the front passenger door or one ofthe rear doors is open.

• The vehicle is skidding.

• Active Park Assist is activated.

ICC LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the ICCsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

NSD583


• This system is only an aid to assist the driverand is not a collision warning or avoidance de-vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

• The system is primarily intended for use onstraight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It isnot advisable to use the system in city traffic orcongested areas.

• This system will not adapt automatically toroad conditions. This system should be used inevenly flowing traffic. Do not use the systemon roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, inheavy rain or in fog.

• As there is a performance limit to the distancecontrol function, never rely solely on the ICCsystem. This system does not correct careless,inattentive or absent-minded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by de-pressing the brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the surroundingcircumstances in order to maintain a safe dis-tance between vehicles.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitationsof the system. Once the vehicle is stationary, itremains stationary and you do not need to de-press the brake pedal.

• Always pay attention to the operation of thevehicle and be ready to manually control theproper following distance. The ICC system may

not be able to maintain the selected distancebetween vehicles (following distance) orselected vehicle speed under some circum-stances.

• Normally when controlling the distance to a ve-hicle ahead, this system automatically acceler-ates or decelerates your vehicle according tothe speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the ac-celerator to properly accelerate your vehiclewhen acceleration is required for a lane change.Depress the brake pedal when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distance to the ve-hicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a ve-hicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using theICC system.

• The system may not detect the vehicle in frontof you in certain road or weather conditions. Toavoid accidents, never use the ICC system un-der the following conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy or thereare sharp curves.

– On slippery road surfaces such as on ice orsnow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the sys-tem sensor.

– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may gobeyond the set vehicle speed and frequentbraking may result in overheating thebrakes).

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads.

– When traffic conditions make it difficult tokeep a proper distance between vehicles be-cause of frequent acceleration or decelera-tion.

– Interference by other radar sources.

• Do not use the ICC system if you are towing atrailer. The system may not detect a vehicleahead.

• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle orobject can unexpectedly come into the sensordetection zone and cause automatic braking.You may need to control the distance fromother vehicles using the accelerator pedal. Al-ways stay alert and avoid using the ICC systemwhen it is not recommended in this section.

The distance sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

• Stationary and slow moving vehicles.

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.

• Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane.

The following are some conditions in which the sen-sor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and thesystem may not operate properly:

• When the snow or road spray from travellingvehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility.


• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded inthe rear seat or the luggage room of your ve-hicle.

The ICC system is designed to automatically checkthe sensor’s operation within the limitation of thesystem. When the sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automatically be can-celled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transpar-ent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC systemmay not detect them. In these instances, the ICCsystem may not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distance from thevehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sen-sor regularly.

TIPS FOR DRIVING WITH THE ICCSYSTEM

General notes

The following contains descriptions of certain roadand traffic conditions in which you must be par-ticularly attentive. In such situations, brake if nec-essary. The ICC system is then deactivated

Cornering, entering and exiting a bend

The ability of the ICC system to detect vehicleswhen cornering is limited. Your vehicle may brakeunexpectedly or late.

Vehicles that are not driving in the middleof their lane

The ICC system may not detect vehicles which arenot driving in the middle of their lane. The distanceto the vehicle in front will be too short.

Other vehicles changing lane

The ICC system has not detected the vehicle cut-ting in yet. The distance to this vehicle will be tooshort.

Narrow vehicles

The ICC system has not yet detected the vehicleahead on the edge of the carriageway because ofits narrow width. The distance to the vehicle in frontwill be too short.

NSD603

NSD606

NSD604

NSD605


Obstructions and stationary vehicles

The ICC system does not brake for obstacles orstationary vehicles. If, for example, the detectedvehicle turns a corner and reveals an obstacle orstationary vehicle The ICC system will not brake forthese.

Crossing vehicles

The ICC system may detect vehicles that are cross-ing your lane by mistake. Activating the ICC systemat traffic lights with crossing traffic, for example,could cause your vehicle to pull away unintention-ally.

NSD607

NSD608




jA Display area

jB MENU bar

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen the radar sensor area is covered with dirt oris obstructed, the system will automatically be can-celled. If the radar sensor area is covered with ice,a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICCsystem may not detect them. In these instances,

the ICC system may not cancel and may not be ableto maintain the selected following distance fromthe vehicle ahead.

If the ICC system stops working due to a malfunc-tion or some other reason, one of the followingmessages will be displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display ➁.

• [ICC off]

• [ICC available again]

• [ICC currently unavailable See Owner's Manual]

• [ICC inoperative]

• [ICC suspended]

• [ICC- – – – km/h]

• [ICC and speed limiter inoperative]

[ICC off]: The ICC system has been deactivated. Ifit was not deactivated by the driver, a warning tonealso sounds.

[ICC available again]: TheICCsystem is operationalagain after having been temporarily unavailable.You can now reactivate the ICC system.

[ICC currently unavailable See Owner's Manual]:The ICC system is temporarily inoperative. Possiblecauses:

• The function is impaired due to heavy rain orsnow.

NSD626


• The radar sensor system is temporarily inopera-tive, e. g. due to electromagnetic radiation emit-ted by nearby TV or radio stations or othersources of electromagnetic radiation.

• The system is outside the operating tempera-ture range.

• The on-board voltage is too low.

A warning tone also sounds.

Once the causes listed above no longer apply, thedisplay message goes out.

If the display message does not disappear:

• Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon aspossible, paying attention to road and trafficconditions.

• Secure the vehicle against rolling away.

• Restart the engine.

[ICC inoperative]: The ICC system is faulty. Theadaptive brake assist function may also have failed.A warning tone also sounds. Visit an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

[ICC suspended]: You have depressed the accel-erator pedal. The ICC system is no longer control-ling the speed of the vehicle.

Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal

[ICC – – – km/h]: An activation condition for theICC system is not fulfilled.

Check the activation conditions for the ICC system.

[ICC and speed limiter inoperative]: The ICC sys-tem and the speed limiter are faulty. A warning tonealso sounds. Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the ICC systemjA is located behindthe INFINITI logo at the front of the vehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sureto observe the following:

• Always keep area around the sensor clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around thesensor. Do not touch or remove the screw lo-cated on the sensor. Doing so could cause fail-ure or malfunction. If the sensor is damaged dueto an accident, contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

• Do not cover or attach stickers (including trans-parent material) or install an accessory near thesensor. This could cause failure or malfunction.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the FEB system could result in seri-ous personal injury or death.

• The FEB system is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for the driver’sattention to traffic conditions or responsibilityto drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents dueto carelessness or dangerous driving tech-niques.

• The FEB system does not function in all driving,traffic, weather and road conditions.

The FEB system can assist the driver when there isa risk of a forward collision with the vehicle aheadin the travelling lane.

The FEB system uses a radar sensorjA located be-hind the INFINITI logo to measure the distance to thevehicle ahead in the travelling lane.

NSD645

NSD645

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) SYSTEM (where fitted)


FEB SYSTEM OPERATION


➁ Distance warning light

➂ Forward emergency braking OFF display

The FEB system consists of a distance warningfunction with an autonomous emergency brakingfunction and adaptive brake assist function.

The FEB system can help you to minimise the riskof a collision with the vehicle in front or reduce theeffects of such a collision.

If the FEB system detects that there is a risk of acollision, you will be warned visually and acousti-cally. If you do not react to the visual and audiblecollision warning, autonomous braking can be initi-ated in critical situations. If you apply the brakeyourself in a critical situation, the adaptive brakeassist function assists you.

Distance warning function

The distance warning function can help you to mini-mise the risk of a collision with the vehicle in frontor reduce the effects of such a collision. If the dis-tance warning function detects that there is a riskof a collision, you will be warned visually and acous-tically.

The distance warning function issues a warning atspeeds:

• Of approximately 30 km/h or more, if severalseconds pass while the distance maintained tothe vehicle travelling in front is insufficient. Thedistance warning light then lights up in the com-bination meter.

NSD624

NSD598

Distance warning light


• Of approximately 7 km/h or more, if you rapidlyapproach a vehicle in front. An intermittentwarning tone will then sound and the distancewarning light will light up in the combinationmeter.

If a warning is issued:

• Brake immediately in order to increase the dis-tance from the vehicle in front.

or

• Take evasive action provided it is safe to do so.

Due to the nature of the system, particularly com-plicated but non-critical driving conditions may alsocause the system to display a warning.

Up to a speed of approximately 70 km/h, the dis-tance warning function can also react to stationaryobstacles such as stopped or parked vehicle.

If you approach an obstacle and the distance warn-ing function detects a risk of a collision, the systemwill alert you both visually and acoustically.

Autonomous braking function

If the driver does not react to the distance warningsignal in a critical situation, the FEB system canassist with the autonomous braking function

The autonomous braking function:

• Gives the driver more time to react to criticaldriving situations.

• Can help the driver to avoid an accident or re-duces the effects of an accident.

Vehicles without Intelligent Cruise Control:

The autonomous braking function is available in thefollowing speed ranges:

• 7-105 km/h for moving objects

• 7 -50 km/h for stationary objects

Vehicles with Intelligent Cruise Control:

The autonomous braking function is available in thefollowing speed ranges:

• 7-200 km/h for moving objects

• 7 -50 km/h for stationary objects

Adaptive brake assist function

Adaptive brake assist function provides braking as-sistance in hazardous situations at speeds above 7km/h. It uses radar sensor technology to assess thetraffic situation.

If the system detects a risk of collision with thevehicle in front, it calculates the braking force nec-essary to avoid a collision. If you apply the brakesforcefully, the adaptive brake assist function willautomatically increase the braking force to a levelsuitable for the traffic conditions.

If the adaptive brake assist function activates, keepthe brake pedal depressed until the emergencybraking situation is over. ABS prevents the wheelsfrom locking.

The brakes will work normally again if:

• You release the brake pedal.

• There is no longer any danger of a collision.

• No obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle.

The brake assist function is then deactivated.

Up to a speed of approximately 250 km/h, theadaptive brake assist function is capable of react-ing to moving objects that have already been de-tected as such at least once over the period of ob-servation.

Up to a speed of approximately 70 km/h, the adap-tive brake assist function reacts to stationary ob-stacles.


TURNING THE FEB SYSTEM ON/OFF

➀ Steering-wheel mounted controls (left side)


jA Display area

jB Menu bar

Use the following procedure to turn the FEB sys-tem on or off:

1. Press the m or m button on the steeringwheel ➀ to select the [Assist.] menu on theMenu barjB .

2. Press the m or m button to select [Emer-gency Brake].


4. To activate/deactivate the FEB system: pressthe <OK> button again

When the FEB system is deactivated, the msymboljC appears in the vehicle information display.

NOTE

The FEB system will be automatically turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

NSD626

NSD630


FEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for theFEBsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• The FEB system cannot detect all vehicles un-der all conditions.

• The radar sensor does not detect the followingobjects:

– Pedestrians or animals

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

• The radar sensor has some performance limita-tions. For stationary vehicles, the FEB systemwill not function when the vehicle is driven atspeeds over:

– Approximately 50 km/h (31 MPH) for theAutonomous braking function.

• The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle aheadin the following conditions:

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material coveringthe radar sensor.

– Interference by other radar sources.

– Snow or heavy rain.

– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g. motor-cycle).

– If the vehicle ahead is in a different lane.

– Under strong radar reflections, for example,in a multi-storey car park.

– New vehicle or after a maintenance of theFEB system.

– When driving on a steep downhill slope orroads with sharp curves.

– When towing a trailer.

• In some road or traffic conditions, the FEB sys-tem may intervene unnecessarily or give an un-necessary warning. Always pay careful atten-tion to the traffic situation. Do not rely solelyon the distance warning function and terminatethe intervention if necessary.

• Braking distances increase on slippery surfaces.

• The system is designed to automatically checkthe sensor’s functionality, within certain limi-tations. The system may not detect some formsof obstruction of the sensor area such as ice,snow, stickers, for example. In these cases, thesystem may not be able to warn the driver prop-erly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear thesensor area regularly.

• Excessive noise will interfere with the warningchime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEIf the FEB stops working due to a malfunction orsome other reason, one of the following three mes-sages will be displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay.

• [Emergency Brake currently unavailable SeeOwner's Manual]

• [Emergency Brake inoperative]

• [Radar sensors dirty See Owner's Manual]

For each of these messages, and possible causesand solutions are listed below.

[Emergency Brake system currently unavailableSee Owner's Manual]: The FEB system is tempo-rarily inoperative. Possible causes:

• The radar sensor system is temporarily inopera-tive, for example, due to electromagnetic radia-tion emitted by nearby TV or radio stations orother sources of electromagnetic radiation.

• The system is outside the operating tempera-ture range.

• The on-board voltage is too low.

Once the causes listed above no longer apply, thedisplay message goes out. The FEB system is op-erative again.





• Switch off the engine.

[Emergency Brake inoperative]: The FEB system istemporarily inoperative due to a malfunction. Theadaptive brake assist function may also have failed.

Visit an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

[Radar sensors dirty See Owner's Manual]: TheFEB system is temporarily restricted or inopera-tive. Possible causes:

• The sensor behind the INFINITI logo is dirty.

• The function of the FEB system is impaired dueto heavy rain or snow.

A warning tone also sounds.

Once the causes listed above no longer apply, thedisplay message goes out. The FEB system is op-erative again.




• Switch off the engine.

• Clean the area around the sensors.

• Restart the engine. The display message disap-pears.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensorjA is located behind the INFINITI logo atthe front of the vehicle.

To keep the system operating properly, be sure toobserve the following:

• Always keep the sensor area of the INFINITIlogo clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around thesensor.

• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar ob-jects on the front bumper near the sensor area.This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the sensorarea (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failureor malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the front grille orINFINITI logo.

GENERAL NOTES

TSR shows you detected speed limits in the vehicleinformation display. If a traffic sign indicating aspeed limit or the end of a speed limit is detected, itis shown in the vehicle information display. TSR de-tects the traffic signs with a camera attached be-hind the top of the windscreen

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTESTSR is only an aid and does not always detect traf-fic signs specifying the maximum permissible speed.Traffic signs always have priority over the TSR dis-play.

The system may be impaired or may not function if:

• There is poor visibility, e. g. due to snow, rain,fog or spray.

• There is glare, e.g. from the sun or from oncom-ing traffic.

NSD645

NSD644

Camera

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR)(where fitted)


• The windscreen is dirty, misted up or covered,for instance by a sticker, in the vicinity of thecamera.

• The traffic signs are covered, for instance bydirt, snow or trees.

• The traffic signs are poorly illuminated.

• There are ambiguous traffic signs, for instancenear roadworks or on multi-lane roads.

INFORMATION IN THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY

➀ Maximum permissible speed (example).

➁ Maximum permissible speed for vehiclessubject to the restriction in the additional sign(example).

➂ Additional sign, for example: [In fog].

Briefly showing detected traffic signs inthe vehicle information display

Activate the TSR warning function using the ve-hicle information display, (see “Traffic Sign Recog-nition (TSR)” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section).

A traffic sign indicating a speed limit or the end ofa speed limit appears in the vehicle information dis-play for around five seconds as soon as it is de-tected. Any other information in the vehicle infor-mation display is hidden for this period.

Permanently showing detected trafficsigns in the vehicle information display

Display the assistance graphic using the vehicle in-formation display (see “Showing the distancedisplay” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion). A traffic sign indicating a speed limit or theend of a speed limit appears in the vehicle informa-tion display as soon as it is detected.

The traffic sign indicating a speed limit ➀ is gener-ally displayed until:

• A traffic sign indicating the end of the speedlimit is detected.

• You make a turn.

• You have travelled a certain minimum distancewithout the traffic sign being repeated or de-tected again.

NSD646


NOTE

To operate the active noise cancellation and activesound enhancement properly:

• Do not cover the speakers or woofer.

• Do not cover the microphones.

• Do not change or modify speakers including thewoofer and any audio related parts such as theamplifier.

• Do not make any modification including sounddeadening or modifications around the micro-phones, speakers or woofer.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATIONThe active noise cancellation uses microphones ➀located inside the vehicle to detect engine boomingnoises. The system then automatically produces amuted engine booming noise through the speakers➁ and woofer ➂ (where fitted) to reduce enginebooming noise.

If the microphone➀ or the area around it is tapped,abnormal noise may be output from the speaker.

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENTThe active sound enhancement generates soundsaccording to engine speed and driving modesthrough the speakers ➁ and woofer ➂ (where fit-ted) to enhance the quality of the engine sound.

NSD647

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION (where fitted)/ACTIVE SOUNDENHANCEMENT (where fitted)


WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammablematerials such as dry grass, waste paper orrags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

• Safe parking procedures require that both theparking brake be applied and the P (Park) posi-tion engaged. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident.

• When parking the vehicle, make sure the P(Park) position is engaged. The shift lever can-not be moved out of the P (Park) position with-out depressing the brake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running while the ve-hicle is unattended.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death throughunintended operation of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children, people who re-quire the assistance of others, or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem-perature inside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death to people andpets.

CAUTION

Always secure the vehicle correctly against rollingaway. Otherwise, the vehicle or its drive train couldbe damaged.

To ensure that the vehicle is secured against rollingaway unintentionally:

• The electric parking brake must be applied.

• On vehicles with manual transmission, engage1st gear or reverse gear.

• On vehicles with automatic transmission, thetransmission must be in position P (Park) andthe transmission position display must show Pin the vehicle information display.

• The key must be removed from the ignitionswitch.

• On uphill or downhill gradients, the front wheelsmust be turned towards the kerb.

PARKING


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Press the P (Park) button.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from moving intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

HEADED DOWNHILL WITH KERB ➀

Turn the wheels into the kerb and move the ve-hicle forward until the kerb side wheel gentlytouches the kerb. Then apply the parking brake.

HEADED UPHILL WITH KERB ➁

Turn the wheels away from the kerb and allowthe vehicle to move back until the kerb side wheelgently touches the kerb. Then apply the parkingbrake.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, WITHOUTKERB ➂

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road sothe vehicle will move away from the centre ofthe road if the vehicle moves. Then apply theparking brake.

4. Put the ignition switch in the OFF position.

SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE

WARNING

The automatic transmission switches to position N(Neutral) when you switch off the engine. The ve-hicle may roll away. There is a risk of an accident.

After switching off the engine, always switch toposition P (Park). Prevent the parked vehicle fromrolling away by applying the parking brake.


1. Shift to either 1st gear or R (Reverse).

2. With the key: turn the key to the OFF position inthe ignition switch and remove it. The immobil-iser is activated.

3. Apply the electric parking brake

SSD0488Z

Left-Hand Drive (LHD) models

SSD0489Z

Right-Hand Drive (RHD) models



1. Apply the electric parking brake.

2. Shift the transmission to position P (Park).

3. With the key: turn the key to the position OFFin the ignition switch and remove it The immobi-liser is activated.

If you switch the engine off with the transmissionin position R (Reverse) or D (Drive), the automatictransmission shifts to N (Neutral) automatically.

With the key: if you then open the driver's door orthe front-passenger door or remove the key fromthe ignition, the automatic transmission shifts to P(Park) automatically.

If you want the automatic transmission to remainin neutral N (Neutral), e.g. when having the vehiclecleaned in an automatic car wash with a towingsystem:

With the key:

1. Switch the ignition on.

2. Depress the brake pedal and keep it depressed.

3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Release the brake pedal.

5. Release the electric parking brake.

6. Switch off the ignition and leave the key in theignition switch.

EXTENDED PARKINGIf you leave the vehicle parked up for longer thanfour weeks, the battery may be damaged by ex-haustive discharging.

If you leave the vehicle parked up for longer thansix weeks, it may suffer from lack of use. Visit anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop and seekadvice

NOTE

You can obtain information about trickle chargersfrom an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

IPA is an electronic parking aid with ultrasound. Itmeasures the road on both sides of the vehicle. Aparking symbol indicates a suitable parking space.Active steering intervention can assist you duringparking and when exiting a parking space. You mayalso use the sonar function (see “Camera AidingParking Sensor (sonar) function (where fitted)”later in this section).

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTES

WARNING

• IPA is only an aid. It is not a substitute for yourattention to the immediate surroundings. Theresponsibility for safe manoeuvring and park-ing remains with you.

• Make sure that no persons, animals or objectsare in the manoeuvring range

• When the sonar function is deactivated, IPA isalso unavailable.

• While parking or pulling out of a parking space,the vehicle swings out and can drive onto areasof the oncoming lane. This could cause you tocollide with other road users. There is a risk ofan accident.

• Pay attention to other road users. Stop the ve-hicle if necessary or cancel the IPA parking pro-cedure

INTELLIGENT PARKING ASSIST (IPA)(where fitted)


CAUTION

If unavoidable, you should drive over obstaclessuch as kerbs slowly and not at a sharp angle. Oth-erwise, you may damage the wheels or tyres.

IPA may also display spaces not suitable for park-ing, for example:

• Parking or stopping prohibition.

• In front of driveways or entrances and exits.

• Unsuitable surfaces.

Parking tips:

• On narrow roads, drive as closely as possiblepast the parking space.

• Parking spaces that are littered or overgrownmight be identified or measured incorrectly.

• Parking spaces that are partly occupied bytrailer towing bars might not be identified assuch or be measured incorrectly.

• Snowfall or heavy rain may lead to a parkingspace being measured inaccurately.

• Pay attention to the sonar function warningmessages during the parking procedure.

• You can intervene in the steering procedure tocorrect it at any time. IPA will then be cancelled.

• When transporting a load which protrudes fromyour vehicle, you should not use IPA.

• Never use IPA when snow chains are fitted.

• Make sure that the tyre pressures are alwayscorrect. This has a direct influence on the park-ing characteristics of the vehicle.

Use IPA for parking spaces that are:

• Parallel or at right angles to the direction oftravel.

• On straight roads, not bends.

• On the same level as the road, e. g. not on thepavement.

For vehicles with the towbar folded out, the mini-mum length for parking spaces is slightly longer.

If you have attached a trailer to your vehicle, youmay not use IPA. Once the electrical connection isestablished between your vehicle and the trailer,IPA is no longer available. The sonar function is de-activated for the rear area

DETECTING PARKING SPACESObjects located above the height range of IPA willnot be detected when the parking space is mea-sured. These are not taken into account when theparking procedure is calculated, e. g. overhangingloads, tail sections or loading ramps of goods ve-hicles.

WARNING

If there are objects above the detection range, IPAmay steer too early. This could cause a collision.There is a risk of an accident.

If objects are located above the detection range,stop and switch off the IPA.

For further information on the detection range see“Range of the sensors” later in this section.

IPA does not assist you parking in spaces at rightangles to the direction of travel if:

• Two parking spaces are located directly next toone another.

• The parking space is directly next to a low ob-stacle such as a low kerb.

• You forward park.

IPA does not assist you parking in spaces that areparallel or at right angles to the direction of travelif:

• The parking space is on a kerb.

• The system reads the parking space as beingblocked, for example, by foliage or grass pavingblocks.

• The area is too small for the vehicle to manoeu-vre into.

• The parking space is bordered by an obstacle,e.g. a tree, a post or a trailer.


➀ Detected parking space on the left.

➁ Parking symbol.

➂ Detected parking space on the right.

NOTE

On vehicles with Manual Transmission, the park-ing aid is displayed in the main area of the VehicleInformation Display

IPA is activated automatically when driving for-wards. The system is operational at speeds of up toapproximately 35 km/h (22 MPH). While in opera-tion, the system independently locates and mea-sures parking spaces on both sides of the vehicle

IPA will only detect parking spaces:

• Parallel or at right angles to the direction oftravel.

• That are parallel to the direction of travel andare at least 1.5 m wide.

• That are parallel to the direction of travel and atleast 1.0 m longer than your vehicle.

• That are at right angles to the direction of traveland at least 1.0 m wider than your vehicle.

NOTE

IPA cannot measure the length of a parking spaceif it is at right angles to the direction of travel. Youwill need to judge whether your vehicle will fit inthe parking space

When driving at speeds below 30 km/h (19 MPH)you will see parking symbol ➁ as a status indicatorin the vehicle information display. When a parkingspace has been detected, an arrow towards theright ➂ or the left ➀ also appears. IPA only dis-plays parking spaces on the front-passenger sideas standard. Parking spaces on the driver's side aredisplayed as soon as the turn signal on the driver'sside is activated. When parking on the driver's side,this must remain activated until you confirm theuse of IPA by pressing the <OK> button on thesteering wheel. The system automatically deter-mines whether the parking space is parallel or atright angles to the direction of travel.

A parking space is displayed while you are drivingpast it, and until you are approximately 15 m awayfrom it.

PARKINGNOTE

When the sonar function detects obstacles, youare responsible for braking in good time.

1. Stop the vehicle when the parking symbol showsthe desired parking space in the combinationmeter

2. Vehicles with manual transmission: shift to re-verse gear.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift intoposition R.

The [Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:]m mes-sage appears in the vehicle information display.

3. To cancel the procedure: press them buttonon the steering wheel or pull away

or

4. To park using IPA press the <OK> button on thesteering wheel. The Park Assist [Observe sur-roundings] message appears in the vehicle in-formation display.

5. Release the steering wheel.

6. Reverse the vehicle, being ready to brake at alltimes. When reversing, drive at a speed below10 km/h (5 MPH). Otherwise, IPA will be can-celled.

7. Stop as soon as the sonar function sounds thecontinuous warning tone, if not before.Manoeuvring may be required in tight parkingspaces.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the [ParkAssist active Select D Observe surroundings]message appears in the vehicle information dis-play.

NSD612

Upper display


Vehicles with manual transmission: the [ParkAssist active Engage forward gear Observe sur-roundings] message appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

8. Vehicles with manual transmission: shift to firstgear while the vehicle is stationary.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: selecttransmission position D (Drive) while the vehicleis stationary.

IPA immediately steers in the other direction.

The [Park Assist Observe surroundings] mes-sage appears in the vehicle information display.

NOTE

You will achieve the best results by waiting forthe steering procedure to complete before pull-ing away.

9. Drive forwards and be ready to brake at alltimes.

Manoeuvring may be required in tight parkingspaces.

10. Stop as soon as the sonar function sounds thecontinuous warning tone, if not before.

Vehicles with automatic transmission: the[Park Assist active Select R] [Observesurroundings] message appears in the vehicleinformation display.

Vehicles with manual transmission: the [ParkAssist active Engage reverse gear ] [Observesurroundings] message appears in the vehicleinformation display.

As soon as the parking procedure is completethe [Park Assist switched off] message ap-pears and a warning tone sounds. The vehicleis now parked.

IPA no longer supports you with steering interven-tions. When IPA is finished, you must steer againyourself. The sonar function is still available.

Parking tips:

• The way your vehicle is positioned in the park-ing space after parking is dependent on variousfactors. These include the position and shape ofthe vehicles parked in front and behind it andthe conditions of the location. It may be the casethat IPA guides you too far into a parking space,or not far enough into it. In some cases, it mayalso lead you across or onto the kerb. If neces-sary you should cancel the parking procedurewith IPA.

• You can also pre-select transmission positionD. The vehicle redirects and does not drive asfar into the parking space. Should the transmis-sion change take place too early, the parkingprocedure will be cancelled. A sensible parkingposition can no longer be achieved from this po-sition.

EXITING A PARKING SPACEIn order that IPA can support when exiting theparking space:

• You need to have parked using IPA.

• The border of the parking space must be highenough at the front and the rear. A kerb stone istoo small, for example.

• The border of the parking space must not betoo wide, as the position of the vehicle must notexceed an angle of 45 degrees to the startingposition as it is manoeuvred into the parkingspace.

• A manoeuvring distance of at least 1.0 m mustbe available.

IPA can only assist you with exiting a parking spaceif you have parked the vehicle parallel to the direc-tion of travel using IPA.


2. Release the electric parking brake.

3. Switch on the turn signal in the direction you arepulling away.

4. Vehicles with automatic transmission: shift thetransmission to position D or R

Vehicles with manual transmission: shift to for-ward or reverse gear.

The [Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No:]m mes-sage appears in the vehicle information display.


5. To cancel the procedure: press them buttonon the steering wheel or pull away

or

6. To exit a parking space using IPA: press the <OK>button on the steering wheel The Park Assist[Observe surroundings] message appears in thedisplay.

7. Release the steering wheel.

8. Pull away, being ready to brake at all times Donot exceed a maximum speed of approximately10 km/h (5 MPH) when exiting a parking space.Otherwise, IPA will be cancelled.

9. Vehicles with manual transmission: stop, at thelatest when the sonar function sounds the con-tinuous warning tone.

10. Vehicles with automatic transmission: de-pending on the message or as required, shiftthe transmission to position D or R.

Vehicles with manual transmission: dependingon the message or as required, engage forwardor reverse gear.

IPA immediately steers in the other direction.The [Observe surroundings] message appearsin the display.

NOTE

You will achieve the best results by waiting forthe steering procedure to complete before pull-ing away.

If you reverse after activation, the steeringwheel is moved to the straight-ahead position.

11. Drive forward and reverse as prompted by theIPA and sonar function warning displays, sev-eral times if necessary.

Vehicles with manual transmission: stop, at thelatest when the sonar function sounds the con-tinuous warning tone.

Once you have exited the parking space completely,the steering wheel is moved to the straight-aheadposition. You hear a tone and the [Park Assistswitched off] message appears in the display. Youwill then have to steer and merge into traffic onyour own. The sonar function is still available. Youcan take over the steering before the vehicle hasexited the parking space completely. This is useful,for example when you recognise that it is alreadypossible to pull out of the parking space.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions forproper use of the sonar function as outlined in thissection could result in serious injury or death.

• The sonar is a convenience feature. It is not asubstitute for proper parking.

• The system is designed as an aid to the driver indetecting large stationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle.

• The driver is always responsible for safety dur-ing parking and other manoeuvres. Inclementweather may affect the function of the sonarfunction; this may include reduced performanceor a false activation.

• Always look around and check that it is safe tomove before parking.

• Read and understand the limitations of the so-nar function as contained in this section.

CAUTION

• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as pos-sible to hear the tone clearly.

• Keep the sensors (located on the bumper fas-cia) free from snow, ice and large accumulationsof dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp ob-jects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy ofthe sensor function will be diminished.

CAMERA AIDING PARKING SENSOR(SONAR) FUNCTION (where fitted)


WARNING

INFINITI recommends only to use frameless typenumber plate holders.

The sonar sensors may not function correctly if thenumber plate is placed in a frame as illustrated.

Please contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for advice.

SONAR FUNCTION OVERVIEW

➀ Possible sonar sensor locations

The sonar function is an electronic parking aid withultrasonic sensors. The sonar function indicates au-dibly the distance between your vehicle and an ob-ject. It monitors the area around your vehicle usingsensors in the front and rear bumper. Possible sen-sor configurations include a 4 sensor, 10 sensor or12 sensor configuration.

NSD642

No frame/frameless

NSD643

Frame type

NSD040

NSD041 NSD636

Type A: 4 sensor system


For the vehicle equipped with rear sensors(Type A):

The system informs you about rear obstacles withvisual and audible signals when the shift lever is inthe R (Reverse) position.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 secondswhen an obstacle is detected by only the cornersensor and the distance does not change. The tonewill stop when the obstacle moves away from thevehicle.

For the vehicle equipped with front and rear sen-sors (Type B and C):

The system informs you about front obstacles withvisual and audible signals when the shift lever is inthe D (Drive) position and both front and rear ob-stacles when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 secondswhen an obstacle is detected by only the cornersensor and the distance does not change. The tonewill stop when the obstacle moves away from thevehicle.NSD635

Type B: 10 sensor systemNSD634

Type C: 12 sensor system


NSD708

With Around View monitor


jA RearView/Around View monitor display


jC <MENU> button

jD <CAMERA> button

When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to anobject, the corner sensor indicators ➀ appear(where fitted).

When the centre of the vehicle moves close to anobject, the centre indicator ➁ appears.

When the object is detected, the indicator (green)appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermit-tently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object,the colour of the indicator turns yellow and the rateof the blinking increases. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stops blinking andturns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

The sonar function is activated automatically whenyou:

• Switch on the ignition

• Shift to position D (Drive), or R (Reverse) onvehicles with automatic transmission

• Release the electric parking brake

NSD707

With RearView monitor

NAA1547


The sonar function is deactivated at speeds above18 km/h (10 MPH). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The sonar function is deactivated for the rear areawhen you establish an electrical connection be-tween your vehicle and a trailer.

RANGE OF THE SENSORSThe sonar function does not take into account ob-stacles located:

• Below the detection range, e.g. persons, ani-mals or objects.

• Above the detection range, e.g. overhangingloads, tail sections or loading ramps of goodsvehicles.

The sensors must be free of dirt, ice and slush. Oth-erwise, they may not function correctly. Clean thesensors regularly, taking care not to scratch ordamage them.

SONAR FUNCTION OFF SWITCH

The sonar function OFF switch ➁ on the lowerside of the instrument panel allows the driver toturn the sonar function on and off. To turn the so-nar function on and off, the ignition switch must bein the ON position. The indicator light ➀ on theswitch will illuminate when the system is turnedoff.

The sonar function will turn on automatically whenthe ignition switch is turned from the OFF positionto the ON position.

NIC2635


jA [Settings] key

jB <MENU> button

SONAR FUNCTION SETTINGSThe sonar function settings can be changed usingthe following procedure.

1. Push <MENU>jB and touch [Settings]jA .

2. Touch [Camera/Sonar settings].

3. Touch [Sonar].

[Sonar sensitivity]:

Adjust the sonar sensitivity by touching [+]/[-].

[Sonar volume]:

Adjust the warning tone volume by touching [+]/[-].

SONAR FUNCTION LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the so-nar function. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitations could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources suchas an automatic car wash, a truck’s com-pressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may af-fect the function of the system, including re-duced performance or a false activation.

• The system is not designed to prevent contactwith small or moving objects.

• The system will not detect small objects belowthe bumper, and may not detect objects closeto the bumper or on the ground.

• The system may not detect the following ob-jects:

– Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton,grass or wool.

– Thin objects such as rope, wire or chain.

– Wedge-shaped objects.

NSD628


• If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumperfascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sens-ing zone may be altered causing inaccuratemeasurement of objects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or anopen vehicle window) will interfere with the toneand it may not be heard.

PROBLEMS WITH SONAR FUNCTION


Only the red segments in the sonarfunction displays are lit. You also heara warning tone for approximately twoseconds.The sonar function is then deactivatedand the indicator light on the sonarfunction OFF switch lights up.

The sonar function has malfunctioned and has been deactivated.If problems persist, have the sonar function checked at an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

Only the red segments in the sonarfunction displays are lit. The sonarfunction is then deactivated.

The sonar sensors are dirty or there is interference.• Clean the sensors.• Switch the ignition back on.The problem may be caused by an external source of radio or ultrasoundwaves.See if the sonar system functions in a different location.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCECAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors (where fit-ted) (located on the front and rear bumper fascia)free from accumulations of snow, ice and dirt. Donot scratch the surface of the sonar sensors whencleaning. If the sensors are covered, the accuracyof the sonar function will be diminished.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarilyto carry passengers and luggage.

Towing a trailer will place additional loads on yourvehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, braking andother systems. The towing of a trailer will exagger-ate other conditions such as sway caused by cross-winds, rough road surfaces or passing trucks.

Your driving style and speed must be adjusted ac-cording to the circumstances. Before towing atrailer, see an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop for an explanation about the proper use oftowing equipment.

OPERATING PRECAUTIONS

• Avoid towing a trailer during the running-inschedule.

• Before driving, make sure that the lighting sys-tem of the trailer works properly.

• Observe the legal maximum speeds for traileroperation.

Do not exceed 100 km/h (62 MPH).

• Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration and stops.

• Avoid sharp turns and lane changes.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed.

• Follow the trailer manufacturer’s instructions.

• Choose proper coupling devices (trailer hitch,safety chain, roof carrier, etc.) for your vehicleand trailer. These devices are available from an

INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop whereyou can also obtain more detailed informationabout trailer towing.

• Never allow the total trailer load (trailer weightplus its cargo weight) to exceed the maximumset for the vehicle and the coupling device. Seean INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop formore information.

• The trailer must be loaded so that heavy goodsare placed over the axle. The maximum allow-able vertical load on the trailer hitch must not beexceeded.

• Have your vehicle serviced more often than atthe intervals specified in a separate mainte-nance booklet.

• Trailer towing requires more fuel than undernormal circumstances becauseof a considerableincrease in traction power and resistance.

While towing a trailer, check the engine coolanttemperature indicator to prevent the vehicle fromoverheating.

TYRE PRESSUREWhen towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tyres tothe maximum recommended COLD tyre pressure(for full loading) indicated on the tyre placard. Makesure the trailer tyre pressures are correct.

CAUTION

Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is installedwith a temporary-use spare tyre.

TRAILER TOWING


SAFETY CHAINSAlways use a suitable chain between the vehicleand trailer. Thechain should beattached to thehitchand not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chain to permit turningcorners. The chain should not drag on the ground:passing the chain across the trailer hitch may be thebest practice depending on your trailer.

TRAILER BRAKESEnsure that trailer brakes are installed as requiredby local regulations. Also check that all other trailerequipment conforms to local regulations.

Always block the wheels on both the vehicle andtrailer when parking. Apply the hand brake on thetrailer where fitted. Parking on a steep slope is notrecommended.

TRAILER DETECTION (where fitted)

When towing a trailer with an INFINITI Genuinetow bar electrical kit and the turn signal switch isused, the electrical system of the vehicle will detectthe additional electrical load of the trailer lighting.As a result, the direction indicator tone will be dif-ferent.

INSTALLATION OF COUPLINGDEVICEINFINITI recommends that the coupling device fortrailer towing be installed under the following con-ditions:

• Maximum permissible vertical load on the cou-pling device: 785 N (80 kg, 176 lb)

• The coupling device, mounting points and in-stallation parts on your vehicle: as shown as anexample in the illustration.

Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer's in-structions for installation and use.


Rear overhang of coupling device:

jA 883 mm (34.8 in)

➀ Towbar carrier

➁ Mounting brackets

➂ Detachable towbar

The electric power steering system is designed toreduce the driver effort required to steer the ve-hicle.

If during operation a fault is detected the followingmessage will be displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay along with an audible warning tone.

[Power Steering Malfunction See OperatorsManual]

In conjunction with this warning, steering assis-tance will no longer be provided by the system.

The effort required to steer the vehicle will increase.This will be most noticeable at low speed and whenperforming a tight turning manoeuvre.

Check whether you are able to provide the extraeffort required.

If you are able to steer safely: Carefully drive on toan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

If you are unable to steer safely: Do not drive on.Contact the nearest INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop for assistance.

NSD617

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING


NOTE

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly orcontinuously while parking or driving at a very lowspeed, the power assistance for the steering wheelwill be reduced. This is to prevent overheating ofthe electric power steering system and protect itfrom becoming damaged. While the power assis-tance is reduced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. When the temperature of the electricpower steering system decreases, the power as-sistance level will return to normal. Avoid repeat-ing such steering wheel operations that couldcause the electric power steering system to over-heat.

The brake system has two separate hydraulic cir-cuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still havebraking ability at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

While driving on a slippery surface, be careful whenbraking, accelerating or downshifting. Abruptbraking or accelerating could cause the wheels toskid and result in an accident.

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the ve-hicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle. The stopping distancewill be longer.

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or is turned off whiledriving, the power assist for the brakes will notwork. Braking will be harder.

• Do not coast with the engine stopped.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowly andfirmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slightpulsation. This is normal and indicates that theBrake Assist System is operating (where fitted).

Using brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out thebrake linings/pads faster, and increase fuel con-sumption.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed and down-shift to a lower gear before going down a slope orlong grade. Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss of vehicle con-trol.

While driving on a slippery surface, be careful whenbraking, accelerating or downshifting.Abrupt brak-ing or acceleration could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven through wa-ter, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your brak-ing distance will be longer and the vehicle may pullto one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly depressing the brake pedal to heat upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return to nor-mal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds untilthe brakes function correctly.

Driving uphill

When starting on a steep gradient, it is sometimesdifficult to operate the brake or both the brake andclutch (MT models). Use the parking brake to holdthe vehicle. Do not slip the clutch (MT models).

BRAKE SYSTEM


When ready to start, make sure that the shift leveris in an appropriate forward or reverse driving po-sition, release the parking brake while depressingthe accelerator pedal and releasing the clutch (MTmodels) or depressing the accelerator pedal (ATmodels). If your vehicle has an electric parkingbrake, this will automatically release when you de-press the accelerator pedal (DCT models).

Driving downhill

The engine braking action is effective for control-ling the vehicle while descending hills.

The shift lever (MT models) should be placed in agear position low enough to obtain sufficient en-gine braking.

For DCT models, a low gear position in the manualshift mode, low enough to obtain sufficient enginebraking, should be selected.

Parking brake running-in

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle servicemanual and can be performed by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a sophisti-cated device, but it cannot prevent accidents re-sulting from careless or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaces will be longerthan on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you are using tyre chains.Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

Tyre type and condition may also affect brakingeffectiveness.

– When replacing tyres, install the specified sizeof tyres on all four wheels.

– When installing a replacement tyre, make surethat it is the proper size and type as specifiedon the tyre placard. (See “Wheels and Tyres” inthe “9. Technical information” section.)

– For detailed information, see “Tyres andwheels” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls thebrakes so the wheels do not lock during hard brak-ing or when braking on slippery surfaces. The sys-tem detects the rotation speed at each wheel andvaries the brake fluid pressure to prevent each

wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing eachwheel from locking, the system helps the drivermaintain steering control and helps to minimiseswerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depressthe brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but donot pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to pre-vent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicleto avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may resultin increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward or re-verse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate a mal-function. If the computer senses a malfunction, itswitches theABS off and illuminates theABS warn-ing light on the instrument panel. The brake systemthen operates normally, but without anti-lock as-sistance. If the ABS warning light illuminates dur-ing the self-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.


Normal operation

The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h (3to 6 MPH). The speed varies according to road con-ditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels areclose to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies andreleases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar topumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the bonnet or feel a vibration from the actua-tor when it is operating. This is normal and indi-cates that the ABS is operating properly. However,the pulsation may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required while driving.

When leaving your vehicle unoccupied:

• Always take the key with you - even when leav-ing the vehicle in your own garage.

• Close all windows completely and lock all doors.

• Always park your vehicle where it can be seen.Park in a well lit area during the night.

• If the security system is equipped, use it - evenfor a short period.

• Never leave children or pets in the vehicle unat-tended.

• Never leave valuables inside the vehicle. Alwaystake valuables with you.

• Never leave the vehicle documents in the ve-hicle.

• Never leave articles on a roof rack. Removethem from the rack and keep and lock them in-side the vehicle.

• Never leave the spare key in the vehicle.

WARNING

• Whatever the weather conditions, drive withcaution. Accelerate and decelerate with greatcare. If accelerating or decelerating too fast,the drive wheels will lose even more traction.

• Allow more stopping distance in cold weatherdriving. Braking should be started sooner thanon dry pavement.

• Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle infront of you on slippery roads.

• Wet ice (0°C (32°F) and freezing rain), very coldsnow and ice can be slick and very difficult todrive on. The vehicle will have a lot less tractionor grip under these conditions. Try to avoiddriving on wet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

• Watch for slippery spots (black ice). These mayappear on an otherwise clear road in shaded ar-eas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while actually onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steering manoeu-vres.

• Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

• Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas underyour vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaustpipe and from around your vehicle.

VEHICLE SECURITY COLD WEATHER DRIVING


BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged during extremelycold weather conditions, the battery fluid mayfreeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-mum efficiency, the battery should be checkedregularly. For details, see “Battery” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

ENGINE COOLANTIf the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze,drain the cooling system, including the engine block.Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see“Changing engine coolant” in the “8. Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

TYRE EQUIPMENT1. If you have snow tyres installed on the front/

rear wheels of your vehicle, they should be ofthe same size, loading range, construction andtype (bias, bias-belted or radial) as the rear/front tyres.

2. If the vehicle is to be operated in severe winterconditions, snow tyres should be installed on allfour wheels.

3. For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtyres may be used. However, some countries,provinces and states prohibit their use. Checklocal, state and provincial laws before installingstudded tyres.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow ty-res, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tyres.

4. Snow chains may be used if desired. Make surethey are the proper size for the tyres on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s instructions. Use chain tension-ers when recommended by the tyre chain manu-facturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links ofthe tyre chains must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping action dam-age to the fenders or underbody. In addition,drive at a reduced speed, otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items be car-ried in the vehicle during the winter:

• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove iceand snow from the windows.

• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jackto give it firm support.

• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

CORROSION PROTECTIONChemicals used for road surface de-icing are ex-tremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion andthe deterioration of underbody components suchas the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brakecables, floor pan and fenders.

In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned peri-odically. For additional information, see “Corro-sion protection” in the “7. Appearance and care”section of this manual.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, consultan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


6 In case of emergencyIn case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch........................................ 6-2Flat tyre ................................................................................. 6-2

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 6-2Stopping vehicle ............................................................ 6-3Warning triangle (where fitted) ................................ 6-3Equipment....................................................................... 6-4Run-flat tyres................................................................. 6-4Repairing flat tyre (Models with emergencytyre puncture repair kit)............................................... 6-5

Removing and fitting wheels ..................................... 6-7Jump starting ....................................................................... 6-10Push starting ........................................................................ 6-13If your vehicle overheats ................................................... 6-14Towing your vehicle............................................................ 6-15

Towing precautions...................................................... 6-15Towing recommended by INFINITI.......................... 6-15

The hazard warning flasher switch ➀ operates re-gardless of the ignition switch position exceptwhen the battery is discharged.

The hazard warning flasher is used to warn otherdrivers when you have to stop or park under emer-gency conditions.

When the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed,all turn signal lights will flash. To turn off the haz-ard warning flasher, push the hazard warningflasher switch again.

WARNING

• If stopping for an emergency, be sure to movethe vehicle well off the road.

• Do not use the hazard warning flashers whilemoving on the highway unless unusual circum-stances force you to drive so slowly that yourvehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.

• Turn signals do not work when the hazardwarning flasher lights are on.

If you have a flat tyre, follow the instructions in thissection.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

WARNING

• If the low tyre pressure warning light illumi-nates or a tyre pressure-related warning is dis-played by the vehicle information display whiledriving, avoid sudden steering manoeuvres orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stop the vehicleas soon as possible. Driving with under-inflatedtyres may permanently damage the tyres andincrease the likelihood of tyre failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tyre pressure for all four tyres.Adjust the tyre pressure to the recommendedCOLD tyre pressure shown on the tyre placardto turn thelow tyrepressurewarning light OFF.If you have a flat tyre, replace it with a replace-ment tyre as soon as possible.

• If a replacement wheel is fitted without anINFINITI TPMS Sensor, the TPMS will not func-tion and the low tyre pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop as soon as pos-sible for tyre replacement and/or system re-setting.

NIC2621

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

FLAT TYRE

6-2 In case of emergency


• If you used Emergency Tyre Sealant to repair aminor tyre puncture, your INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop should check the TPMSsensor when repairing or replacing the tyre (formodels equipped with the emergency tyrepuncture repair kit).

• INFINITI recommends using only INFINITIGenuineEmergency TyreSealant provided withyour vehicle. Other tyre sealants may damagethe valve stem seal which can cause the tyre tolose air pressure (for models equipped with theemergency tyre puncture repair kit).

The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)monitors tyre pressure of all tyres. When the lowtyre pressure warning light is lit, and a tyre pres-sure-related warning (where fitted) appears in thevehicle information display, one or more of yourtyres is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tyre pressure, the TPMS willactivate and warn you of it by the low tyre pressurewarning light (in the meter panel). This system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 25 km/h (16 MPH).

For more details about the TPMS, see “Tyre Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

STOPPING VEHICLE

WARNING

• Be sure to apply the parking brake firmly.

• Be sure that P (Park) is engaged.

• Never change tyres when the vehicle is on aslope, ice or slippery area. This is hazardous.

• Never change tyres when the oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Call for professionalroad assistance.

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away fromtraffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flasher lights.

3. Park on a level surface.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Press the P (Park) button.

6. Turn off the engine.

7. Open the bonnet and set up the triangle reflec-tor (where fitted):

• To warn other traffic.

• To signal professional road assistance per-sonnel that you need assistance.

8. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle andstand in a safe place, away from other trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING TRIANGLE (where fitted)

Removing and refitting the warningtriangle

To remove:

1. Open the back door and lift the luggage com-partment floor upwards.

NIC2686

In case of emergency 6-3

2. To release warning triangle, push back the re-tainers on the bracket.

3. Remove warning triangle ➀ from the bracket.

To refit:

1. Place warning triangle ➀ back into the bracketand push down to secure.

2. Fold down the luggage compartment floor.

3. Close the back door.

Setting up the warning triangle

1. Fold legs out to the side.

2. Fold side reflectors upwards to form a triangleand lock them at the top using press stud.

EQUIPMENTYour vehicle may be equipped with run-flat tyres oran emergency tyre puncture repair kit.

NOTE

Vehicles with run-flat tyres are not equipped withan emergency tyre puncture repair kit at the fac-tory. It is therefore recommended that you addi-tionally equip your vehicle with such a kit if you fittyres that do not feature run-flat characteristics,e.g. winter tyres. An emergency tyre puncture re-pair kit can be obtained from an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

RUN-FLAT TYRESWith special run-flat tyres, you can continue todrive your vehicle even if there is a total loss ofpressure in one or more tyres. The affected tyremust not show any clearly visible damage.

You can recognise run-flat tyres by the markingwhich appears on the tyre side wall. You will findthis marking next to the tyre size designation, theload-bearing capacity and the speed index.

Run-flat tyres may only be used in conjunction withan activated tyre pressure loss warning system ortyre pressure monitor.

Pressure loss warning message

If a pressure loss warning message appears in thevehicle information display:

• Observe the instructions in the displaymessages.

• Check the tyre for damage.

• If driving on, observe the following notes.

The driving distance possible in run-flat mode is ap-proximately 80 km when the vehicle is partiallyladen and approximately 30 km when the vehicle isfully laden.

In addition to the vehicle load, the driving distancepossible depends upon:

• Vehicle speed.

• Road condition.

• Outside temperature.

The driving distance possible in run-flat mode maybe reduced by extreme driving conditions/manoeu-vres, or it can be increased through a moderatestyle of driving.

The driving distance possible in run-flat mode iscounted from the moment the tyre pressure losswarning appears in the vehicle information display.

You must not exceed a maximum speed of 80 km/h.

When replacing one or all tyres, observe the fol-lowing specifications for your vehicle's tyres:

• Size

• Type

• Run-flat mark

If a tyre has gone flat and cannot be replaced witha run flat tyre, a standard tyre may be used as atemporary measure. Make sure that you use theproper size and type (summer or winter tyre).

WARNING

Do not exceed the stated maximum speed. Avoidabrupt steering and driving manoeuvres, and driv-ing over obstacles (kerbs, pot holes, off road). Thisapplies in particular to a laden vehicle.

Stop driving in emergency mode if:

• You hear banging noises.

• The vehicle starts to shake.

• You see smoke and smell rubber.


• ESP/VDC is intervening constantly.

• There are tears in the sidewalls of the tyre.

After driving in emergency mode, have the wheelrims checked at an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop with regard to their further use. Thefaulty tyre must be replaced.

REPAIRING FLAT TYRE (Models withemergency tyre puncture repair kit)

The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is suppliedwith the vehicle instead of a spare tyre. This repairkit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyrepuncture. After using the repair kit, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop as soon as possiblefor tyre inspection and repair/replacement.

CAUTION

Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kitunder the following conditions. Contact anINFINITI Centre, qualified workshop or profes-sional road assistance.

• when the sealant has passed its expiration date(shown on the label attached to the bottle)

• when the cut or the puncture is approximately4 mm (0.16 in) or longer

• when the side of the tyre is damaged

• when the vehicle has been driven with a consid-erable loss of air from the tyre

• when the tyre is completely displaced inside oroutside the rim

• when the tyre rim is damaged

• when two or more tyres are flat

Getting emergency tyre puncture repairkit

Take the emergency tyre puncture repair kit out ofthe boot. The repair kit consists of the followingitems:

➀ Tyre sealant bottle

➁ Air compressor

NCE455


NOTE

A jack and rod are not equipped as standard. Theseparts are dealer options. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop about obtainingthese parts. See “Removing and fitting wheels”later in this section for usage of jacking tools andtyre replacement.

Do not store a jack in the vehicle.

Before using emergency tyre puncturerepair kit

• If any foreign object (for example, a screw ornail) is embedded in the tyre, do not remove it.

• Check the expiration date of the sealant (shownon the label attached to the bottle). Never use asealant which has passed its expiration date.

Repairing tyre

1. Shake the sealant bottle well ➀.

2. Attach the hose from the compressor to thesealant bottle ➁.

3. Slide the sealant bottle into the holder on thetop of the compressor ➂.

4. Remove the speed restriction sticker from thecompressor, then place it in a location wherethe driver can see it while driving.

5. Screw the air tube from the sealant bottle ➃securely onto the tyre valve. Make sure that theair compressor switch is in the “OFF” (0) posi-tion.

NCE456

NCE457

NCE458


6. Insert the compressor power plug into thepower outlet in the vehicle. Make sure no otheraccessories are fitted to the power outlet. Fordetails, see “Power outlet” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

7. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position.

8. Switch on the compressor, and inflate the tyreto the pressure that is specified on the tyre plac-ard affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.

CAUTION

Do not operate the compressor for more than 10minutes.

If the tyre pressure does not increase to the speci-fied pressure within 10 minutes, the tyre may beseriously damaged and the tyre cannot be repairedwith this tyre repair kit.Contact anINFINITICentreor qualified workshop.

9. Remove the air compressor from the tyre valve.Immediately drive the vehicle at a speed of 80km/h (50 MPH) or less.

10. After a 10 minute or 10 km (6 miles) drive,check the tyre pressure. The temporary repairis completed if the tyre pressure does not drop.

If the tyre pressure is lower than specified, re-peat the steps from step 5.

If the pressure drops again or under 180 kPa(1,8 bar, 26 psi), the tyre cannot be repairedwith this tyre repair kit. Contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

After repairing tyre

See an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop fortyre repair/replacement, inspection/replacementof the TPMS sensor and for a new tyre sealantbottle and hose, as soon as possible.

REMOVING AND FITTING WHEELS

Blocking the wheels

WARNING

Make sure to block the appropriate wheel to pre-vent the vehicle from moving, which may causepersonal injury.

Place suitable blocks ➀ in front of and behind thewheel diagonally opposite the flat tyrejA to pre-vent the vehicle from moving when it is on the jack.

Removing wheel cover (where fitted)

WARNING

Take care when removing the wheel cover as thecover may detach suddenly.

Remove the wheel cover as illustrated with a suit-able tool or carefully remove the wheel cover withboth hands.

Removing the wheel

WARNING

• Make sure to read the caution label attached tothe jack body before use.

• DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT ISSUPPORTED BY A JACK.

• Never use a jack which was not provided withyour vehicle.

MCE0001DZ

NCE453


• The jack which is provided with your vehicle isdesigned only to lift your vehicle during a tyrechange.

• Use the correct jacking points. Never use anyother part of the vehicle for jack support.

• Never lift the vehicle more than necessary.

• Never use blocks on or under the jack.

• Do not start or run the engine while the vehicleis on the jack. The vehicle may move suddenly,and this may cause an accident.

• Never allow passengers to stay in the vehiclewhile the tyre is off the ground.

• Make sure to read the caution label attached tothe jack body before use.

• Remove all loads before lifting the vehicle withthe jack.

1. Only for vehicles with a push button ignitionswitch: remove the push button ignition switchfrom the ignition lock (see “Push-button ignitionswitch (where fitted)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section).

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point asillustrated so that the top of the jack contactsthe vehicle at the jack-up point.

CAUTION

The jack should be placed on firm level ground.

3. Align the centre of both the jack head and thenotches at the jack-up point as shown.

4. Fit the groove of the jack head between the twonotches as shown.

5. Loosen each wheel bolt by one or two turnsanticlockwise with the wheel wrench.

Do not remove the wheel bolts until the tyre isoff the ground.

Models with wheel lock bolts (where fitted) :

If the wheel is equipped with a wheel lock bolt,insert the wheel lock key ➀ and loosen it as pre-viously described.

The wheel lock bolt can only be removed withthe wheel lock key. A key number is necessary ifyou need to duplicate the wheel lock key.

Record the key number as shown on the keycode card on the “Security information” page atthe end of this manual and keep it in a safe place,not in the vehicle. If you lose the wheel lock key,see your INFINITI Centre for a duplicate withthe original wheel lock key code.

Make sure to keep the lock key in the vehicle.Otherwise, wheels cannot be removed and theservice cannot be performed.

6. To lift the vehicle, securely hold and turn theratchet handle clockwise as shown.

7. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tyre clearsthe ground.

NCE447

Jack-up points

NCE143Z

NCE473


8. Remove the wheel bolts, then remove the wheelwith the flat tyre.

CAUTION

The wheel is heavy. Be sure that your feet are clearof the wheel and use gloves as necessary to avoidinjury.

Installing the wheel

WARNING

• A temporary use spare wheel and tyre is de-signed for emergency use.

• Never use wheel bolts other than those pro-vided with your vehicle. Incorrect wheel boltsor improperly tightened wheel bolts may causethe wheel to become loose or come off. Thiscould cause an accident.

• Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts. Thismay cause the wheel bolts to become loose.

jA Tighten

jB Loosen

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface betweenthe wheel and the hub.

2. Carefully fit the wheel and tighten the wheelbolts with your fingers. Check that all the wheelbolts contact the wheel surface horizontally andon the bevelled side.

Models with wheel lock bolt (where fitted):

Insert the wheel lock key into the wheel lock boltand tighten into the wheel finger tight.

3. With the wheel wrench, tighten the wheel boltsalternately and evenly in the sequence as illus-trated (➀ - ➄) until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyre touchesthe ground.

5. Tighten the wheel bolts securely using the wheelwrench in the sequence as illustrated.

6. Lower the vehicle completely.

7. Install the wheel cover (where fitted).Wheel bolt tightening torque:

130 N•m (13 kg-m, 96 ft-lb)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel bolts to thespecified torque with a torque wrench.

The wheel bolts must be kept tightened to specifi-cation at all times. It is recommended that thewheelbolts be tightened to specification at each mainte-nance interval.

Adjust the tyre pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure is the tyre pressure as measuredafter the vehicle has been parked for three hours ormore or driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile).

COLD tyre pressures are shown on the tyre placardaffixed to the driver's side centre pillar.

Wheel lock bolts (where fitted)

In order to prevent theft, the specially designedwheel lock bolt is installed to each wheel. The wheellock bolt cannot be removed with the commonlyused tools.

When removing tyres, use the lock key providedwith your vehicle.

Removing the wheel lock bolt:

1. Insert the wheel lock key ➀ to the wheel lockbolt.

2. To remove the wheel lock bolt, turn the wheellock key anticlockwise using the wheel wrench.

NCE435

NCE143Z


CAUTION

• Do not use a power tool to remove the wheellock bolts.

• When installing the wheel, tighten the wheellock bolts to the same tightening torque as thenormal wheel bolts. For details, see “Installingthe wheel” earlier in this section.

NOTE

• The wheel lock bolt has an individual code. Awheel lock key with other than the individualcode cannot remove the wheel lock bolt. If youlose the wheel lock key, contact an INFINITICentre for a duplicate with the original wheellock key code.

• Record the key number as shown on the keycode card on the “Security information” pageat the end of this manual and keep it in a safeplace, not in the vehicle.

• When you ask for a service at an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop, make sure tokeep the lock key in the vehicle. Otherwise,wheels cannot be removed and the service can-not be performed.

For the jump-starting procedure, use only thejump-starting connection point, consisting of apositive terminal and an earth point, in the enginecompartment.

JUMP STARTING


WARNING

• Incorrect jump-starting can lead to a batteryexplosion. The battery explosion may result insevere injury or death. It may also result in dam-age to the vehicle. Be sure to follow the instruc-tions in this section.

• Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in thevicinity of the battery. Keep all sparks andflames away from the battery.

• Always wear suitable eye protection glassesand remove rings, bracelets, and any other jew-ellery whenever working on or near a battery.

• Never lean over the battery while jump-start-ing.

• Never allow battery fluid to come into contactwith eyes, skin, clothes or the vehicle's paintedsurfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuricacid which can cause severe burns. If the fluidcomes into contact with anything, immediatelyflush the contacted area with plenty of water.

• Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

• The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts.Use of an incorrectly rated battery will damageyour vehicle.

• Never attempt to jump-start a frozen battery.It could explode and cause serious injury.

1. Check if the parking brake is applied.If not, after connecting the vehicle with thebooster battery (after step 8), apply the parkingbrake.The vehicle has an electric parking brake, formore information see, “Parking brake” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section

2. Prepare vehicle jA with the booster battery forthe vehiclejB being jump-started.

CAUTION

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

3. Shift the shift lever (MT models) into the N (Neu-tral) position.

Press the P (Park) button (AT models).

4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems(headlights, hazard lights etc.).

NDI1595


5. Ensure that the ignition switch of the vehicle be-ing jump-started is in the OFF position.

6. Open the bonnet. For details, see “Bonnetrelease” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.

7. Remove the vent caps (where fitted) on the bat-tery and cover the battery with an old cloth.

8. Connect the jump leads in the sequence (➀ →➁ → ➂ → ➃) as illustrated.

CAUTION

• Always connect positivej+ to positivej+ andnegativej- to body ground (for example, enginemount, etc.) – not to the battery's negativej- .

• An incorrect connection could damage thecharging system.

• Be sure that the jumper cables do not touchmoving parts in the engine compartment.

• Be careful not to allow contact between thepositive jump lead connector and the vehicleor the negative lead during connection anddisconnection.

9. Start the engine of the other vehiclejA and let itrun for a few minutes. Keep the engine speed atabout 2,000 rpm.

10. Start the engine of your vehiclejB in the normalway.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine does notstart immediately, turn the ignition switch toOFF and wait 10 seconds before trying again.

11. After starting the engine of your vehicle, care-fully disconnect the negative lead and then thepositive lead (➃ → ➂ → ➁ → ➀).

12. Remove and dispose of the cloth that was usedto cover the vent holes as it may be contami-nated with corrosive acid.

13. Install the vent caps (where fitted).

14. Close the bonnet.

NOTE

For models which incorporate the Stop/Start Sys-tem:

• Ensure that the battery fitted is the special bat-tery that is enhanced with regard to thecharge-discharge capacity and life performance. Avoidusing any other battery for the Stop/StartSystem, as this may cause early deteriorationof the battery or a malfunction of the Stop/Start System. It is recommended that a Genu-ine INFINITI battery is fitted. For more infor-mation, contact an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop

• If the battery terminal is disconnected (for bat-tery replacement, etc.) and then reconnected,there may be some delay before the Stop/StartSystem reactivates.

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing thevehicle.

CAUTION

• Automatic Transmission (AT) model cannot bestarted by pushing. Attempting to do so maycause damage to the transmission.

• Three-way catalyst equipped models shouldnot be started by pushing. Attempting to do somay cause damage to the three-way catalyst.

• Never try to start the engine by towing. Whenthe engine starts, the forward surge couldcause the vehicle to collide with the towing ve-hicle.

PUSH STARTING


WARNING

• Never continue driving if the engine of your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so could cause a vehiclefire.

• Never open the bonnet if steam is coming out.

• Never remove the radiator cap (where fitted)or engine coolant reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot. If the radiator cap (where fitted) orengine coolant reservoir cap is removed whilethe engine is hot, pressurised hot water willspurt out and possibly cause burning, scaldingor serious injury.

• If steam or coolant is coming out of the engine,stand clear of the vehicle to prevent getting in-jured.

• The engine cooling fan will start whenever thecoolant temperature exceeds preset degrees.

• Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewel-lery or clothing to come into contact with, orget caught in, the cooling fan or drive belts.

If the engine of your vehicle is overheating (indi-cated by the engine coolant temperature gauge) orif you feel a lack of engine power, detect unusualnoise, etc., proceed as follows:

1. Move and park the vehicle safely off the roadand away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flasher lights.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Shift theshift lever (MT models) into theN (Neu-tral) position.

Press the P (Park) button (DCT models).

DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE.

5. Open all windows.

6. Switch off the air conditioner system (where fit-ted).

7. Set the heater or air conditioner temperaturecontrol to maximum “HOT” and fan speed con-trol to maximum speed.

8. Exit the vehicle.

9. Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolantescaping from the radiator before opening thebonnet. Wait until no steam or coolant can beseen before proceeding.


11. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.

12. Visually check the radiator and radiator hosesfor leakage.

WARNING

If coolant is leaking, the drive belt is missing orloose or the cooling fan is not running, stop theengine.

13. After the engine cools down, check the coolantlevel in the engine coolant reservoir with theengine running. Do not open the radiator cap(where fitted).

14. If the level is low, remove the engine coolantreservoir cap and add coolant slowly into thereservoir. After refilling the reservoir to theMAX level, install the reservoir cap.

WARNING

Before removing the engine coolant reservoircap and to avoid the danger of being scalded,cover the reservoir cap with a rag and loosenthe reservoir cap to the first notch to allow thesteam to escape.


Have your vehicle inspected or repaired by anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


When towing your vehicle, local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towing equip-ment could damage your vehicle. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage to yourvehicle, INFINITI recommends that you have pro-fessional road assistance personnel tow your ve-hicle. It is advisable to have the professional roadassistant carefully read the following precautions.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

• Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

• Never get under your vehicle after it has beenlifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

• Never tow Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) modelswith any of the wheels on the ground as thismay cause serious and expensive damage to thedrivetrain.

• When towing, make sure that the transmission,axles, steering system and powertrain are inworking condition. If any unit is damaged, dol-lies must be used.

• Always attach safety chains before towing.

• On vehicles with a push button ignition switch:you must remove the push button ignitionswitch and use the key (see “Push-button igni-tion switch (where fitted)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section).

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Towing Two-Wheel Drive (FWD) models

CAUTION

NEVER tow automatic transmission (DCT) modelswith the front wheels on the ground or with all fourwheels on the ground (forwards or backwards),

this may cause serious and expensive damage tothe transmission. If it is necessary to tow the ve-hicle with the rear wheels raised, always use tow-ing dollies under the front wheels.

NCE451

FWD (2WD) models

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Towing Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be usedunder the front or rear wheels when towing yourvehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flatbed towtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels onthe ground. Doing so will cause serious and expen-sive damage to the drivetrain.

Freeing trapped vehicle

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to stand near the towingline during the pulling operation.

• Never spin the tyres at high speed. This couldcause them to explode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of the vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

CAUTION

• Tow chains or cables must be attached only tothe vehicle recovery hooks or main structuralmembers of the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehiclebody will be damaged.

• Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a ve-hicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.

• Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downsor recovery hooks.

• Always pull the cable straight out from thefront of the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle atan angle.

• Pulling devices should be routed so they do nottouch any part of the suspension, steering,brake or cooling systems.

• Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas strapsare not recommended for use in vehicle towingor recovery.

In the event that your vehicle’s tyres becometrapped in sand, snow, or mud, and the vehicle isunable to free itself without being pulled, use therecovery hook stored in the vehicle boot.

• Use the recovery hook only. Do not attach thepulling device to any other part of the vehiclebody. Otherwise, the vehicle body may be dam-aged.

• Use the recovery hook to free a vehicle only.Never tow a vehicle using only the recoveryhook.NCE450

4WD models

NCE461


• The recovery hook is under tremendous stresswhen used to free a trapped vehicle. Always pullthe pulling device straight out from the vehicle.Never pull on the recovery hook at an angle.

Securely install the recovery hook (stored in the ve-hicle boot) to the attaching mount ➀ located onthe front or rear bumper.

Make sure that the recovery hook is properly se-cured in its storage location after use and the num-ber plate is properly reinstalled before driving thevehicle.


NOTE


7 Appearance and careAppearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................................. 7-2Washing .......................................................................... 7-2Removing spots............................................................. 7-2Waxing............................................................................. 7-2Glass................................................................................. 7-3Underbody ...................................................................... 7-3Wheels ............................................................................. 7-3Aluminium alloy wheels............................................... 7-3Chrome parts ................................................................. 7-3

Cleaning interior .................................................................. 7-3Air fresheners................................................................. 7-4

Floor mats (where fitted)............................................ 7-4Glass................................................................................. 7-4Seat belts ........................................................................ 7-4Genuine leather seat covers....................................... 7-4

Corrosion protection.......................................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing to vehiclecorrosion ......................................................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ......................................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion................... 7-6

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a ga-rage or in a covered area to minimise the chances ofdamaging the paint surface of your vehicle.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shadyarea or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Becareful not to scratch the paint surface when put-ting on or removing the body cover.

WASHINGIn the following instances, wash your vehicle assoon as possible to protect the paint surface:

• After a rainfall, which may cause the paint sur-face damage from acid rain.

• After driving on coastal roads, which may causerusting from the sea breeze.

• When contaminants such as soot, bird drop-pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get onthe paint surface.

• When dust or mud builds up on the paint sur-face.

1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge andplenty of water.

2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or ageneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

• Do not wash the vehicle with strong householdsoap, strong chemical detergents, petrol or sol-vents.

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight orwhile the vehicle body is hot, as the paint sur-face may become water-spotted.

• Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, suchas washing mitts. Care must be taken when re-moving caked-on dirt or other foreignsubstances so the paint surface is not scratchedor damaged.

3. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of cleanwater.

4. Use a dampened chamois to dry the paint sur-face and avoid leaving water spots.

When washing the vehicle, take care of the follow-ing:

• Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors,hatches and bonnet are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, these ar-eas must be cleaned regularly.

• Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge ofthe doors are not clogged.

• Spray water to the underbody and in the wheelwells to loosen the dirt and/or wash away roadsalt.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paintsurface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Specialcleaning products are available at an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop or any automotiveaccessory store.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps maintain a new vehicle appearance.

After waxing, polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weathered appear-ance.

An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop can as-sist you in choosing the appropriate waxing prod-ucts.

CAUTION

• Wash your vehicle thoroughly and completelybefore applying wax to the paint surface.

• Always follow the manufacturer’s instructionssupplied with the wax.

• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cut-ting compounds or cleaners that may damagethe vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finishor leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft clothwill easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do notuse sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlo-rine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio antenna ele-ments or rear window defogger elements.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in the winter, it isnecessary to clean the vehicle’s underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension.

Before the winter and again in the spring, the un-derseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

WHEELS

• Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

• Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of the vehicleis washed.

• Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing thewheels.

• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corro-sion. This may cause loss of pressure or damagethe tyre bead.

• INFINITI recommends that the road wheels bewaxed to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

ALUMINIUM ALLOY WHEELSWash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp-ened in a mild soap solution, especially during win-ter in areas where road salt is used. The salt residuefrom road salt could discolour the wheels if it is notwashed off regularly.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid staining ordiscolouring the wheels:

• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid oralkali contents to clean the wheels.

• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels whenthey are hot. The wheel temperature should bethe same as ambient temperature.

• Rinse the wheel to completely remove thecleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner isapplied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasivechrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaneror soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leathersurfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mildsoap solution, then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read the manu-facturer’s recommendations. Some fabric protec-tors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach theseat material.

Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to cleanthe meter and gauge lens covers.

WARNING

For model with Advanced Air Bag System, do notuse water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners)on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor. This can also affect the op-eration of the air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CAUTION

• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar mate-rial.

• Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damag-ing to leather surfaces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes,polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, deter-gents or ammonia-based cleaners as they dam-age the natural leather finish.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

• Never use fabric protectors unless recom-mended by the manufacturer.

• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter orgauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cov-ers.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that could affectthe vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, takethe following precautions:

• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause perma-nent discoloration when they contact vehicle in-terior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a loca-tion that allows it to hang free and not contactan interior surface.

• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on thevents. These products can cause immediatedamage and discoloration when spilled on inte-rior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s in-structions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATS (where fitted)

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats (where fit-ted) can extend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Regardless ofwhat mats are used, be sure they are fitted for yourvehicle and are properly positioned in the foot wellto prevent interference with pedal operation. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaning and re-placed if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid

This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket toact as a floor mat positioning aid. INFINITI floormats have been specially designed for your vehiclemodel.

Position the mat by placing the floor mat brackethook through the floor mat grommet hole whilecentring the mat in the foot area.

Periodically check that the mats are properly posi-tioned.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust filmfrom the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass tobecome coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft clothwill easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do notuse sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlo-rine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, such as radio an-tenna elements or rear window defogger elements.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING

• Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor.

• Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents toclean the seat belts, since these materials mayseverely weaken the seat belt webbing.

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them witha sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.

Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade be-fore using them. (See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety— seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem” section.)

GENUINE LEATHER SEAT COVERSAutomotive leather is typically finished with coat-ings which protect the surface from the sun's dam-aging rays as well as making it resistant to soiling.The finishes used in automotive upholstery areunique; very different to furniture, garment or shoeleathers. Leather is extremely resilient and easy toclean and maintain.

SAI0039Z

Example


• Before cleaning leather upholstery, vacuum itto remove dust.

• To clean leather, simply use a soft and lint-freecloth dampened with lukewarm water and mildsoap. Do not soak the leather.

• Use a gentle, circular motion. Do not run theleather or apply extreme pressure when clean-ing.

• Wipe the leather again with another clean,slightly damp cloth to remove soap residue. Drywith a soft cloth.

Leather should be cleaned whenever it becomessoiled. Dust and dirt may harm leather if allowed towork into the finish.

Never use alcohol, cleaning solvents, oils, varnishesor polishes on your leather, and avoid using un-known products as they damage the finish. Onlyuse leather care agents approved by INFINITI.

Steaming or ironing is not recommended as it maydamage the leather.

Leather is a natural product and has natural sur-face properties such as unevenness in structure,marks caused by injury, and subtle colour differ-ences. These are characteristics of leather and notmaterial faults.

LEATHER CLEANING KIT (where fitted)

Spray onto the leather cleaning cloth, then gentlywipe the surface of leather. Use a dry towel to ab-sorb any excess moisture.

Please refer to the instruction manual providedwith the leather cleaner kit.

Clean light-coloured leather more frequently be-cause soiling on such surfaces is much more visible.

You can obtain the leather cleaner kit from anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

• The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt anddebris in body panel sections, cavities, and otherareas.

• Damage to the paint surface and other protec-tive coatings caused by gravel and stone chipsor minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

The accumulation of sand, dirt and water on theinside floor of the vehicle can accelerate corrosion.Wet floor carpet/floor mats will not dry completelyinside the vehicle. They should be removed andcompletely dried to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high rela-tive humidity.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corrosionto those parts which are not well ventilated.

Corrosion will also be accelerated in areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing.

CORROSION PROTECTION


Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air incoastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceleratesthe corrosion process. Road salt also acceleratesthe disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

• Always check for minor damage to the paintsurface and if any exists, repair it as soon aspossible.

• Keep the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

• Check the vehicle underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

• Never remove dirt, sand or other debris fromthe passenger compartment by washing it outwith a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaneror broom.

• Never allow water or other liquids to come incontact with electronic components inside thevehicle as this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are ex-tremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion anddeterioration of underbody components such asthe exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brakecables, floor pan and fenders.

In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned peri-odically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-sion, which may be required in some areas, consultan INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.


NOTE


8 Maintenance and do-it-yourselfMaintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements............................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance............................................... 8-2General maintenance ................................................... 8-2Where to go for service............................................... 8-2

General maintenance ......................................................... 8-2Explanation of general maintenance items............ 8-2Maintenance precautions ........................................... 8-4Maintenance service messages ................................. 8-5

Engine compartment check locations............................ 8-6Engine cooling system ....................................................... 8-6

Checking engine coolant level.................................... 8-7Changing engine coolant ............................................ 8-8

Engine oil ............................................................................... 8-8Checking engine oil level ............................................. 8-8Changing engine oil and oil filter............................... 8-9Protect environment.................................................... 8-11

Fuel filter (Diesel engine models) .................................... 8-11Draining water............................................................... 8-11Bleeding fuel system .................................................... 8-11

Drive belt ............................................................................... 8-12Spark plugs (Models with petrol engine) ...................... 8-12Brakes..................................................................................... 8-12

Checking parking brake ............................................... 8-12Checking brake pedal ................................................... 8-12

Brakeand clutch fluid.......................................................... 8-13Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ............................. 8-13Air cleaner filter ................................................................... 8-14

All models........................................................................ 8-14Wiper blades......................................................................... 8-14

Cleaning........................................................................... 8-14

Front window wiper replacement............................ 8-14Back door window wiper replacement ................... 8-15Windscreen washer nozzle......................................... 8-16

Window washer fluid......................................................... 8-16Battery ................................................................................... 8-17

Vehicle battery............................................................... 8-17Jump-starting ................................................................ 8-18Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key batteryreplacement.................................................................... 8-19

Fuses ...................................................................................... 8-20Types of fuse.................................................................. 8-20Before replacing a fuse................................................ 8-21Engine compartment and luggagecompartment ................................................................. 8-21Passenger compartment............................................. 8-22

Lights...................................................................................... 8-24Light locations ............................................................... 8-24Replacing bulbs.............................................................. 8-25Exterior lights................................................................. 8-26Interior lights.................................................................. 8-27

Tyres and wheels................................................................. 8-27Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 8-27Tyre inflation pressure................................................. 8-27Types of tyres ................................................................ 8-27Snow chains.................................................................... 8-28Tyre rotation .................................................................. 8-28Tyre wear and damage................................................ 8-29Tyre age........................................................................... 8-29Changing tyres and wheels ........................................ 8-29Wheel balance ............................................................... 8-29

Emergency tyre puncture repair kit (wherefitted) ............................................................................... 8-29

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is es-sential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechanicalcondition, as well as its emission and engine per-formance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that thespecified maintenance, as well as general mainte-nance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who canensure that your vehicle receives the proper main-tenance care. You are a vital link in the maintenancechain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEFor your convenience, therequired scheduled main-tenance items are described and listed in a sepa-rate maintenance booklet. You must refer to thatbooklet to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those items whichshould be checked during normal day-to-day op-eration of the vehicle. They are essential if yourvehicle is to continue to operate properly. It is yourresponsibility to perform these procedures regu-larly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requiresminimal mechanical skill and only a few general au-tomotive tools.

These checks and inspections can be done by your-self, a qualified technician, or if you prefer, anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systems checkedand tuned by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

During normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle,general maintenance should be performed regularlyas prescribed in this section. If you detect any un-usual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to checkfor the cause or have an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work,closely observe “Maintenance precautions” later inthis section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the following items with“*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be per-formed from time to time, unless otherwise speci-fied.

Doors and bonnet:

Check that all doors, the back door and the enginebonnet operate smoothly. Also make sure that alllatches lock securely. Lubricate if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps the bonnetfrom opening when the primary latch is released.When driving in areas using road salt or other cor-rosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Lights*:

Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make surethat the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn sig-nal lights, and other lights are all operating prop-erly and installed securely. Also check the aim ofthe headlights.

Tyres*:

Check the pressure with a gauge often and alwaysprior to long distance trips. Adjust the pressure inall tyres to the pressure specified. Check carefullyfor damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tyre rotation*:

In the case of Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) and whenfront and rear tyres are same size; tyres should berotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tyresmarked with directional indicators can only be ro-tated between front and rear. Make sure that thedirectional indicators point in the direction of wheelrotation after the tyre rotation is completed.

In the case of Four-Wheel Drive and All Wheel Drive(4WD/AWD) and when front and rear tyres aresame size; tyres should be rotated every 5,000 km(3,000 miles). Tyres marked with directional indi-cators can only be rotated between front and rear.Make sure that the directional indicators point inthe direction of wheel rotation after the tyre rota-tion is completed.

When front tyres are a different size from reartyres; tyres cannot be rotated.

The timing for tyre rotation may vary according toyour driving habits and the road surface conditions.

Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components (where fitted):

Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valvecore and cap when the tyres are replaced due towear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance:

If the vehicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detect unevenor abnormal tyre wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

Windscreen:

Clean the windscreen on a regular basis. Check thewindscreen at least every six months for cracks orother damage. Repair as necessary.

Wiper blades*:

Check for cracks or wear if not functioning cor-rectly. Replace as necessary.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as when perform-ing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal:

Check the pedal for smooth operation and makesure that the pedal does not catch or require un-even effort. Keep the floor mats away from thepedal.

Brake pedal*:

Check the pedal for smooth operation and makesure that it is the proper distance from the floormat when depressed fully. Check the brake boosterfunction. Be sure to keep the floor mats away fromthe pedal.

Parking brake*:

Check the parking brake operation regularly. Alsomake sure that the vehicle is held securely on a fairlysteep hill when only the parking brake is applied.

Seat belts:

Check that all parts of the seat belt system (forexample, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retrac-tors) operate properly and smoothly, and that theyare installed securely. Check the belt webbing forcuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel:

Check for changes in the steering condition, suchas excessive free play, hard steering or strangenoises.

Warning lights and chimes:

Make sure that all warning lights and chimes areoperating properly.

Windscreen defogger:

Check that the air comes out of the defogger out-lets properly and in good quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Windscreen wiper and washer*:

Check that the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the bonnet and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery* (except for maintenance free battery):

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be be-tween the UPPER and LOWER lines. Vehicles op-erated in high temperatures or under severe condi-tions require frequent checks of the battery fluidlevel.

Brake fluid level*:

Make sure that the brake fluid level is between theMAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Coolant level*:

Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.Make sure that the coolant level is between theMAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine drive belt(s)*:

Make sure that drive belt(s) are not frayed, worn,cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*:

Check the level on the dipstick after parking thevehicle (on a level ground) and turning off the en-gine.

Fluid leaks:

Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or otherfluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for awhile. Water dripping from the air conditioner afteruse is normal. If you should notice any leaks or iffuel fumes are evident, check for the cause and haveit corrected immediately.

Window washer fluid*:

Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONSWhen performing any inspection or maintenancework on your vehicle, always take care to preventserious accidental injury to yourself or damage tothe vehicle. The following are general precautionswhich should be closely observed.

WARNING

• Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply theparking brake securely and block the wheels toprevent the vehicle from moving. Press the P(Park) button.

• Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion when performing any parts replacement orrepairs.

• Do not work under the bonnet while the engineis hot. Always turn off the engine and wait untilit cools down.

• If you must work with the engine running, keepyour hands, clothing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

• It is advisable to secure or remove any looseclothing and any jewellery, such as rings,watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.

• If you must run the engine in an enclosed spacesuch as a garage, be sure there is proper venti-lation for exhaust gases to escape.

• Never get under the vehicle while it is supportedby a jack.

• Keep smoking materials, flame and sparksaway from fuel and the battery.

• Never connect or disconnect either the batteryor any transistorised component connectorwhile the ignition switch is in the ON position.

• On petrol engine models with the MultiportFuel Injection system, the fuel filter and fuellines should be serviced by an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop because the fuel lines areunder high pressure even when the engine isturned off.

• Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It may come on at any timewithout warning, even if the ignition switch isin the OFF position and the engine is not run-ning. To avoid injury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable before working near thefan.

• Always wear eye protection whenever youwork on your vehicle.


• Never leave the engine or the transmission re-lated component harness connector discon-nected while the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

• Avoid direct contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, enginecoolant, and/or other vehiclefluids can hurt theenvironment. Always conform to local regula-tions for disposal of vehicle fluids.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionprovides instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

You should be aware that incomplete or improperservicing may result in operating difficulties or ex-cessive emissions, and could affect your warrantycoverage. If in doubt about any servicing, have itdone by an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

MAINTENANCE SERVICE MESSAGESThe maintenance service interval display (where fit-ted) informs you of the next service due date.

NOTE

The maintenance service interval display does notshow any information on the engine oil level.

The vehicle information display shows a servicemessage for a few seconds, e g:

• [Service A in .. days]

• [Service A due]

• [Service A overdue by .. days]

Depending on the operating conditions of the ve-hicle, the remaining time or distance until the nextservice due date is displayed.

The letter indicates which service is due. A standsfor a minor service and B for a major service. Anumber or another letter may be displayed afterthe letter.

Only for certain countries: the position after theletter A or B indicates any necessary additionalmaintenance work. If you notify an INFINITI Centrequalified specialist workshop of this display, youwill receive a statement on the associated costs.

The maintenance service interval display does nottake into account any periods of time during whichthe battery is disconnected.

Maintaining the time-dependent service schedule:

Note down the service due date displayed in thevehicle information display before disconnectingthe battery.

or

After reconnecting the battery, subtract the bat-tery disconnection periods from the service dateshown on the display.

Hiding service messages

Press the <OK> or m button on the steeringwheel.

Displaying service messages

1. Switch the ignition on.


3. Press them or m button to select [Main-tenance] submenu and confirm by pressing theOK button.

The service due date appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Information about service

Resetting the maintenance service intervaldisplay:

CAUTION

If the maintenance service interval display has beeninadvertently reset, this setting can be correctedat an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Have service work carried out as described in theMaintenance Schedule. This may otherwise lead toincreased wear and damage to the major assem-blies or the vehicle.

An INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop will resetthe maintenance service interval display after theservice work has been carried out. You can alsoobtain further information on maintenance work,for example.


Special service requirements:

The prescribed service interval is based on normaloperation of the vehicle. Service work will need tobe performed more often if the vehicle is operatedunder arduous conditions or increased loads, forexample:

• Regular city driving with frequent intermediatestops

• If the vehicle is primarily used to travel shortdistance

• For frequent operation in mountainous terrainor on poor road surfaces

• If the engine is often left idling for long periods

In these or similar operating conditions, have, forexample, the air filter, engine oil and oil filterchanged more frequently. The tyres must bechecked more frequently if the vehicle is operatedunder increased loads. Further information can beobtained at an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

For an overview see “Engine compartment” in the“0. Illustrated table of contents” section. WARNING

• Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoircap when the engine is hot. Serious burns couldbe caused by high-pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator. Wait until the engine and radiatorcool down.

• Engine coolant is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers out of thereach of children.

• The cooling system is equipped with a pressuretype cap. To prevent engine damage, use only agenuine INFINITI pressure cap.

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a high-quality, year-round, antifreeze coolantsolution. The antifreeze solution contains rust andcorrosion inhibitors, therefore additional coolingsystem additives are not necessary.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system additives such asradiator sealer. Additives may clog the coolingsystem and cause damage to the engine, trans-mission and/or cooling system.

• When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only INFINITI Genuine Engine Coolant orequivalent in its quality. BASF Glysantin G40.

• The use of other types of engine coolant maydamage the engine cooling system.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


• The engine coolant reservoir tank is equippedwith a pressure cap, use a Genuine INFINITI capor its equivalent when replacement is required.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELNOTE

The coolant level must only be checked and cor-rected when the engine has cooled down (coolanttemperature under 40oC). Checking the coolantlevel when the coolant temperature is over 40oCcan lead to damage to the engine or engine coolingsystem.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.

Only check the coolant level if the vehicle is on alevel surface and the engine has cooled down


3. Check the coolant temperature display in thecombination meter. The coolant temperaturemust be below 40oC.

4. Switch the ignition switch to the OFF position.

5. Slowly turn cap ➀ half a turn anti-clock wise toallow excess pressure to escape.

6. Turn cap ➀ further anti-clockwise and removeit.

If the coolant is at the level of marker bar ➂ inthe filler neck when cold, there is enough cool-ant in coolant expansion tank ➁.

7. If necessary, top up with coolant that has beentested and approved by INFINITI.

8. Replace cap ➀ and turn it clockwise as far as itwill go.

CAUTION

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant,have it checked by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

NDI1602


CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTContact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopif replacement is required.

Major engine cooling system repair should be per-formed by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop. The service procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced heater per-formance and engine overheating.

WARNING

• To avoid being scalded, never change the cool-ant when the engine is hot.

• Never remove the radiator cap when the engineis hot. Serious burns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. Ifskin contact is made, wash thoroughly withsoap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Checkyour local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply theparking brake.

2. Start the engine and warm it up until the enginetemperature reaches the normal operating tem-perature (approximately 5 minutes).

3. Stop the engine.

4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil todrain back to the oil pan.

5. Remove the dipstick ➀ and wipe it clean.

6. Reinsert the dipstick all the way.

7. Remove the dipstick and check the oil level. Itshould be within the range ➁ and ➂.

8. If the oil level is below ➂, remove the oil fillercap and pour the recommended oil into theopening. Do not overfill ➁.

NDI1596

1.6L and 2.0L petrol engine

NDI1598

1.5L diesel engine

NDI1597

2.2L diesel engine

ENGINE OIL


It is normal to add some oil between oil mainte-nance intervals or during the running-in period,depending on the severity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

The oil level should be checked regularly. Operat-ing your vehicle with an insufficient amount of oilcan damage the engine, and such damage is notcovered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTER

WARNING

• Used oil must be disposed of properly. Neverpour or dump oil into the ground, canals, rivers,etc. It should be disposed of at proper wastefacilities. INFINITI recommends having your oilchanged by an INFINITI Centre or qualifiedworkshop.

• Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oilmay be hot.

• Prolonged and repeated contact with used en-gine oil may cause skin cancer.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If con-tacted, wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner and plenty of water as soon as possible.

• Store used engine oil in marked containers outof the reach of children.

Vehicle setup

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply theparking brake.

2. Start the engine and warm it up until the enginetemperature reaches the normal operating tem-perature (approximately 5 minutes).

3. Stop the engine.

4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil todrain back to the oil pan.

Oil filter location

NDI1610


NDI1609

1.5L diesel engine

NDI1597

2.2L diesel engine


Drain plug location

Engine oil and filter

1. Remove the engine undershield.

2. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

3. Remove the drain plug ➀ with a wrench.

4. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drainthe oil.

Waste oil must be disposed of properly. Checkyour local regulations.

5. (Perform steps 4 to 8 only when the engine oilfilter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.

6. Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

7. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface witha clean cloth.

Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining onthe mounting surface.

8. Apply new engine oil to the gasket of a new oilfilter.

9. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight re-sistance is felt, and then tighten an additional2/3 of a turn to secure the oil filter.Engine oil filter tightening torque:

1.6L and 2.0L petrol engine25 N•m(2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)1.5L diesel engine14 N•m(1.4 kg-m, 10 ft-lb)2.2L diesel engine25 N•m(2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb)

10. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and newwasher. Securely tighten the drain plug with awrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:1.6L and 2.0L petrol engine30 N•m(3.10 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)1.5L diesel engine20 N•m(2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb)2.2L diesel engine30 N•m(3.1 kg-m, 22 ft-lb)

11. Sufficiently refill with the recommended engineoil. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “9. Technical information”section.)

NDI1622


NDI1064

1.5L diesel engine

JVM0427XZ

2.2L diesel engine


12. Securely install the oil filler cap.


14. Check the drain plug and the oil filter for anysign of leakage. Correct as required.

15. Stop the engine.

16. Wait at least 15 minutes. Check the engine oillevel according to the proper procedure. (See“Checking engine oil level” earlier in this sec-tion.) Add engine oil if necessary.

After operation

Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. Check yourlocal regulations.

PROTECT ENVIRONMENTIt is illegal to pollute drains, watercourses and soil.Use authorised waste collection facilities, includingcivil amenity sites and garages providing facilitiesfor disposal of used oil and used oil filters. If indoubt, contact your local authority for advice ondisposal.

The regulations concerning the pollution of the en-vironment will vary from country to country.

DRAINING WATERDrain water in the fuel filter according to the main-tenance log shown in a separate maintenancebooklet.

If the water-in-fuel-filter warning light m illu-minates while the engine is running, there might bewater in the fuel filter.

The fuel filter is located on the engine. INFINITIrecommends that you contact an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop for servicing.

BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM

1.5L diesel engine

There is no need to perform any special operationto bleed air from the system.

2.2L diesel engine

Bleed air out of the fuel system after refilling anempty fuel tank with the following procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position andwait 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

3. Repeat the steps 1 and 2 five or six times.

4. Crank the engine until it starts. Do not crank theengine for more than 15 seconds.

5. If the engine does not start, stop cranking andreturn to step 1 above.

If the engine does not start after performing theabove procedures, see an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

FUEL FILTER (Diesel engine models)


WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF position.Otherwise the cooling fan or the engine may startto operate suddenly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is inpoor condition or loose, have it replaced or ad-justed by an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for conditionand tension in accordance with the maintenanceschedule as shown in a separately providedWarranty Information and Maintenance book-let.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off andthat the parking brake is applied.

CAUTION

• Be sure to use the correct socket to remove thespark plugs.An incorrect socket can cause dam-age to the spark plugs.

• Always replace spark plugs with recommendedor equivalent ones.

Replace the spark plugs according to the mainte-nance schedule shown in a separate maintenancebooklet.

If replacement is required, contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

CHECKING PARKING BRAKEPeriodically check the holding ability of the parkingbrake by parking on a steep hill and restraining thevehicle by using only the parking brake. If it doesnot hold satisfactorily, see an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALIf the brake pedal suddenly goes down further thannormal, the pedal feels “spongy” or the vehicleseems to take longer to stop, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

DRIVE BELT SPARK PLUGS (Models with petrolengine)

BRAKES


WARNING

• Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or contami-nated fluid may damage the brake and clutchsystems. The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect the vehicle'sstopping ability.

• Clean the filler cap before removing.

• Brake and clutch fluids are poisonous andshould be stored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid levelis between the MIN ➁ and MAX ➀ lines or thebrake warning light comes on, add fluid up to theMAX line. Use Genuine INFINITI brake fluid DOT4+or equivalent. Never mix different types of fluids.

If fluid must be added frequently, the system shouldbe thoroughly checked by an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.

CAUTION

• INFINITI recommends that refilling and check-ing the brake and clutch systems should be leftto an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopwho will have the necessary fluids and techni-cal knowledge.

• Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces. Thiswill damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, washwith water.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopif checking or replacement is required.

CAUTION

• Use only Shell DCT-M1. Do not mix with otherfluids.

• Using automatic transmission fluid other thanShell DCT-M1 will cause deterioration in drive-ability and automatic transmission durability,and may damage the automatic transmission,which is not covered by the warranty.

NDI1599

Left hand drive (LHD)

NDI1600

Right hand drive (RHD)

BRAKEAND CLUTCH FLUID AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID(ATF)


ALL MODELSWhen maintenance is required, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop for servicing.

CLEANINGIf the windscreen or back door window is not clearafter using the window washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other material maybe on the blade or windscreen.

Clean the outside of the windscreen or back doorwindow with a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. The windscreen or back door window is cleanif beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked ina washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinsethebladewith clear water. If thewindscreen or backdoor window is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

• After wiper blade replacement, return thewiper arm to its original position. Otherwise itmay be damaged when the bonnet is opened.

• Make sure the wiper blade contacts the glass.Otherwise, the arm may be damaged from windpressure.

• Do not open the bonnet when the front wiper isin the servicing position other wise it can dam-age the paint surface of the bonnet.

• Remove the key from the ignition before work-ing on the wipers.

FRONT WINDOW WIPERREPLACEMENT

Removing the wiper blades

1. Move the wiper arm away from the windscreen.

2. Press both release clips ➁.

3. Move the wiper blade ➀ in the direction of ar-row ➂ away from wiper arm ➃.

NDI1586

AIR CLEANER FILTER WIPER BLADES


4. Remove wiper blade ➀ in the direction of arrow➄.

Fitting the wiper blades

1. Position new wiper blade ➀ with recess ➅ onlug ➄.

2. Move wiper blade➀ in the direction of arrow ➂onto the wiper arm until retaining clips ➁ en-gage in bracket ➃.

3. Make sure that wiper blade ➀ is seated cor-rectly.

4. Move the wiper arm back onto the windscreen.

BACK DOOR WINDOW WIPERREPLACEMENT

Removing the wiper blade

1. Move wiper arm ➃ away from the rear window.

2. Press both release clips ➁.

3. Move wiper blade ➀ in the direction of arrow➂ away from wiper arm ➃.

4. Remove wiper blade ➀ in the direction of arrow➄.

NDI1587

NDI1588


Fitting a wiper blade

1. Position new wiper blade ➀ with recess ➅ onlug ➄.

2. Move wiper blade➀ in the direction of arrow ➂onto the wiper arm until retaining clips ➁ en-gage in bracket ➃.

3. Make sure that wiper blade ➀ is seated cor-rectly.

4. Move the wiper arm back onto the rear window.

WINDSCREEN WASHER NOZZLE

If you wax the surface of the engine bonnet, becareful not to let wax get into the washer nozzlejA . This may cause clogging or improper windscreenwasher operation. If wax gets into the nozzle, removeit with a needle or small pinjB .

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored care-fully in marked containers out of the reach of chil-dren.

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning ap-pears on the vehicle information display.

Add a washer solvent to the water for better clean-ing. In the winter season, add windscreen washerantifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructionsfor the mixture ratio.

CAUTION

• Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant forwindow washer solution. This may result indamage to the paint.

• Always use window washer fluid recommendedby INFINITI.

NDI1589

NDI892Z

NDI1601

WINDOW WASHER FLUID


VEHICLE BATTERY

• Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any cor-rosion should be washed off with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

• Make certain the terminal connections are cleanand securely tightened.

• If the vehicle is not used for 30 days or longer,disconnect the “–” negative battery terminalcable to prevent discharge.

• If battery replacement or check is required, con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Caution symbols for battery m WARNING

➀ mNo smoking

No exposed flamesNo sparks

Never smoke around the battery. Never expose the battery to open flames orelectrical sparks.

➁ m Shield eyesHandle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protectagainst explosion or battery acid.

➂ mKeep away from

childrenNever allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of reach ofchildren.

➃ m Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After handling the battery or battery cap, immediately wash your handsthoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, or onto your skin or clothing,flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, itcould cause eyesight loss or burns.

➄ mNote operating

instructionsBefore handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct andsafe handling.

➅ m Explosive gas Hydrogen gas, generated by battery fluid, is explosive.

BATTERY


Accessing vehicle battery

The vehicle battery is stored under a cover. To re-move the cover to gain access to the battery:

1. Disconnect the bonnet release cable ➀ and anyother cables from the battery cover.

2. Hold the battery top cover firmly and slide ittowards the front of the car ➁ and upwards ➂.

3. Lift the cover up and away from the battery.

NOTE

When installing the battery cover, remember toreplace cables in their original position.

Maintenance free battery

For a maintenance free battery it is not required tocheck the fluid level. However, INFINITI recom-mends to visually check the status of the green in-dicatorjA (where fitted) periodically. If it is not visible,replace the battery as soon as possible.

Reinitialisation procedure after batteryreconnection

If the battery has been reconnected, check the fol-lowing items:

• Clock setting (where fitted). For details, see“Clock” in the “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion, or the separately provided navigation sys-tem Owner's Manual.

• Reset the desired radio stations to the presetstation buttons.

Models with Stop/Start System

• Ensure that the battery fitted is the special bat-tery that is enhanced with regard to the charge-discharge capacity and life performance. Avoidusing any other battery for the Stop/Start Sys-tem, as this may cause early deterioration ofthe battery or a malfunction of the Stop/StartSystem. It is recommended that a GenuineINFINITI battery is fitted. For more information,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

• If the battery terminal is disconnected (for bat-tery replacement, etc.) and then reconnected,there may be some delay before the Stop/StartSystem reactivates.

JUMP-STARTINGIf jump-starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section. If the enginedoes not start by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. Contact an INFINITI Centre orqualified workshop.NDI1590

NDI920Z


INTEGRATED KEYFOB/INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENTCAUTION

• Be careful not to touch a circuit board or a bat-tery terminal.

An improperly disposed battery can harm theenvironment. Always conform to local regula-tions for battery disposal.

• The Integrated key fob/Intelligent Key is wa-ter-resistant; however, if it does get wet, im-mediately wipe it until it gets completely dry.To replace the battery, open the Integrated keyfob/Intelligent Key carefully in the sequenceshown in the illustration.

• When changing the battery, do not let dust oroil get on the Integrated key fob/IntelligentKey.

INFINITI recommends that you have the batteryreplaced at an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop

Checking the battery

Press the m (LOCK) or m (UNLOCK) button.

The battery is working properly if the battery checklamp ➀ lights up briefly.

The battery is discharged if the battery check lamp➀ does not light up briefly. Replace the battery.

NOTE

• If the key battery is checked within the signalreception range of the vehicle, pressing them (LOCK) or m (UNLOCK) button locksor unlocks the vehicle.

• You can obtain a battery from an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

Replacing the battery

You require a CR 2025 3 V cell battery.

1. Take the emergency key element out of the key(see “Emergency key element” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section)

2. Press emergency key element ➁ into the open-ing into the key in the direction of the arrowuntil the battery cover ➀ opens. When doingso, do not hold cover ➀ shut.

3. Remove battery tray cover ➀.

NPA1474

NPA1472


4. Repeatedly tap the key against your palm untilbattery ➀ falls out.

CAUTION

Always hold the battery by the edges. Holding thebattery across the contact points will seriously de-plete the storage capacity.

5. Insert the new battery with the positive termi-nal facing upwards. Use a lint-free cloth to doso.

6. Make sure that the surface of the battery is freeof lint, grease and other contamination.

7. Insert the front tabs of battery cover ➀ andthen press to close it.

8. Insert emergency key element into the key (see“Emergency key element” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section).

9. Check the function of all key buttons on the ve-hicle.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopif you need assistance for battery replacement.

TYPES OF FUSE

WARNING

If you manipulate, bridge or replace a faulty fusewith a fuse of a higher amperage, the electriccables could be overloaded. This may result in afire. There is a risk of an accident and injury.

Blown fuses must be replaced with fuses of thesame rating, which you can recognise by the colourand fuse rating. The fuse ratings are listed in thefuse allocation chart.

If thenewly inserted fusealso blows, havethecausetraced and rectified at an INFINITI Centre or quali-fied workshop.

CAUTION

• Only use fuses that have been approved forINFINITI vehicles and which have the correctfuse rating for the system concerned. Only usefuses marked with an “S”. Components or sys-tems could otherwise be damaged.

• Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperagerating than that specified on the fuse box cover.

The fuses in your vehicle disconnect faulty circuits.if a fuse blows, all the components on the circuitand their functions will fail.

NPA1473

SPA0784Z

FUSES


BEFORE REPLACING A FUSE


• Switch off all electrical consumers.

• Remove the key from the ignition lock.

The fuses are located in various fuse boxes:

• Fuse box in the engine compartment on the left-hand side of the vehicle, when viewed in thedirection of travel.

• Fuse box in the front-passenger footwell.

The fuse allocation chart is on the fuse box in thefront-passenger footwell.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ANDLUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

When the bonnet is open, and the windscreen wip-ers are set in motion, you can be injured by thewiper linkage. There is a risk of injury.

Always switch off the windscreen wipers and theignition before opening the bonnet.

CAUTION

• Make sure that no moisture can enter the fusebox when the cover is open.

• When closing the cover, make sure that it is ly-ing correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seepingin or dirt could otherwise impair the operationof the fuses

1. Open the bonnet

2. Remove any existing moisture from the fuse boxusing a dry cloth

3. To open: open clamps ➁.

4. Fold cover ➀ up in the direction of the arrowand remove it.

To close:

1. Check whether the seal is lying correctly in cover➀.

2. Insert cover ➀at the back into openings ➂ onthe fuse box.

3. Fold down cover ➀.

4. Hook clamps into the fuse box and close

NDI1591 NDI1592



CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperagerating than that specified on the fuse box cover.This could damage the electrical system or cause afire.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTCAUTION

• Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperagerating than that specified on the fuse box cover.This could damage the electrical system orcause a fire.

• Make sure that no moisture can enter the fusebox when the cover is open.

• When closing the cover, make sure that it is ly-ing correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seepingin or dirt could otherwise impair the operationof the fuses

To open:

1. Open the front-passenger door.

2. Remove the floor mats.

3. Fold out perforated floor covering ➀ in the di-rection of the arrow.

NDI1593


4. To release cover ➂ press retaining clamp ➁.

5. Fold out cover ➂ in the direction of the arrowto the catch.

6. Remove cover ➂ forwards.

NOTE

Fuse allocation chart ➃ is located on the lowerright-hand side of cover ➂.

To close:

1. Insert cover ➂ on the left-hand side of the fusebox into the retainer. Cover ➂ engages in theretainers.

2. Fold down cover ➂ until clamps ➁ lock audibly.

3. Fold back perforated floor covering ➀.

4. Fit the floor mats.

NDI1594


LIGHT LOCATIONS

➀ Side turn signal light

➁ Room light/Map lights (where fitted)

➂ Daytime driving light and sidelights and turnsignal (where fitted)

➃ Low/High beam headlight

➄ High beam headlight or turn signal

➅ Cornering light (where fitted)

➆ Front fog light (where fitted)

➇ Daytime driving light and sidelights

➈ Footwell light (where fitted)

➉ Room light (where fitted)

j11 High mounted stop light

j12 Number plate light

j13 Rear Fog and Reversing light

j14 Brake light

j15 Turn signal light

j16 Tail light

Front light unit

Halogen type:

➀ Turn signal light

➁ Daytime driving light and sidelight

➂ High/Low beam halogen projector headlights

➃ Side marker light (where fitted)

➄ Reflector (where fitted)

➅ Daytime driving light and sidelights

LED type:

➀ Cornering light

➁ Additional high-beam headlight

➂ Daytime driving light and sidelight and turnsignal light

➃ High/Low beam LED projector headlightsand Adaptive Front Lighting system (wherefitted)

➄ Side marker light (where fitted)

➅ Reflector (where fitted)

➆ Daytime driving light and sidelights

NDI1625

Light locations

NDI1613

Halogen type

NDI1614

LED type

LIGHTS


Rear light unit

➀ Tail light

➁ Turn signal light

➂ Brake light

➃ Tail light

➄ Reversing light

➅ Rear fog light (drivers side only)

REPLACING BULBS

LED lights (where fitted)

The LED headlight is a projector style which uses aLED module without serviceable parts. These andother LED lights must be replaced by an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

CAUTION

• To prevent an electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble the LED headlights as-sembly.

• If replacement of LED lights is required, con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Replacing the halogen headlight bulb

CAUTION

• High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside thehalogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glassenvelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.

• When handling the bulb, DO NOT TOUCH THEGLASS ENVELOPE.

• Use the same number type and wattage asoriginally installed.

• Aiming is usually not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop.

• Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight re-flector for a long period of time as dust, mois-ture or smoke may enter the headlight body andaffect the performance of the headlight.

Fitting/removing the access cover on the frontwheel arch:

You must remove the cover of the front wheel archbefore you can change the halogen headlight bulb.

To remove: switch off the lights, turn the steeringso that the wheel behind the light in question ispointing inwards. Slide cover ➀ up and remove it.

To fit: inset cover ➀ again and slide it down until itengages.

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. A bulbcan be replaced from inside the engine compart-ment without removing the headlight assembly.

Contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop,if you need assistance for bulb replacement.

Low/High beam Headlight bulb replacement:


NDI1615

NDI1626

NDI1611


2. Disconnect the negative (—) battery cable.

3. Remove the corresponding access cover fromthe wheel arch.

4. Turn housing cover➀anticlockwiseand removeit.

5. Turn bulb holder ➁ anticlockwise and pull out

6. Take the headlight bulb out of bulb holder ➁.

7. Insert the new bulb into bulb holder ➁.

8. Insert bulb holder ➁ and turn it clockwise.

9. Press on housing cover ➀ and turn it to theright.

10. Replace the cover in the front wheel arch

11. Reconnect the negative (—) battery cable andclose the bonnet.

NOTE

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. The fogis caused by a temperature difference between theinside and the outside of the lens. This is not a mal-function. If large droplets can be seen, then con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

Front turn signal light bulb replacement(non-LED system only)


2. Disconnect the negative (—) battery cable.

3. Turn housing cover ➀ anticlockwise and removeit.

4. Turn bulb holder ➁ anticlockwise and pull out

5. Take the headlight bulb out of bulb holder ➁.

6. Insert the new bulb into bulb holder ➁.

7. Insert bulb holder ➁ and turn it clockwise.

8. Press on housing cover ➀ and turn it to theright.

9. Reconnect the negative (—) battery cable andclose the bonnet.

EXTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W)

Front combination light

Headlight (Low or highbeam: H9 type)

14/28

Headlight (Low or highbeam: LED type, where fit-ted) *1

LED

Front turn signal light (withhalogen headlights)

24

Front turn signal light (LEDtype, where fitted) *1

LED

Front side light *1 LED

Daytime driving light *1 LED

Front fog light *1 LED

Side turn signal light *1 LED

Puddle light *1 LED

Rear combination light

Turn signal light*1 LED

Stop/Tail light *1 LED

Reverse light *1

Reverse light *1

Brake light *1 LED

High-mounted brake light *1 LED

Number plate light *1 LED

*1: If replacement is required, contact an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop.

NDI1612


INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage

(W)

Room light/Map lights (where fitted)Foot well light (where fitted)

53

Reading light (rear)Room light — rear (where fitted)

55

Reading lights — rear (where fitted) 8

Luggage compartment light (where fit-ted)

5

In case of a flat tyre, see “Flat tyre” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section.

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)monitors tyre pressure of all tyres. When the lowtyre pressure warning light is lit, one or more of thetyres is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also,this system may not detect a sudden drop in tyrepressure (for example a flat tyre while driving).

For more details about the TPMS, see “Tyre Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

TYRE INFLATION PRESSUREPeriodically check the pressure of the tyres. An in-correct tyre pressure may adversely affect tyre lifeand vehicle handling. The tyre pressure should bechecked when tyres are COLD. Tyres are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3or more hours, or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile).COLD tyre pressures are shown on the tyre plac-ard.

Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating ofthe tyre and subsequent internal damage. At highspeeds, this could result in tread separation andeven bursting of the tyre.

TYPES OF TYRESCAUTION

When changing or replacing tyres, be sure all fourtyres are of the same type (that is, summer, allseason or snow) and construction. An INFINITICentre or qualified workshop may be able to helpyou with information about tyre type, size, speedrating and availability.

Replacement tyres may have a lower speed ratingthan the factory equipped tyres, and they may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed. Neverexceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre.

All season tyres

INFINITI specifies all season tyres on some modelsto provide good performance all year, includingsnowy and icy road conditions. All season tyres areidentified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S on the tyresidewall. Snow tyres have better snow tractionthan all season tyres and may be more appropriatein some areas.

Summer tyres

INFINITI specifies summer tyres on some modelsto provide superior performance on dry roads.Summer tyre performance is substantially reducedin snow and ice. Summer tyres do not have the tyretraction rating M&S on the tyre sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the use of snowor all season tyres on all four wheels.

TYRES AND WHEELS


Snow tyres

If snow tyres are needed, it is necessary to selecttyres equivalent in size and load rating to the origi-nal equipment tyres. If you do not, it can adverselyaffect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tyres have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tyres and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tyre. If you installsnow tyres, they must be the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tyresmay be used. However, some states and provincesprohibit their use. Check local, state and provinciallaws before installing studded tyres. Skid and trac-tion capabilities of studded snow tyres on wet ordry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-stud-ded snow tyres.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models

CAUTION

• Always use tyres of the same type, size, brand,construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), andtread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to doso may result in a circumference difference be-tween tyres on the front and rear axles whichwill cause excessive tyre wear and may damagethe transmission, transfer case and differentialgears.

• ONLY use replacement tyres specified for the4WD models.

If excessive tyre wear is found, it is recommendedthat all four tyres be replaced with tyres of thesame size, brand, construction and tread pattern.The tyre pressure and wheel alignment should alsobe checked and corrected as necessary. Contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

SNOW CHAINSUse of snow chains may be prohibited according tolocation. Check the local laws before installingsnow chains. When installing snow chains, makesure that they are of proper size for the tyres onyour vehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s instructions.

Use chain tensioners when recommended by thesnow chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the snow chains must be securedor removed to prevent the possibility of whippingaction damage to the fenders or underbody. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingsnow chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed.Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/orvehicle handling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Snow chains must be installed only on the frontwheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install snow chains on a T-type spare tyre(TEMPORARY USE ONLY).

Do not drive with snow chains on paved roadswhich are clear of snow. Driving with chains in suchconditions can cause damage to the various mecha-nisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.

TYRE ROTATION

INFINITI recommends that tyres be rotated every5,000 km (3,000 miles) for Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) models, every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) for2WD. However, the timing for tyre rotations mayvary according to your driving habits and the roadsurface conditions. For details, see “Flat tyre” in the“6. In case of emergency” section for the tyre re-placement.

WARNING

• After rotating the tyres, adjust the tyre pres-sure.

• Incorrect tyre selection, fitting, care or mainte-nance can affect vehicle safety with risk of ac-cident and injury. If in doubt, consult anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop or thetyre manufacturer.

SDI1662Z


Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

After the tyres have been rotated, the TPMS mustbe reset. For details about the resetting procedure,see “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section.

TYRE WEAR AND DAMAGE

➀ : Wear indicator

➁ : Wear indicator location mark

Tyres should be periodically inspected for wear,cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. Ifexcessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts arefound, the tyre should be replaced immediately.

The original tyres have a built-in tread wear indica-tor. When the wear indicator is visible, the tyreshould be replaced.

Improper servicing of a tyre may result in seriouspersonal injury. If it is necessary to repair a tyre,contact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshop.

TYRE AGENever use a tyre over six years old, regardless ofwhether it has been used or not.

Tyres degrade with age as well as with the vehicleusage. Have your tyres checked and balanced oftenby a repair shop or, if you prefer, an INFINITICentreor qualified workshop.

CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS

WARNING

Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if ithas been repaired. Such wheels or tyres could havestructural damage and could fail without warning.

When replacing a tyre, use the same size, speedrating and load carrying capacity as originallyequipped. (See “Wheels and Tyres” in the “9. Tech-nical information” section for recommended typesand sizes of tyres and wheels.) The use of tyresother than those recommended or the mixed use oftyres of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, or radial), or tread patterns can adverselyaffect the ride, braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tyre clearance, snow chain clearance, TyrePressureMonitoring System (TPMS), speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Someof these effects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

If the wheels are changed for any reason, alwaysreplace with wheels which have the same offsetdimension. Wheels of a different offset could causeearly tyre wear, possibly degraded vehicle handling

characteristics and/or interference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interference can lead todecreased braking efficiency and/or early brakepad/shoe wear.

Confirm the following for the TPMS:

WARNING

• When a replacement tyre is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not function and thelow tyre pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light will remainon after 1 minute. Contact an INFINITI Centreor qualified workshop as soon as possible fortyre replacement and/or system resetting.


WHEEL BALANCEUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling andtyre life. Even with regular use, wheels can get outof balance. Therefore, they should be balanced asrequired.

EMERGENCY TYRE PUNCTUREREPAIR KIT (where fitted)

The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is suppliedto the vehicle instead of a spare tyre. The repair kitmust be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyrepuncture. After using the repair kit, see an INFINITICentre or qualified workshop as soon as possiblefor tyre inspection and repair/replacement.

SDI1663Z


CAUTION

Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair kitunder the following conditions. Contact anINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop or profes-sional road assistance.

• when the sealant has passed its expiration date(shown on the label attached to the sealantbottle)

• when the cut or the puncture is approximately4 mm (0.16 in) or longer

• when the side of the tyre is damaged

• when the vehicle has been driven with a consid-erable loss of air from the tyre

• when the tyre is completely displaced inside oroutside the rim

• when the tyre rim is damaged

• when two or more tyres are flat

See “Flat tyre” in the “6. In case of emergency” sec-tion for more details.


9 Technical informationTechnical information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities......... 9-2Fuel information............................................................ 9-4Recommended SAE viscosity number..................... 9-5Air conditioner system refrigerant andlubricant........................................................................... 9-5

Engine .................................................................................... 9-6Wheels and Tyres................................................................ 9-7Dimensions............................................................................ 9-7When travelling or registering in another country ..... 9-8Vehicle identification.......................................................... 9-8

Vehicle identification / certification label(where fitted) ................................................................. 9-8

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate............... 9-9Vehicle identification number (VIN) ......................... 9-9Engine serial number.................................................... 9-9Tyre placard.................................................................... 9-9Air conditioner specification label ............................ 9-10

Installation of an RF transmitter..................................... 9-10Radio approval number and information...................... 9-11

Radio frequency approval........................................... 9-11Intelligent or remote keyless system ....................... 9-12Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(Transmitter) .................................................................. 9-14

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill quantities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedures instructed in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type Capacity (Approximate)Recommended Fluids//LubricantsMetric

MeasureUS

MeasureImperialMeasure

Fuel50 L

(4WD: 56 L)

13.2 gal(4WD:

14.8 gal

11 gal(4WD: 12.3

gal)– See “Fuel information” later in this section.

Engine oil (*) The approximate capacities listed are for refilling during an engine oil change. *: For additionalinformation, see “Changing engine oil and oil filter” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.1.6L and 2.0L petrol engine:– Genuine INFINITI engine oil, Viscosity SAE 0W-30– Use engine oil listed in MB229.5 as an equivalent– For SAE Viscosity Number, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” later in this section1.5L and 2.2L diesel engine:– Total Quartz INEO MC3 5W-30 (SAE Viscosity 5W-30, ACEA C3)– Use engine oil listed in MB 229.51 as an equivalent– For SAE Viscosity Number, see “Recommended SAE viscosity number” later in this section

Drain and refill

With oil filterchange

1.6L petrol 5.8 L 6.1 qt 5.1 qt

2.0L petrol 5.6 L 6 qt 5 qt

1.5L diesel 4.5 L 4.8 qt 4 qt

2.2L diesel 6.5 L 6.9 qt 5.7 qt

Engine coolantIncluding reservoir

1.6L petrol(MT)

6.6 L 7 qt 5.8 qt– Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant or equivalent in its quality

BASF Glysantin® G40®– Use Genuine INFINITI Engine Coolant, or equivalent in its quality, in order to avoid possible

aluminium corrosion within the engine cooling system caused by the use of non-genuineengine coolant. Note that any repairs for incidents with the engine cooling system whileusing non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered by the warranty even if such incidentsoccurred during the warranty period.

1.6L petrol(AT)

7.6 L 8 qt 6.7 qt

2.0L petrol 7.6 8.1 qt 6.7 qt1.5L diesel(MT)

6.3 L 6.7 qt 5.5 qt

1.5L diesel(AT)

7.3 7.7 qt 6.4 qt

2.2L diesel 9.6 L 10.1 qt 8.5 qtAutomatic TransmissionFluid (ATF)

1.6L petrol 5.91 L 6.25 qt 5.2 qt

– Shell DCT-M12.0L petrol 6.21 L 6.6 qt 5.5 qt1.5L diesel 5.74 L 6 qt 5.1 qt2.2L diesel 6.21 L 6.6 qt 5.5 qt

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

9-2 Technical information

Fluid type Capacity (Approximate)Recommended Fluids//LubricantsMetric

MeasureUS Measure

ImperialMeasure

Manual Transmission Oil 2.2 L 2.3 qt 2 qt – Esso Gear Oil MB317

Brake fluidRefill to the proper fluid level according tothe instructions in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

– Genuine INFINITI brake fluid DOT4+ or equivalent.– Never mix different types of fluids.

Differential gear oil 0.74 L 0.8 qt 0.65 qt – Castrol BOT 355 75W-85Multi-purpose grease — — — – NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioner system refrigerant — — —– For Europe: HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)

Except Europe: HFC134a (R134a)Air conditioner system lubricant — — — – INFINITI A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent

Technical information 9-3

FUEL INFORMATION

Petrol engine

CAUTION

Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol willdamage the three-way catalyst.

Compatible Fuels for Petrol Engines

The petrol engines are compatible with current andfuture European standards for bio-fuel.

m Petrol conforming to EN228 and mixedwith a bio-fuel conforming to EN15376.

m1.6L petrol engine model:

Use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an octanerating of at least 95 (RON).

For vehicles with manual transmission: If unleadedpremium petrol is not used, UNLEADED REGU-LAR petrol with an octane rating of at least 91(RON) or above may be temporarily used, but onlyunder the following precautions:

• Have the fuel tank filled only partially with un-leaded regular petrol, and fill up with unleadedpremium petrol as soon as possible.

• Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accelera-tion.

For vehicles with automatic transmission: If un-leaded premium petrol is not used, UNLEADEDREGULAR petrol with an octane rating of at least93 (RON) or above may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:



Use unleaded premium petrol for maximum vehicleperformance.

2.0L petrol engine model:


If unleaded premium petrol is not used,UNLEADED REGULAR petrol with an octane rat-ing of at least 93 (RON) or above may be tempo-rarily used, but only under the following precau-tions:




Diesel engine*Compatible Fuels for Diesel Engines

The diesel engines are compatible with current andfuture European standards for bio-fuel.

mDiesel conforming to EN590 and mixedwith a bio-fuel conforming to EN14214(incorporating between 0 and 7% FattyAcid Methyl Esters).

Diesel fuel above 50 cetane and with less than 10ppm of sulphur (EN590) must be used.

If fuel other than the specified fuel is used, whitesmoke could be emitted.

* If two types of diesel fuel are available, use sum-mer or winter fuel properly according to the fol-lowing temperature conditions.

• Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type dieselfuel.

• Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

CAUTION

• Do not use home heating oil, petrol or other al-ternate fuels in the diesel engine. The use ofthose or adding those to diesel fuel can causeengine damage.

• Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below−7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will causewax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may pre-vent the engine from running smoothly.


RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITYNUMBER

Petrol engine oil

0W-30 is preferable.

If 0W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, fromthe chart, that is suitable for the outside tempera-ture range.

Outside Temperature RangeAnticipated Before Next Oil Change

PETROL ENGINE OIL

mJVT0428X

Diesel engine oil

5W-30 is preferable.

If 5W-30 is not available, select the viscosity, fromthe chart, that is suitable for the outside tempera-ture range.

Outside Temperature RangeAnticipated Before Next Oil Change

DIESEL ENGINE OIL

mJVT0441X

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTThe air conditioner system of your vehicle must becharged with the refrigerant HFO-1234yf(R-1234yf) (for Europe), or HFC134a (R-134a)(except Europe) and the lubricant INFINITI A/CSystem Oil Type S or equivalent.

CAUTION

Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants willcause severe damage, and you may need to replaceyour vehicle’s entire air conditioner system.

The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere isprohibited in many countries and regions. The re-frigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) (for Europe), orHFC134a (R-134a) (except Europe) in your vehiclewill not harm the Earth’s ozone layer. However, itmay contribute in a small part to the global warm-ing effect. INFINITI recommends that the refriger-ant be appropriately recovered and recycled. Con-tact an INFINITI Centre or qualified workshopwhen servicing the air conditioner system.


Model 1.6L Petrol 2.0L Petrol 1.5L Diesel 2.2L DieselType Petrol, 4-cycle Petrol, 4-cycle Diesel, 4-cycle Diesel, 4-cycleCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder in-line 4-cylinder in-line 4-cylinder in-line 4-cylinder in-line

Bore x Stroke mm (in)83.0 x 73.7(3.268 x 2.902)

83.0 x 92.0(3.268 x 3.622)

76.0 x 80.5(2.992 x 3.169)

83.0 x 99.0(3.268 x 3.897)

Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,595 (97.38) 1,991 (121.55) 1,461 (89.15) 2,143 (130.77)Idling speed rpm

MT 700 — 850 ± 50 750DCT in N position 700 700 — —

Ignition timing(BTDC)

degrees

MT-10°CA to +35°CA BTDC at750rpm

— — —

DCT in N position-10°CA to +35°CA BTDC at700rpm

-10°CA to +35°CA BTDC at700rpm

— —

Spark plug Standard Platinum tipped Platinum tipped — —Spark plug gap mm (in) 0.7 (0.028) 0.7 (0.028) — —Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain Timing belt Timing chain

ENGINE


GT and Sport models:

Item Offset in (mm) Size

Road wheel

1.50 (38) 6.5J x 17

1.81 (46) 7.0J x 18

1.71 (43.5) 8.0J x 19

Tyre size215/60 R17 96V235/50 R18 97V*235/45 R19 95V*

* : Use of snow chains NOT permitted.

All Road models:

Item Offset in (mm) Size

Road wheel

1.50 (38)6.5J x 17

(steel)

1.61 (41)7.0J x 18

(alloy)

1.71 (43.5)8.0J x 19

(alloy)

Tyre size215/60 R17 96V235/50 R18 97V*235/45 R19 95V*

* : Use of snow chains NOT permitted.

Dimension Model in (mm)

Overall length 174.2 (4425)

Overall width (incl. mirrors) 82.0 (2083)

Overall height GT without roof rails 58.9 (1495)

GT with roof rails 59.5 (1510)

Sport without roof rails 58.1 (1475)

Sport with roof rails 58.7 (1490)

Allroad without roof rails 58.7 (1515)

Allroad with roof rails 61.2 (1530)

Front track GT 17” wheels 61.9 (1572)

GT 18” wheels 61.3 (1556)

GT 19” wheels 61.5 (1561)

Sport 17” wheels 62 (1574)

Sport 19” wheels 61.5 (1563)

Allroad 17” wheels 61.7 (1566)


Rear track GT 17” wheels 61.9 (1573)

GT 18” wheels 61.2 (1555)

GT 19” wheels 61.7 (1566)

Sport 17” wheels 62.2 (1580)

Sport 19” wheels 61.7 (1567)



Wheelbase 106.3 (2700)

WHEELS AND TYRES DIMENSIONS


When planning to travel in another country or re-gion, find out whether the fuel required for yourvehicle is available in that country or region. Usinga low octane rated fuel may cause engine damage.Therefore, be sure that the required fuel is availablewherever you go. For additional information re-garding recommended fuel, see earlier in this sec-tion.

When transferring the registration of your vehicleto another country, state, province or district, con-tact the appropriate authorities to find out that thevehicle complies with the local legal requirements.In some cases, a vehicle cannot meet the legal re-quirements, and it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations. In addi-tion, there may be possibilities that a vehicle can-not be adapted in certain areas.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-sion control and safety standards vary accordingto the country, state, province or district; there-fore, the vehicle specification may differ.

When any vehicles are to be taken into anothercountry, state, province or district, its modifica-tion, transportation, registration, and any otherexpenses which may result, are the responsibilityof the user. INFINITI is not responsible for any in-conveniences that may result.

It is prohibited to cover, paint, weld, cut, drill, alteror remove the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION/CERTIFICATION LABEL (where fitted)

➀ Type approval number

➁ Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

➂ Maximum vehicle weight

➃ Maximum train weight

➄ Maximum front axle load

➅ Maximum rear axle load

➀ National type approval number

➁ Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

➂ Maximum vehicle weight

➃ Maximum train weight

➄ Maximum front axle load

➅ Maximum rear axle load

The label is affixed to the left or right hand centrepillar, depending on the country of sale.

NTI335

For Europe

NTI336

For Russia

WHEN TRAVELLING ORREGISTERING IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate is attachedas shown.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN)

The vehicle identification number is stamped asshown.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine as shown.

TYRE PLACARD

The cold tyre pressures are shown on the tyre plac-ard affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.

JVT0352XZ

NTI314

NDI1621

1.6L and 2.0L petrol engines

NTI099Z

1.5L diesel engine

NDI1643

2.2L diesel engine

NTI315


AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label is attachedto the underside of the bonnet as shown.

For countries conforming to UN regulation No.10or equivalent:

The installation of an RF transmitter in your vehiclecould affect electric equipment systems. Be sure tocheck with your INFINITI Centre or qualified work-shop for precautionary measures or special instruc-tions regarding installation. Upon request, yourINFINITI Centre or qualified workshop will providethe detailed information (frequency band, power,antenna position, installation guide, etc.) regardinginstallation.

NTI316

For Europe

NTI330

Except Europe

INSTALLATION OF AN RFTRANSMITTER


All radio frequency or audio frequency products fitted to the INFINITI range during production conform to the requirements of the R&TTE Directive.

RADIO FREQUENCY APPROVALAll radio frequency products fitted to the vehicle range during production conform to the requirements of the Radio Equipment Directive (RED) 2014/53/EU.

The countries covered by this directive, or those which accept it, are: Albania, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic,Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, French Guyana, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Kosovo, Latvia, Liechtenstein,Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Malta, Martinique, Mayotte, Monaco, Montenegro, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania, Saint Pierre& Miquelon, San Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Tuvalu, United Kingdom.

VEHICLE RADIO FUNCTIONS

Frequency Range Technology Power/Magnetic Field

125 kHz (119 – 135 kHz) Remote Keyless Entry TransponderRing

≤ 42 dBμA/m at 10m

433 MHz (433.05 – 434.79 MHz) Tyre Pressure Monitoring ≤ 10 mW e.r.p.

433.92 MHz (433.05 – 434.79 MHz) Remote Keyless Entry ≤ 10 mW e.r.p.

20 kHz (9 – 90 kHz) Keyless Go system ≤ 72 dBμA/m at 10m

2.4 GHz (2400 – 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi ≤ 100 mW e.i.r.p.

824 – 894 MHz GSM 850 (2G) ≤ 39 dBm e.i.r.p.

880 – 960 MHz GSM 900 (2G) ≤ 39 dBm e.i.r.p.

1710 – 1880 MHz GSM 1800 (2G) ≤ 36 dBm e.i.r.p.

1850 – 1890 MHz GSM 1900 (2G) ≤ 33 dBm e.i.r.p.

1922 – 2168 MHz W-CDMA Band I (3G) ≤ 24 dBm e.i.r.p.

24.05 – 24.25 GHz 24 GHz ISM Radar ≤ 100 mW e.i.r.p.

24.25 – 26.65 GHz 24 GHz UWB Radar ≤ -41,3 dBm/MHz e.i.r.p. mean≤ 0 dBm/50 MHz e.i.r.p. peak

76 – 77 GHz 77 GHz Radar ≤ 55 dBm e.i.r.p.

RADIO APPROVAL NUMBER AND INFORMATION


INTELLIGENT OR REMOTE KEYLESSSYSTEM

NTI320

For Europe

NTI370

For RussiaNTI371

For Russia


NTI372

For UkraineNTI373

For UkraineNTI374

For Ukraine


TYRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) (Transmitter)

NTI321

For Europe

NTI333

For Russia

NTI375

For Ukraine

NTI376

For Ukraine



NOTE

10 IndexIndex

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)– Warning light ................................................................. 2-6Accident– Emergency Response System ................................ 1-44Active noise cancellation– Operation ..................................................................... 5-61Active sound enhancement– Operation ..................................................................... 5-61Adaptive Front lighting System ................................... 2-58Aids– Forward emergency braking system .................... 5-54– Hill Start Assist (HSA) ............................................... 5-26– Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) .............................. 5-64Air bags– Front passenger air bag switch .............................. 1-35– Repair and replacement ........................................... 1-42– Supplemental Restraint System ............................. 1-29– Warning labels ............................................................ 1-32– Warning light ..................................................... 1-33, 2-8Air cleaner filter ................................................................ 8-14Air conditioner– Heater and air conditioner ...................................... 4-24– Refrigerant and lubricant ........................................... 9-5– Servicing ....................................................................... 4-35– Specification label ..................................................... 9-10Air fresheners ...................................................................... 7-4

Antenna .............................................................................. 4-35Anti-theft alarm system ................................................. 3-12Around View Monitor ..................................................... 4-10– Moving object detection (MOD) ........................... 4-20– Settings ......................................................................... 4-17Audible reminders ............................................................. 2-11Automatic transmission– Fluid (ATF) ................................................................... 8-13– Operation ..................................................................... 5-14

B

Battery ................................................................................ 8-17– Caution label ............................................................... 8-17– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-82– Jump-starting ............................................................. 6-10– Replacement - Intelligent Key ................................ 8-19– Saver system ............................................................... 2-77– Vehicle battery ............................................................ 8-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system .............................. 5-31Bonnet ................................................................................ 3-14– Closing .......................................................................... 3-14– Engine compartment ................................................ 0-11– Opening ........................................................................ 3-14Booster seats .................................................................... 1-26– Precautions .................................................................. 1-26Brakes ................................................................................. 8-12– ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) .......................... 5-80

– Adjustment .................................................................. 8-12– Checking ....................................................................... 8-12– Fluid ............................................................................... 8-13– Forward emergency braking system .................... 5-54– Parking brake .............................................................. 3-19– Precautions .................................................................. 5-79– System .......................................................................... 5-79– Trailer towing .............................................................. 5-77– Warning light ................................................................. 2-6Brightness– Instrument panel .......................................................... 2-4

C

Capacities and recommendations .................................. 9-2– Coolant ............................................................................ 9-2– Fuel ................................................................................... 9-2– Oil ..................................................................................... 9-2– Refrigerant ..................................................................... 9-2Card holder ........................................................................ 2-72Changing– Engine coolant .............................................................. 8-8– Engine oil ........................................................................ 8-9– Engine oil filter ........................................................... 8-10– Tyres and wheels ....................................................... 8-29Checking– Brake pedal .................................................................. 8-12– Coolant level .................................................................. 8-7– Engine oil level .............................................................. 8-8– Parking brake .............................................................. 8-12Child restraints .................................................................. 1-13– Anchorage .................................................................... 1-19

– ISOFIX ........................................................................... 1-19– ISOFIX installation .................................................... 1-20– Precautions .................................................................. 1-13– Seat belt installation ................................................. 1-22– Universal child restraints (front and rear seats) . 1-15Child safety ........................................................................ 1-10– Rear door locks ........................................................... 3-10Cleaning– Alloy wheels ................................................................... 7-3– Chrome parts ................................................................. 7-3– Exterior ............................................................................ 7-2– Glass ....................................................................... 7-3, 7-4– Interior ............................................................................. 7-3– Leather seat covers ..................................................... 7-4– Removing spots ............................................................ 7-2– Seat belts ........................................................................ 7-4– Underbody ...................................................................... 7-3– Washing .......................................................................... 7-2– Waxing ............................................................................ 7-2Clock .................................................................................... 2-68– Adjusting time ............................................................ 2-68Coat hooks ......................................................................... 2-73Cockpit– Overview ........................................................................ 0-6Cold weather– Battery .......................................................................... 5-82– Corrosion protection ................................................ 5-82– Engine coolant ............................................................ 5-82– Precautions .................................................................. 5-81– Special equipment ..................................................... 5-82– Tyre equipment .......................................................... 5-82Compartment .................................................................... 2-77

10-2 Index

Coolant– Capacities ....................................................................... 9-2– Changing engine coolant ........................................... 8-8– Checking coolant level ................................................. 8-7– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-82– Engine cooling system ................................................ 8-6– Temperature gauge ..................................................... 2-3Corrosion protection .......................................................... 7-5– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-82– Environmental factors ................................................. 7-5Cruise control .................................................................... 5-39– Activation .................................................................... 5-40– Cancelling ..................................................................... 5-41– Operation .................................................................... 5-40Cup holders ........................................................................ 2-72

D

Defogger– Switch ........................................................................... 2-63Diesel– Engine oil ........................................................................ 9-5– Fuel recommendation ........................................ 0-1, 9-4– Gauge .............................................................................. 2-3Dimensions ........................................................................... 9-7– Engine .............................................................................. 9-6– Tyres ................................................................................ 9-7Display– Brightness ...................................................................... 2-4– Vehicle information display ..................................... 2-12– Warnings and indicators .......................................... 2-23

Doors– Back door ..................................................................... 3-10– Locking key .................................................................... 3-8– Locks ................................................................................ 3-8– Map pocket ................................................................. 2-74Drive belts .......................................................................... 8-12Driving ................................................................................. 5-12– Automatic Transmission .......................................... 5-14– Care .................................................................................. 5-7– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-81– ECO Stop/Start System .......................................... 5-24– Manual Transmission ................................................ 5-12– Precautions .................................................................... 5-2– Wet conditions .............................................................. 5-7– Winter conditions ......................................................... 5-7

E

ECO Stop/Start System ................................................ 5-24Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) ........................ 5-22Emergency– Response System ....................................................... 1-44Emergency key .................................................................... 3-5Emergency tyre puncture repair kit ............................. 8-29– Location .......................................................................... 6-5Engine– Before starting .............................................................. 5-2– Changing engine coolant ........................................... 8-8– Changing engine oil ..................................................... 8-9– Changing oil filter ...................................................... 8-10– Checking coolant level ................................................. 8-7– Checking engine oil level ............................................ 8-8

Index 10-3

– Cold start period ........................................................... 5-7– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-82– Compartment .............................................................. 0-11– Cooling system ............................................................. 8-6– Data ................................................................................. 9-6– Oil ..................................................................................... 8-8– Serial number ................................................................. 9-9– Spark plugs .................................................................. 8-12– Starting ......................................................................... 5-10ERA-GLONASS ................................................................ 1-44Exhaust gas– Precautions .................................................................... 5-3Exterior– Cleaning .......................................................................... 7-2– Lights ............................................................................ 8-26– Overview ........................................................................ 0-3Exterior rear view mirrors .............................................. 3-16

F

Filter– Air cleaner .................................................................... 8-14– Engine Oil .................................................................... 8-10Flat tyre ................................................................................. 6-2Floor mats ............................................................................ 7-4Fluids– Air conditioner ............................................................... 9-2– Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ...................... 8-13– Brake ............................................................................. 8-13– Coolant ........................................................................... 8-6– Engine Oil ....................................................................... 8-8– Recommendations and capacities ........................... 9-2

– Window washer ......................................................... 8-16Fog lights ........................................................................... 2-60– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-26– Location ....................................................................... 2-60Forward emergency braking system .......................... 5-54– Limitations ................................................................... 5-58Four-wheel drive .............................................................. 5-21Freeing trapped vehicle .................................................. 6-16Frequency approval numbers ........................................ 9-11Fuel– Capacities ....................................................................... 9-2– Filler cap ....................................................................... 3-15– Filler lid .......................................................................... 3-15– Filter .............................................................................. 8-11– Gauge .............................................................................. 2-3– Information ........................................................... 0-1, 9-4Fuses ................................................................................... 8-20– Engine compartment ................................................ 8-21– Passenger compartment ......................................... 8-22

G

Gauges– Engine coolant temperature ...................................... 2-3– Fuel ................................................................................... 2-3– Meters and gauges ...................................................... 2-2– Speedometer ................................................................. 2-2– Tachometer .................................................................... 2-3Glass– Cleaning .......................................................................... 7-3Glass roof ........................................................................... 2-67– Sunshade operation .................................................. 2-67

10-4 Index

Glove box ............................................................................ 2-71

H

Hazard– Indicator flasher switch .............................................. 6-2Head restraints .................................................................... 1-5– Adjustment ..................................................................... 1-6– Installation ...................................................................... 1-8– Removal ........................................................................... 1-7Headlights– Aiming control ............................................................. 2-57– Bulb replacement ....................................................... 8-25– Cleaner .......................................................................... 2-63– Replacement (bulb) ................................................... 8-25– Switch ........................................................................... 2-56Heated seats– Operation ..................................................................... 2-68– Precautions ................................................................. 2-68Heater and air conditioner ............................................ 4-24Hill Start Assist (HSA) ..................................................... 5-26Hooks .................................................................................. 2-73Horn ..................................................................................... 2-64

I

Ignition– Push-button ignition switch ...................................... 5-7– Switch .............................................................................. 5-8– Switch positions ........................................................... 5-8Indicator lights– Overview ........................................................................ 2-5

Indicators– Vehicle information display ..................................... 2-23INFINITI InTouch Owner's Manual ................................ 4-2Injured persons .................................................................. 1-11Instrument panel– Overview ........................................................................ 0-8Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ...................... 5-43Intelligent Key ...................................................................... 3-3– Battery replacement ................................................. 8-19– Radio approval number and information ............. 9-11Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) ..................................... 5-64– Precautions ................................................................. 5-64Interior– Cleaning .......................................................................... 7-3– Lights — information ................................................. 8-27– Lights — Operation .................................................... 2-76– Overview ........................................................................ 0-5Interior rear view mirror ................................................. 3-16ISOFIX– Anchor locations ......................................................... 1-19– Child restraints ............................................................ 1-19– Installation ................................................................... 1-20

J

Jump starting .................................................................... 6-10

K

Keys ........................................................................................ 3-2– Emergency key .............................................................. 3-5– Intelligent Key ................................................................ 3-3

Index 10-5

– Intelligent Key battery replacement ..................... 8-19– Locking ............................................................................ 3-8– Radio approval number and information ............. 9-11

L

Labels– Air bag ........................................................................... 1-32– Air conditioner ............................................................ 9-10– Battery .......................................................................... 8-17– Chassis number ............................................................. 9-9– Tyres ................................................................................ 9-9Lane Departure– Limitations ................................................................... 5-29– Warning (LDW) .......................................................... 5-27Lights .................................................................................. 8-24– Adaptive Front lighting System ............................. 2-58– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-26– Fog light switch ......................................................... 2-60– Front fog lights .......................................................... 2-60– Headlight aiming control .......................................... 2-57– Headlight cleaner ....................................................... 2-63– Headlights ........................................................ 2-56, 8-25– Interior .......................................................................... 2-76– Interior — information ............................................... 8-27– LED headlight ............................................................. 8-25– Locations ..................................................................... 8-24– Luggage compartment ............................................. 2-77– Map lights .................................................................... 2-76– Rear fog lights ............................................................ 2-61– Rear personal lights ................................................... 2-77– Rear room light ........................................................... 2-77

– Vanity mirror lights .................................................... 2-77– Warning/Indicator lights ............................................ 2-5Locks– Back door ..................................................................... 3-10– Child safety .................................................................. 3-10– Door locks ...................................................................... 3-8– Locking inside lock knob ............................................. 3-9– Locking key .................................................................... 3-8– Locking power door lock switch ............................ 3-10– Steering lock .................................................................. 5-8– Super lock system ........................................................ 3-8– Unlocking inside door handle .................................... 3-9Luggage– Loading ........................................................................... 5-7

M

Maintenance– General maintenance .................................................. 8-2– Precautions .................................................................... 8-4– Requirements ................................................................ 8-2– Seat belts ...................................................................... 1-13Manual transmission– Operation ..................................................................... 5-12Map lights .......................................................................... 2-76Meters and gauges ............................................................ 2-2– Engine coolant temperature ...................................... 2-3– Fuel ................................................................................... 2-3– Overview ..................................................................... 0-10– Speedometer ................................................................. 2-2– Tachometer .................................................................... 2-3

10-6 Index

Mirrors ................................................................................. 3-16– Exterior rear view mirrors ........................................ 3-16– Interior rear view mirror ........................................... 3-16– Vanity mirror ............................................................... 3-19– Vanity mirror lights .................................................... 2-77Moving object detection (MOD) ................................. 4-20

O

Oil– Capacities and recommendations ............................ 9-2– Changing engine oil ..................................................... 8-9– Changing engine oil filter ......................................... 8-10– Checking engine oil level ............................................ 8-8– Disposal ........................................................................ 8-11– SAE viscosity number .................................................. 9-5Overheating– Engine ........................................................................... 6-14– Engine coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-3Overview– Cockpit ............................................................................ 0-6– Engine compartment ................................................ 0-11– Exterior ........................................................................... 0-3– Interior ............................................................................ 0-5– Seats, Seat belts, Supplemental restraint

system ............................................................................. 0-2

P

Parcel shelf ........................................................................ 2-74– Installation ................................................................... 2-75– Removal ........................................................................ 2-75

Parking ................................................................................ 5-62– Brake ............................................................................. 3-19– Parking sensor system ............................................. 5-68– Sonar function ............................................................ 5-68Parking sensors– OFF switch .................................................................. 5-73Petrol– Engine oil ........................................................................ 9-5– Fuel recommendation ........................................ 0-1, 9-4– Gauge .............................................................................. 2-3Pop-up engine bonnet .................................................... 1-43Power– Door lock switch ........................................................ 3-10– Outlet ............................................................................ 2-70– Seat adjustment ............................................................ 1-3– Steering ........................................................................ 5-78– Windows ...................................................................... 2-64Precautions– Booster seats .............................................................. 1-26– Brake ............................................................................. 5-79– Child restraints ............................................................ 1-13– Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) .............................. 5-64– Maintenance ................................................................. 8-4– Safety .............................................................................. 4-2– Seat belt usage .............................................................. 1-9– Starting and driving ..................................................... 5-2– Supplemental Restraint System ............................. 1-29– Towing .......................................................................... 6-15– Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ............ 5-3Pregnant women .............................................................. 1-10Protection– Corrosion ........................................................................ 7-5– Environment ................................................................ 8-11

Index 10-7

Push-button ignition ......................................................... 5-8Push-starting .................................................................... 6-13

R

Radio approval numbers ................................................. 9-11Radio transmitter ............................................................. 9-10Rear seats ............................................................................. 1-4– Folding ............................................................................. 1-4RearView monitor .............................................................. 4-3– Maintenance .................................................................. 4-9Repairing– Flat tyre .......................................................................... 6-5– Headlights ................................................................... 8-25Replacement– Air bags ......................................................................... 1-42– Air cleaner filter .......................................................... 8-14– Engine coolant .............................................................. 8-8– Engine oil ........................................................................ 8-9– Engine oil filter ........................................................... 8-10– Intelligent Key battery .............................................. 8-19– Spark plugs .................................................................. 8-12– Tyres and wheels ....................................................... 8-29– Wiper blades ............................................................... 8-14Roof– Glass .............................................................................. 2-67– Sunshade operation .................................................. 2-67Roof Rack ........................................................................... 2-75Running-in schedule ........................................................... 5-2

S

Safety– Child safety rear door locks .................................... 3-10– Children ........................................................................ 1-10– Head restraints .............................................................. 1-5– Injured persons ............................................................ 1-11– Pop-up engine bonnet .............................................. 1-43– Precautions .................................................................... 4-2– Pregnant women ....................................................... 1-10– Road Accident Emergency Response System .... 1-44– Safety chains for trailer ............................................ 5-77Seat belts ................................................................... 1-11, 1-9– Adjustment ................................................................... 1-12– Child restraint installation ........................................ 1-22– Child safety .................................................................. 1-10– Cleaning .......................................................................... 7-4– Maintenance ................................................................ 1-13– Overview ........................................................................ 0-2– Precautions .................................................................... 1-9– Warning light ................................................................. 2-8– Warnings ...................................................................... 1-11Seats ....................................................................................... 1-2– Adjustment ..................................................................... 1-3– Adjustment (Manual) ................................................... 1-2– Booster seats .............................................................. 1-26– Head restraints .............................................................. 1-5– Heating ......................................................................... 2-68– ISOFIX child restraints .............................................. 1-19– Leather ............................................................................ 7-4– Memory ........................................................................ 2-69– Overview ........................................................................ 0-2

10-8 Index

– Rear .................................................................................. 1-4– Rear seats - Folding ..................................................... 1-4– Seat belts ........................................................................ 1-9– Universal child restraints (front and rear seats) . 1-15Security system ................................................................. 3-11Servicing– Air conditioner ............................................................ 4-35Snow chains ...................................................................... 8-28Sonar function– OFF switch .................................................................. 5-73Spark plugs– Information .................................................................. 8-12– Replacement ............................................................... 8-12Speed limiter ...................................................................... 5-41– Operation ..................................................................... 5-42– Switch ........................................................................... 5-42Speedometer ........................................................................ 2-2Starting– Before starting the engine ......................................... 5-2– Engine ........................................................................... 5-10– Jump-starting ............................................................. 6-10– Precautions .................................................................... 5-2– Push-starting .............................................................. 6-13Steering– Power steering system ............................................. 5-78– Steering lock .................................................................. 5-8Steering lock ........................................................................ 5-8Steering wheel .................................................................. 3-15– Adjustment .................................................................. 3-15Storage ................................................................................ 2-71– Luggage hooks ........................................................... 2-73– Luggage net ................................................................ 2-74– Map pocket ................................................................. 2-74

Sun visors ........................................................................... 2-76Sunshade– Operation ..................................................................... 2-67Super lock system ............................................................... 3-8Super Lock system– Emergency release ....................................................... 3-8Supplemental Restraint System ................................... 1-29– Overview ........................................................................ 0-2Switches– Brightness ...................................................................... 2-4– Defogger ...................................................................... 2-63– Fog lights ..................................................................... 2-60– Front passenger air bag ........................................... 1-35– Hazard indicator flasher ............................................. 6-2– Headlight ...................................................................... 2-56– Ignition positions .......................................................... 5-8– Parking brake .............................................................. 3-19– Parking sensor system .............................................. 5-73– Power door lock ......................................................... 3-10– Push-button ignition .......................................... 5-7, 5-8– Road Accident Emergency Response System .... 1-44– Seat ............................................................................... 2-69– Seat adjustment ............................................................ 1-3– Sonar function ............................................................ 5-73– Turn signal ................................................................... 2-57– Windscreen de-icer ................................................... 2-63– Wiper and washer ...................................................... 2-61

Index 10-9

T

Tachometer .......................................................................... 2-3Three-way catalyst– Precautions .................................................................... 5-3Towing– Precautions ...................................................... 5-76, 6-15– Recommendations ..................................................... 6-15– Tow bar Installation .................................................. 5-77– Tyre pressure ............................................................... 5-76– Your vehicle ................................................................. 6-15Traffic Sign Recognition ................................................. 5-59Trailer– Tow bar Installation .................................................. 5-77– Towing .......................................................................... 5-76– Trailer detection ......................................................... 5-77Transferring registration to another country ............. 9-8Transmission– Automatic Transmission (AT) operation .............. 5-14– Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ...................... 8-13– Manual Transmission operation ............................ 5-12Travelling .............................................................................. 9-8Turn signal– Bulb information ........................................................ 8-26– Operation ..................................................................... 8-26Tyres– Age ................................................................................ 8-29– Changing ...................................................................... 8-29– Cold weather .............................................................. 5-82– Emergency tyre puncture repair kit ............. 6-5, 8-29– Equipment ................................................................... 5-82– Flat tyre .......................................................................... 6-2

– Inflation pressure ....................................................... 8-27– Placard ............................................................................ 9-9– Repairing flat tyre ........................................................ 6-5– Rotation ....................................................................... 8-28– Sizes ................................................................................. 9-7– Snow chains ................................................................ 8-28– Tyre pressure when towing ..................................... 5-76– Wear and damage ..................................................... 8-29– Wheel balance ............................................................ 8-29– Wheels and tyres .............................................. 8-27, 9-7

U

Universal child restraints– Front and rear seats .................................................. 1-15

V

Vanity mirror ..................................................................... 3-19– Lights ............................................................................. 2-77Vehicle– Security ......................................................................... 5-81Vehicle identification ......................................................... 9-8– Air conditioner label .................................................. 9-10– Engine serial number ................................................... 9-9– Number (VIN) (chassis number) ................................ 9-9– Number (VIN) plate ...................................................... 9-9– Tyre placard ................................................................... 9-9Vehicle information display ............................................ 2-12– Warnings and indicators .......................................... 2-23Vents ................................................................................... 4-23Viscosity number (SAE) .................................................... 9-5

10-10 Index

W

Warning lights ..................................................................... 2-5– Air bag ........................................................................... 1-33Warnings– Vehicle information display ..................................... 2-23Washing ................................................................................ 7-2Waxing ................................................................................... 7-2Wheel lock bolts .................................................................. 6-9Wheels– Balancing ..................................................................... 8-29– Blocking ........................................................................... 6-7– Care .................................................................................. 7-3– Changing tyres and wheels ..................................... 8-29– Cover ................................................................................ 6-7– Installation ..................................................................... 6-9– Removal .......................................................................... 6-7– Sizes ................................................................................. 9-7– Wheel lock bolts ........................................................... 6-9– Wheels and tyres .............................................. 8-27, 9-7Window washer– Fluid ............................................................................... 8-16Windows ............................................................................ 2-64Windscreen– De-icer switch ............................................................. 2-63– Defogger ...................................................................... 2-63– Wiper and washer switch ........................................ 2-61Winter– Battery .......................................................................... 5-82– Corrosion protection ................................................ 5-82– Engine coolant ............................................................ 5-82– Precautions .................................................................. 5-81

– Special equipment ..................................................... 5-82– Tyre equipment .......................................................... 5-82Wipers– Blade replacement ..................................................... 8-14– Rear - Operation ........................................................ 2-62– Washer nozzle ............................................................ 8-16– Wiper and washer switch ........................................ 2-61

Index 10-11

FUEL INFORMATION

Petrol engineCompatible Fuels for Petrol Engines

The petrol engines are compatible with current andfuture European standards for bio-fuel.

m Petrol conforming to EN228 and mixedwith a bio-fuel conforming to EN15376.

mCAUTION

Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol willdamage the three-way catalyst.



For vehicles with manual transmission: If unleadedpremium petrol is not used, UNLEADED REGU-LAR petrol with an octane rating of at least 91(RON) or above may be temporarily used, but onlyunder the following precautions:



For vehicles with automatic transmission: If un-leaded premium petrol is not used, UNLEADEDREGULAR petrol with an octane rating of at least93 (RON) or above may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:






If unleaded premium petrol is not used,UNLEADED REGULAR petrol with an octane rat-ing of at least 93 (RON) or above may be tempo-rarily used, but only under the following precau-tions:




Diesel engine*Compatible Fuels for Diesel Engines

The diesel engines are compatible with current andfuture European standards for bio-fuel.

mDiesel conforming to EN590 and mixedwith a bio-fuel conforming to EN14214(incorporating between 0 and 7% FattyAcid Methyl Esters).

Diesel fuel above 50 cetane and with less than 10ppm of sulphur (EN590) must be used.

If fuel other than the specified fuel is used, whitesmoke could be emitted.

* If two types of diesel fuel are available, use sum-mer or winter fuel properly according to the fol-lowing temperature conditions.

• Above −7°C (20°F) ... Summer type dieselfuel.

• Below −7°C (20°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

CAUTION

• Do not use home heating oil, petrol or other al-ternate fuels in the diesel engine. The use ofthose or adding those to diesel fuel can causeengine damage.

• Do not use summer fuel at temperatures below−7°C (20°F). The cold temperatures will causewax to form in the fuel. As a result, it may pre-vent the engine from running smoothly.

PETROL STATION INFORMATION

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILSee “Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities” in the “9. Technical information” sec-tion.

TYRE COLD PRESSURESee the tyre placard affixed to the driver’s sidecentre pillar.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNm

Today, the efforts made by INFINITI to fulfil ourresponsibilities to protect and sustain the environ-ment are far-reaching. Within INFINITI, we pro-mote the highest levels of practice in every regionand in every area of operations.

COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEPINFINITI focuses on ensuring that end of life ve-hicle components are reused, recycled or recovered,and guarantees compliance with EU legislation (theEnd of Life Vehicle Directive).

WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITHRECYCLING IN MINDReducing landfill waste, emissions, conservingnatural resources, and enhancing recycling activi-ties are emphasised daily in our manufacturing,sales and service operations and in the disposal ofend of life vehicles (ELV).

Design phase

To reduce environmental impact we have devel-oped your INFINITI vehicle to be 95% recoverable.We mark the components to facilitate dismantling,recycling and to reduce hazardous substances. Wecarefully verify and control substances of concern.We have already reduced to a minimum the cad-mium, mercury and lead in your INFINITI vehicle.INFINITI includes recycled material in your vehicleand looks for opportunities to increase the percent-age of recycled materials used.

Production and distribution phase

Using resources efficiently to reduce the amount ofwaste generated during the production and distri-bution stage. INFINITI promotes activities basedon Reducing, Reusing, and Recycling materialswhenever possible. INFINITI's goal is to achieve a100% recycling rate for operations in Japan andglobally.

Use and service phase

INFINITI Centres are our window to you, our cus-tomer. In order to meet your expectations they pro-vide not only high quality services but are also envi-ronmentally responsible. INFINITI promotes activi-ties to recycle the waste generated as a result ofservice centre activities.

Disposal phase

Recycle your end of life vehicle or its components.When your INFINITI reaches the end of its life, andis no longer suitable for daily use, it still has value.You can help prevent waste affecting the environ-ment by bringing your INFINITI to be recycled atour collection networks in your area. Our collectionnetworks guarantee no cost for the treatment ofyour ELV. For further information on how andwhere to dispose of your ELV refer to your localINFINITI Centre.

ENVIRONMENT (End of Life Vehicles)

PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENTWHEN DRIVINGYour driving behaviour has significant impact onfuel economy and the environment. Follow the tipsbelow for better fuel-efficiency, better driving hab-its, and to be environmentally friendly by reducingemissions:

Fuel efficient driving

Anticipating traffic conditions and acting accord-ingly reduces fuel consumption, helping to protectof our natural environment. Take your foot off theaccelerator while approaching traffic lights andavoid last minute braking when the light turns red.Avoid speeding, harsh acceleration, and strongbraking. The gain in time does not offset pollutionof the environment. Try to maintain speed whendriving uphill to reduce fuel consumption and pol-lution. Maintain speed or allow the vehicle to goslower where traffic allows.

Close windows when driving

Driving with a window open at 100 km/h (62MPH)increases fuel consumption by up to 4%. Drivingwith the windows closed allows for better fueleconomy.

Use the roof rack only when necessary

Only install the roof luggage system when you re-ally need it, otherwise put it inside the vehicle orstore it in your garage. Do not drive around with anempty roof rack, kayak holder, or ski rack, this willreduce your aerodynamic drag significantly.

Optimise the use of air conditioning

The air conditioning system has a positive effect ondriving and vehicle safety through comfort coolingand dehumidifying, drivers are more alert and havebetter visibility when window demisting/defog-ging becomes necessary. However, use of the airconditioning system will increase fuel consumptionsubstantially in an urban environment. Optimisetheuse of air conditioning by using the vents as muchas possible.

Use the parking brake on slopes

Use the parking brake when holding your vehicle ona slope. Avoid using the clutch (manual transmis-sion) or the accelerator (automatic transmission) tohold your vehicle as this leads to unnecessary fuelconsumption and wear.

Maintain a safe distance

Anticipate traffic conditions for a smoother driveand to assure comfort and safety during your trip.Drive and maintain a safe distance from other ve-hicles while in traffic. This will help reduce fuel con-sumption as you will not be constantly tapping yourbrakes.

Check your tyre pressure

Low tyre pressure increases fuel consumption aswell as the use of non-recommended tyres. Correcttyre pressure will maximise the grip of your vehicleand optimise fuel consumption.

Have your car serviced regularly

Regular service allows you to run your vehicle inoptimal condition and with the best fuel efficiency.Have your vehicle serviced by your INFINITI Centreor a qualified workshop to ensure that it is main-tained to its original standard.

AIRBAG LABEL (where fitted)

m

• In case of emergency ... 6-2

(Flat tyre, engine will not start, overheating,towing)

• How to start the engine ... 5-10

• How to read the meters and gauges ... 2-2

• Maintenance and do-it-yourself ... 8-2

• Technical information ... 9-2

QUICK REFERENCE

SECURITY INFORMATION

As owner of this vehicle, a number of important codes have been supplied that you may require in case you need to duplicate an INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey.

Please fill in the allocated area for key number or attach the sticker(s) if available. Remove the page from this manual and keep it in a safe place, not in the vehicle.

When selling your vehicle, we kindly request you to hand over the page to the buyer.

SECURITY INFORMATION

Key number

Remove the page from the manual and keep it in a safe place, not in the vehicle.

When selling your vehicle, we kindly request you to hand over this page to the buyer.

owner’s manual...this manual was prepared to help you understand theoperation and maintenanceof...

Documents